DMD

COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY
DMD-DOCTOR OF DENTAL MEDICINE

www.gmu.ac.ae
STUDENT HANDBOOK
2012 - 2013
www.gmu.ac.ae
www.gmu.ac.ae
Learn from the world
2
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
2
3
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
PERSONAL DETAILS
Student Name:
Reg. No.:
Emirates ID No.
Address in U.A.E.
Tel.:
Email:
Fax:
Address in Home Country:
Tel.:
Email:
Fax:
Passport No.:
Date of Expiry:
Contact Address in U.A.E. in case of Emergency:
Blood Group:
4
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
PERSONAL DETAILS
INTRODUCTION
VISION STATEMENT
FROM THE PRESIDENTS DESK
WELCOME NOTE FROM THE PROVOST
WELCOME NOTE FROM THE DEAN
ABOUT THE STUDENT HANDBOOK
01. ACADEMIC CALENDAR 20
02. GULF MEDICAL UNIVERSITY 23
2.1 Mission
2.2 University Divisions and Academic Programs
2.3 License and Recognition
2.4 The Campus
2.5 Site Map
3.0 ADMISSION POLICY & PROCEDURES 27
3.1 Policy Statement
3.2 Undergraduate Admission Requirements
3.3 Transfer Policies & Procedures
3.4Transfer within GMU
3.5 Readmission

4.0 STUDENT SERVICES 33
4.1 Office of the Student Affairs
4.2 Counseling Services
4.2.1 Personal Counseling
4.2.2 Academic Counseling
4.2.3 Career Counseling
CONTENTS
5
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
4.3 Student Activities Policy
4.4 GMU Student Council
4.5 Student Publication
4.6 Health Services Policy
4.7 Clinical Training Third Party Liability (TPL) Insurance
4.8 Dining Services
4.9 Recreational Facilities
4.10 Residential Halls
4.11 GMU Hostel Regulations
4.12 Student Support Services
4.13 GMU Facilities
4.13.1 Lecture Halls
4.13.2 Common Rooms & Lockers
4.13.3 Masjid
4.13.4 Mail Box
4.13.5 Telephones
4.13.6 Class Room & laboratory
4.13.7 Student Identification
4.13.8 University Entrance
4.13.9 Car Parking in the campus
4.14 Students Record Policy
4.15 Students Information Release Policy
4.16 Dress Code
4.17 Fire Safety Policy
4.18 Information on Safety Issues
5.0 STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 62
5.1: Student Rights
5.1.1 Rights in the Pursuit of Education
5.1.2 Right to Access Records and Facilities
5.1.3 Right to Freedom of Association, Expression,
Advocacy & Publication
5.1.4 Right to Contribute to University Governance and
Curriculum
5.2: Student Responsibilities
5.3 GMU Honor Code
5.4 Salient Features of the Honor Code
6
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
5.5 Breach of Honor Code
5.6 Effects of Committing an Honor Offence
6.0 STUDENT MISCONDUCT & DISCIPLINARY
PROCEDURES 67

6.1 Academic Misconduct
6.1.1 Academic Misconduct Procedures
6.1.1.1 Academic Misconduct related to a course
6.1.1.2 Academic Misconduct - Unrelated to a
particular course
6.1.1.3 Appeal to and Action by the President
6.1.2 Repeated Misconduct Procedure (Academic)
6.1.3 Procedure for Misconduct by Student Organization

6.2 Personal Misconduct
6.2.1 Personal Misconduct on College Premises
6.2.2 Personal Misconduct Outside College Premises
6.2.3 Personal Misconduct Procedures
6.2.4 Repeated Misconduct Procedure (Personal)
6.2.5 Procedures for Misconduct by Student Organization
7.0 STUDENT FINANCE 74

7.1 Student Finance Policy
7.2 Tuition Fees
7.3 Transportation Fees
7.4 Hostel Fees
7.5 Examination Fees
7.6 Utilities Services Fees
7.7 Visa Charge
7.8 Fees for Others Services
7.9 Disposable Kits
7.10 Payment of Fees
7.11 Late Fees and Fines
7.12 Financial Aid & Scholarships
7
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
7.13 Refund of Fees
7.14 Revision of Tuition and other Fees
8.0 ACADEMIC POLICIES 80
8.1 Program Completion Policy
8.2 Academic Progress Policy
8.3 Grading & Assessment Policy
8.4 General Examination Regulations
8.5 Online Examination (Exam Soft)
9.0 UNIVERSITY LIBRARY & INFORMATION
RESOURCES AND SERVICES 87
9.1 Information & Learning Centre
9.2 Mission
9.3 Vision
9.4 Library Policy, Procedure and Regulations
9.5 Library Rules & Regulations
9.6 Facilities & Services available in the Library
9.7 Circulation Policy and Procedures
10.0 GMC HOSPITAL & RESEARCH CENTER
(GMCH & RC) 93
10.1 About GMCH&RC
10.2 Clinical Services
10.3 Operation Theatres
10.4 Out-patient Services
10.6 Common Rooms
10.7 GMCH&RC Rules & Regulations
10.7.1 Dress Code
10.7.2 In the Hospital
10.7.3 In the Clinics
10.7.4 In the Lecture Halls
10.7.5 In the Hospital Library
10.7.6 In the Operation Theatre / Labor Room
10.7.7 Examining Patients in the Ward
10.7.8 Interacting with Hospital Staff
10.8 Administrators
8
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
11.0 COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY 100
11.1 Vision
11.2 Mission
11.3 Goals
11.4 Objectives
11.5 Program Structure
11.6 Plan of Study
11.7 Course Description

12.0 STUDY PLAN 128
12.1 Study Plan for 1st Semester
12.2 Study Plan for 2nd Semester
12.3 Study Plan for 3rd Semester
12.4 Study Plan for 4th Semester
13.0 LIST OF TEXT & REFERENCE BOOKS 258
14.0 GRADING, ASSESSMENT AND PROGRESSION POLICIES 285
14.1 Grading Policy
14.2 Assessment Policy
14.2.1 Formative Assessment
14.2.2 Summative Assessment
14.3 Progression Policy
14.4 Attendance Policy
14.5 Continous Assessment
9
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
15.0 WEEKLY TIME TABLE 289
16.0 DEAN'S LIST OF TOPPERS 301

17.0 ADMINISTRATORS AND FACULTY 304
17.1 Administrators
17.2 List of Faculty
10
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
College of Dentistry (COD) Student handbook is meant to provide
information and guidelines on the various services and programs
of the college. It contains sections covering admissions
procedures, general rules and regulations, student support
services, curriculum details, departments and examination
policies. Each section has been listed in the contents so that you
can refer quickly to areas of particular interest to you. Please
note that attendance in various courses arranged by the college
is mandatory and this has been repeatedly stressed in the
handbook. Every effort has been made to provide accurate and
up to date information. Additional information useful to students
will be regularly displayed on the college notice board. Students
are also advised to get in touch with course coordinators for any
academic difficulties.
We hope that the handbook will help and guide you during the new
academic year at COD.
INTRODUCTION
11
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
VISION STATEMENT
The Vision of Gulf Medical University is to be a leading
contributor to the continuous improvement of the nations health
care delivery system through the pursuit of excellence in medical
education, biomedical research and health care services.

The University aspires to provide a unique learning experience of
high quality to our students and produce graduates whose
competence will help them to make a significant contribution to
the health of the community through pursuit of academia,
research and health care.
The University aspires to attract the best of students by offering
a variety of excellent programs supported by quality
administration and student support services.
The University aspires to be known for excellence and impact
of its research on the educational milieu of the nation and the
outcomes of clinical care.
The University aspires to be an integral part of the community
through transfer of knowledge, continuous dialogue with the
countrys health care planners and enhanced community service.
12
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Dear Students,
It gives me great pleasure to welcome you to the portals of Gulf Medical
University where we are entering into an exciting new era!
I am grateful to the Almighty Allah for the remarkable development the Gulf
Medical University has undergone in the last 14 years, where the University
has been able to make its mark in Medical Education, Healthcare and Research.
We aspire to be among the best in the region, and we're making it happen right
now.
Our students coming in from 63 nations around the world thrive in our culture
of dynamism and innovation. We are proud of our traditions, our current
standing and our vision for the future. GMU students come from every corner
of the world to invest in education that inspires challenges and prepares them
to be globally competitive. Eventually they discover a world of opportunities to
explore new possibilities, new ideas and new perspectives to prepare them for
life in their chosen career paths. Our students find in GMU a rich, vibrant,
innovative, and enriching academic experience.
FROM THE PRESIDENTS DESK
13
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
GMU strives to provide excellence and accessibility in education, conduct
groundbreaking research, undertake revolutionary creative endeavor, dedicate
ourselves to diversity, and enhance higher education's role in public life. We
hold onto our traditions and our values, and strongly look forward to a future
marked by increasing distinction and new discovery.
GMU also strives to initiate innovative educational programs, seminars and
conferences. The Summer Training Program for our clinical students has now
expanded rapidly with many new centers around the world being added to the
GMU network.
The GMC Hospital and Research Center Chain U.A.E has now branded itself
as a premium destination for healthcare in the country and a massive expansion
phase is on the way to develop new hospitals and clinics in all the Emirates of
U.A.E which is expected to further boost the clinical training opportunities of
our medical, dental and allied healthcare professions students.
The University has embarked on a mission of introducing Certification
Programs, Short Term Courses in various disciplines and will be offered in
various learning formats to suit the needs of the working healthcare
professionals in the region. The Medical Research Unit of GMU is spearheading
to become a renowned center of excellence and we are very hopeful of
introducing path breaking research activities.
I invite you to join us in this exciting journey into a bright future with a
University that is talented, dedicated, and caring. We wish you a happy and
fruitful time during your study in the Gulf Medical University.
Thumbay Moideen
Founder President
GMU Board of Governors
14
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Dear Students,
On behalf of the President, the faculty, administration and the student body, I
am delighted to welcome you to the Gulf Medical University also known as
GMU!
The university learning community will now be made up of students working
to become practicing physicians, pharmacists, dentists and physical therapists,
a multiprofessional group very much like the multiprofessional healthcare
delivery teams of the 21st Century. We hope at GMU as you Study together
today to work together tomorrow you will share the large pool of knowledge
and experience that is available in the different health related disciplines with
each other and grow to respect the contribution made by each health profession
to provide comprehensive health care to the community you will together serve
in the future.
Members of the faculty, as well as students and staff have help build this
institution that is attracting regional, national and international attention. With
a faculty committed to maintaining strong academic standards for our students
WELCOME NOTE FROM THE PROVOST
15
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
and ourselves and the commitment of the administration and staff in every
aspect of our mission and your contribution as a member of the university
community we will together realize the potential to deliver the vision of
GMU.
The leadership of the faculty and staff at GMU is engaged in efforts to
strengthen teaching, learning, research and creativity both at the undergraduate
and graduate levels. GMUs mission is focused on assuring the quality of its
programs to the university student population. Active research combined with
public service is also an integral part of our mission particularly as they
strengthen opportunities for learning.
As you become familiar with the campus, your mentors and your peers you
will surely be impressed with the multifaceted and rich academic environment.
We are confident that your contributions to the lives of fellow students, your
chosen career field and the university will be marked by excellence. Welcome.
Prof. Gita Ashok Raj MD; MNAMS
Provost Gulf Medical University
16
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Greetings and welcome to the College of Dentistry, Gulf Medical University!
The College of Dentistry believes that we need to educate a dentist who is
fundamentally different in professional capabilities from his/her predecessors.
We believe this because the world is changing rapidly. We provide education
to diverse pre-doctoral students to prepare them to practice dentistry in the 21st
century with knowledge and understanding of many different patient
populations, dental specialties and varied practice settings. GMU dentists today
are dramatically more culturally diverse than ever before. And, there is a
groundswell of growing public opinion that GMU dentists must redress the
disparities in oral healthcare access that exist in UAE and across the world.
The College presents a dynamic curriculum, which provides excellent clinical
training, integrates the health sciences with clinical experience, and utilizes
modern technology. Our success is based on maintaining a strong faculty and
staff, supported in their commitment to teaching and administration,
MESSAGE FROM THE DEAN
17
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
professional development, scholarship, research, student and community
service.
Since its beginning College of Dentistry has played an integral part in the
development of oral health care services and dental education. This college has
an outstanding reputation for its clinical teaching programs and for its research
and service programs that have impacted oral and general health locally,
nationally and internationally. I am very proud to have recently become a
member of the GMU family.
We are situated at the heart of the new Ajman metropolitan area and have the
benefit of a large pool of patients who seek care at our clinics. Additional
training in patient care is gained during assignments at affiliated hospitals and
at externship sites in various locations throughout the country.
We are committed to excellence in all that we strive to accomplish.
Prof. Mohamed Said Hamed
BDS, MSC, PhD
Dean and Professor of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery
Consultant A, Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery
College of Dentistry, GMU Ajman, UAE
18
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
ABOUT THE STUDENT HANDBOOK
This handbook is a source of important information regarding Gulf Medical
University (GMU) policies, regulations, rules, procedures and facilities which
will be very useful to students during their studies. The material contained
herein is a supplement to the Catalog and other information distributed to the
students by GMU.
Every effort has been made to provide students with complete and accurate
information. The University reserves the right to change programs and
requirements and to modify, amend or revoke any rules, regulations or
financial schedules. However, the information published in this handbook
shall be valid for the academic year for which it is published.
19
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
GULF MEDICAL UNIVERSITY
20
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
1.0 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
2012 Day Events
31
st
Jul Tue Last day for application for admission
1
st
- 31
st
Aug All days Registration period
16
th
Aug Thu Last day for payment of tuition and other
fees for all returning students**
FALL SEMESTER
9
th
Sep Sun Fall Semester begin
1
st
Year DMD Semester 1 students and
Parents welcome session
Reopening for returning II year 3
rd

Semester students
10
th
Sep Mon Reopening for returning III year 5
th

Semester students
Reopening for returning IV year 7
th

Semester students
Reopening for returning V year 9
th

Semester students
27
th
Sep Thu White Coat Ceremony
End of drop and add period
25
th
Oct Thu *Arafa Day Holiday
26
th
28
th
Oct Fri Sun *Eid Al Adha Holiday
4
th
Nov Sun
Mid Semester Examination for I, II, III, IV
& V year DMD begin
5
th
6
th
Nov Mon
Tue
GMU Annual Scientific Meeting
15
th
Nov Thu *Islamic New Year Holiday
2
nd
Dec Sun National Day Holiday
16
th
Dec 3
rd

Jan
Sun Thu Fall Semester Break for the I, II, III, IV
& V year DMD students
2013
1
st
Jan Tue New Year Holiday
6
th
Jan Sun Classes resume after Fall Semester Break
21
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
24
th
Jan Thu
*Al Moulid Al Nabawi Holiday
27
th
Jan Sun End Semester Examination for I, II, III, IV
& V year DMD begin
10
th
21
st
Feb Sun Thu GMU Mid Semester Break for the DMD
Students
Spring Semester
24
th
Feb Sun Spring Semester begin for the 2
nd
, 4
th
, 6
th
,
8
th
& 10
th
Semester students
7
th
Mar Thu Annual Sports Day
8
th
Mar Fri GMU Global Day
9
th
Mar Sat GMU Literary Day
14
th
Mar Thu End of drop and add period
31
st
Mar 11
th

Apr
Sun - Thu Spring Semester Break for the I, II, III, IV
& V year DMD students
14
th
Apr Sun
Classes resume after Spring Semester
Break
5
th
May Sun
Mid Semester Examination for I, II, III, IV
& V year DMD begin
6
th
Jun Thu *Israa Al Mihraj Holiday
9
th
Jul Tue *Holy month of Ramadan Starts
10
th
Jul Wed
End Semester Examination for the I, II, III,
IV & V year DMD begin
3
rd
Aug Sat
Summer Vacation begins for the I, II, III,
IV & V Year DMD students
* Islamic holidays are determined after sighting the moon. Thus actual dates
of holidays may not coincide with the dates in this calendar.
**All tuition and other fess are subject to revision by Gulf Medical
Universitys Board of Governors in accordance with University requirements.
Every year, fees are reviewed and subject to revision. As and when fees are
revised, the new fees will be applicable to all enrolled and new students. The
amount shown in this document represent fees as currently approved.
22
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
23
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
2. GULF MEDICAL UNIVERSITY
2.1 Mission
It is the Mission of the Gulf Medical University to strengthen and
promote excellence in medical education, biomedical research and
patient care.
GMU is committed to prepare a highly skilled health workforce
made up of health care professionals, health management and support
workers and health science investigators in order to meet the health
care needs of the nation and the region.
GMU will strive to produce health care professionals who will
integrate the advances in research with the best clinical practices.
GMU will promote health services, which incorporate the latest
advances in scientific knowledge in a manner that supports education
and research for the benefit of the community.
2.2 University Divisions and Academic Programs
The University has six academic divisions offering following degree & non-
degree programs.
2.2.1 College of Medicine
MBBS - Bachelor of Medicine & Bachelor of Surgery
2.2.2 College of Allied Health Sciences
BPT - Bachelor of Physical Therapy
2.2.3 College of Pharmacy
Pharm D - Doctor of Pharmacy
2.2.4 College of Dentistry
DMD - Doctor of Dental Medicine
2.2.5 College of Graduate Studies
Masters Program (2 years)
MSc CP - Clinical Pathology
24
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
MS Tox - Toxicology
MPH - Masters in Public Health
Post Graduate Diploma Programs (1 year)
Diploma in Toxicology
2.2.6 Center for Continuing Education and Community Outreach
Non-degree Courses
2.3 License and Recognition
The following programs have received Initial Accreditation from Commission
for Academic Accreditation, Ministry of Higher Education & Scientific
Research (MoHE&SR), Abu Dhabi UAE.
SI.No Program
Year of
Initial
Accreditation
1
Bachelor of Medicine & Bachelor of
Surgery (MBBS)
June, 2004
2 Bachelor of Physiotherapy (BPT) June, 2005
3 Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm D) August, 2008
4 Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD) September, 2008
5 Masters in Clinical Pathology (MS CP) January, 2009
6 Masters in Public Health (MPH) January, 2010
7 Masters in Toxicology (MS Tox) January, 2010
8 Diploma in Toxicology (Dip Tox) January, 2010
Gulf Medical University is listed in the WHO World Directory of Medical
Schools and in the Eastern Mediterranean Regional Office (EMRO), WHO
website. http: //www.emro.who.int/hped/
Gulf Medical College is listed as an accredited/recognized medical school in
the International Medical Education Directory (IMED) published by Foundation
of Advancement of International Medical Education and Research (FAIMER)
at the website http://imed.ecfmg.org/
25
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
2.4 The Campus
College of Medicine is situated in the Gulf Medical University (GMU) campus
located at the Al Jurf Area of Ajman, just behind the Sheikh Khalifa Hospital. The
G.M.C Hospital & Research Centre (GMCHRC) is located on the Ras Al Khaimah
Main Road in the New Industrial area of Ajman.
The GMU and GMCHRC are about 12 Kms from Sharjah and about 40 kms from
Dubai. The GMU and GMCHRC are linked to the metropolitan cities of Abu
Dhabi, Dubai, Sharjah, Umm Al Quwain & Ras Al Khaimah with roads and
highways that make traveling easy.
The GMU Campus includes modern facilities with classrooms, laboratories and a
learning center that are appropriately equipped with up-to-date instructional and
educational aids. GMU encourages social, cultural and other extra-curricular
activities and sports to enhance a comprehensive personality development. The
spacious campus spotted with greenery contains student rest rooms, prayer halls,
indoor and outdoor sports facilities, first aid clinic, and student car park. The
facilities are well connected with each other making it easy for students to move
from one area to another.
2.5 Site Map
City Centre
F
r
o
m

E
m
i
r
a
t
e
s

R
o
a
d
M
o
s
q
u
e
Hamdan
Center
Etisalat
K
h
a
l
i
f
a

H
o
s
p
i
t
a
l
From Dubai/Sharjah From Ras Al Khaimah/
Umm Al Quwain
26
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
ADMISSION POLICY & PROCEDURES
27
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
ADMISSION POLICY & PROCEDURES
3.0 ADMISSION POLICY & PROCEDURES
3.1 Policy Statement
Gulf Medical University admits students irrespective of their national origin, color,
gender or religion to all the rights, privileges, activities and programs offered by
the university.
The University stands for the highest moral and academic standards consistent
with the heritage and cultural background of the United Arab Emirates and shall
aspire for national and international recognition of its programs and degrees.
The University sets high standards for previous academic performance to attract
student of high caliber and to meet and exceed the standards of high retention and
low attrition and outstanding academic performance required to fulfill the
accreditation standards for every program offered by the University.
3.2 Undergraduate Admission Requirements
All applicants shall meet all admission criteria as laid down in the
Standards for Licensure and Accreditation published by the Ministry of
Higher Education & Scientific Research (MOHE&SR)
The applicant must have completed a minimum of 12 years of education in
school and passed subjects in Physics, Chemistry and Biology in higher
secondary school.
The applicant must have secured a minimum of 80% marks as per U.A.E.
Secondary School education standards or its equivalent in each of the
three science subjects (Physics, Chemistry, Biology)
Students who complete their secondary school education as per UK
curriculum must have completed at least two of the three science subjects
(Physics, Chemistry, Biology) in AS levels or A levels provided they
have passed in all the three subjects in their O levels. The minimum
grade required is Cor 'D' in AS/A level in Chemistry, Biology or
Physics.
A score of at least 25 of IB (International Baccalaureate) and for holders of
American Diploma a minimum score of 80% is required in addition to a
SAT II score of at least 550 in Biology.
28
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
An aggregate score of 75% of Pakistan Board, 80% of Indian State Board
and 75% of Indian Central Board while the minimum score of 70% in
each subject of Biology, Physics and Chemistry is required.
The applicant must have completed 17 years of age on or before the 31st
of December of the year of admission.
The applicant must have proficiency in spoken and written English and
Science terminology.
The applicant must have completed a course in English language
proficiency such as TOEFL or IELTS. A minimum score of 500 TOEFL
(173 CBT, 61 iBT) or its equivalent in a standardized English language
test, such as 5.0 IELTS or any other equivalent internationally recognized
test.
The applicant shall appear for a personal interview before the GMU
Admissions Committee.
The Admissions Committee shall evaluate all applicants for both cognitive
and non-cognitive traits demonstrating their aptitude for the chosen area
of study.
Applicants shall submit all academic documents and official transcripts /
credits / grades / marks duly attested by the Ministry of Education, U.A.E.
and Ministry of Foreign Affairs, U.A.E. or U.A.E. Embassy in their
country on admission into the program.
Applicant shall submit a copy of the Emirates ID.
Applicant shall submit an Equivalency Certificate of the school leaving
certificate from the Ministry of Education, Dubai.
Students of Indian nationality are required to obtain an Eligibility
Certificate from the Medical Council of India / Dental Council of India,
New Delhi before they seek admission into the MBBS / DMD program.
On admission, the student shall submit a copy of the individuals birth
certificate or proof of age, the applicants passport, and a copy of UAE
nationality ID (Khulasat Al-Kayd), a Certificate of Good Conduct. A
medical fitness certificate including blood test results, six recent colour
29
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
photographs, a written pledge by the applicant agreeing to comply with
University rules and regulations, the application form duly filled up with
complete details, a receipt for payment of a non-refundable fee towards
admission.
All information regarding admissions shall appear in the Catalog, and in any
other forms of advertisement circulated by the University.
3.3 Transfer Policies & Procedures
Students shall be considered for transfer only as per the following Transfer
Admissions Policy of the University:
Only students from a federal or licensed institution in the U.A.E. or a
recognized Foreign Institution of higher learning shall be eligible for
admission by transfer.
All transfer students shall meet the English Language proficiency
requirements of the program to which they are transferred.
All transfer students shall submit official transcripts before admission to
the Baccalaureate programs.
All transfer students shall submit official transcripts of credit earned from
all institutions of higher education previously attended before admission
to graduate programs.
Only students who are in good academic standing (a minimum cumulative
grade point average of 2.0 on a 4.0. scale, or equivalent) for transfer to an
undergraduate program of study similar to that from which the student is
transferring shall be accepted for admission.
Students who are not in good standing shall be transferred only to a
program in a field different from the one from which the student is
transferring.
The University shall transfer undergraduate program credits only for
courses relevant to the degree that provide equivalent learning outcomes
and in which the student earned a grade of C (2.0 on a 4.0 scale) or
better.
30
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
The University shall inform applicants for transfer admissions or
re-admission of the transfer credits earned for previous courses.
The University shall limit transferred credit hours to less than 50% of
the total credit hours required for the program.
The University shall not grant credit twice for substantially the same
course taken at two different institutions.
The University shall allow the transfer of credits for clinical training
only when done in the U.A.E.; in exceptional circumstances, in which
case waiver of this condition shall be sought from the Commission
before admission.
On admission, the student shall submit a copy of the individuals birth
certificate or proof of age, the applicants passport and a copy of UAE
nationality ID (Khulasat Al-Kayd), a Certificate of Good Conduct. A
medical fitness certificate including blood test results, six recent colour
photographs, a written pledge by the applicant agree to comply with
University rules and regulations, the application form duly filled up
with complete details, a receipt for payment of a non-refundable fee
towards admission.
3.4 Transfer within GMU
The students wishes are taken into consideration when applying to enter the
Gulf Medical University. However, they will be allowed to transfer to other
programs available in the College, according to established rules based on the
recommendations of the Admissions Committee.
3.5 Readmission
Students who are on leave for a period of one year must apply for readmission
to the program through the Admissions Office.
Students in Good Standing: Students who are absent on approved
leaves must apply for readmission before they will be permitted to
register for the semester.
Students Suspended for misconduct: Students who have been
31
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
rusticated from the university and under probation must apply for
readmission and may be readmitted after serving the suspension period.
Students on academic probation: Students who fail to meet the minimum
GPA requirement but have satisfied other requirements may be allowed to
register as a non-matriculate student for a probationary period. Non
matriculated students who achieve a minimum GPA of 2.0 can be
readmitted, provided they meet all the other requirements.
32
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
STUDENT SERVICES
33
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
STUDENT SERVICES
4.0 STUDENT SERVICES
4.1 Office of the Student Affairs
The Office of Student Affairs supports and complements the mission of the
University and its academic program by creating a comfortable, safe and secure
environment that contributes to the success of the students educational mission
and personal growth. It helps involve students in the university community by
providing appropriate student organizations, activities, publications and
opportunities for interaction with faculty, staff and peers outside of classroom.
4.2 Counseling Services
4.2.1 Personal Counseling
Professional counseling is available for personal problems (i.e., financial, career,
home, health) especially if you have;
Physical complaints when no medical causes can be found
Excessive anxiety for examinations / accommodation / or home sickness
Lack of interest in daily activities
An unusual amount of irritability or fear to mingle with friends
Not being able to cope with studies
Inability to concentrate
Personality changes that cant be explained such as sudden shifts in mood
behavior
Referrals are made by the Dean, Student Affairs who attends to all student
activities, discipline issues, university policy etc. to the office of Admission &
Registers regarding regulations concerning questions of transfer; to the Accounts
Office regarding financial aid issues; to the Career Counselors Office regarding
career or job placement issues;.
4.2.2 Academic Counseling
Student advising is part of the academic duties of every faculty member. The
Deans or Chair of the Academic Unit assigns advisors so that the number of
advisees per faculty member is as small as possible.
Each student shall have an appointed full-time faculty advisor. This does not
preclude informal advising with a student regarding progress in the course being
taught.
34
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Student advising is not limited to registering students, but encompasses all aspects
of academic advising, including selection of electives, counseling on any academic
difficulties or problems encountered, and monitoring the academic progress of
advisees.
An academic advising guide has been prepared by the Provosts office and is
distributed to all academic advisors.
Students receive notification of their faculty advisor and a listing of all students
and advisors is available in the Academic Advising Center (AAC). Prior to actual
course registration, faculty are available to advisees during their scheduled office
hours to discuss academic programs and issues related to vocational, career and
educational goals. A record is kept of the advisory meetings. Faculty advisors
assigned to the Office of Advising, Assessment and counseling Center shall
coordinate further referrals.
Adjunct faculty is not to be responsible for the academic advisement of their
students.
4.2.3 Career Counseling
The Career Counselor shall be available at all hours on all working days throughout
the year; Students are encouraged to meet the Career Counselor and discuss their
career plans.
All students are encouraged to avail of clinical training at sites available in the
country and abroad during the summer break.
The students are encouraged to seek help in preparing their curriculum vitae.
Students shall also be helped in filling out forms for applying for appearing in
various licensing examinations being held in the country and abroad;
The career counselor collects and disseminates information about the various
hospitals, institutions and universities offering internship and residency programs
in the country and abroad.
The career counselor shall encourage graduates to keep in touch with the alma
mater through the Universitys website, correspondence and telephone.
The Career Counselor maintains a register of GMU Alumni. The Career Office
35
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
also keeps a record of employment of all Alumni and seeks evaluation of the GMU
graduate as an employee.
The Career Counselor shall submit reports periodically to update the Alumni
records in the Office of Institutional Research.
4.3 Student Activities Policy
The Office of Student Affairs offers comprehensive programs and services that
foster an educational environment conducive to the overall development of
students.
The Office of the Dean of Student Affairs oversees all departments catering to
various student services and serves as an advocate for students in the development
of University policy. The Office is also responsible for implementing the University
code of conduct.
Information on specific programs and services particularly athletic, cultural and
literary like ethnic day celebrations, intercollegiate Sports meet, debates,
presentations at scientific meetings, health exhibitions shall be published in the
Student handbook, University Catalog and displayed prominently on Student
Notice Boards and the University Website and MYGMU e-platform to encourage
participation by all students in these events.
4.4 GMU Student Council
The GMU student council comprises of representatives elected from the various
academic programs.
GMU Student Council shall have representation in faculty committees such as
Academic Council, College Council, Student Affairs Committee, Curriculum
Development Committee, Library Council, Sports, Culture & Literary Committee,
Campus Health, Safety & Security Committee and Planning & Budgeting
Committee.
The student council comprises of class representatives. Each class will elect student
representatives who would coordinate the curricular and extracurricular activities
of the class.
Each class will elect two representatives one male and one female.
36
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
The class representatives will be elected following an approved election procedure
and the procedure consists of the following stages:
Nominations of the candidates are submitted to the Dean/Associate Dean of
Student Affairs
The Dean/Associate Dean of Student Affairs will supervise the voting and
declare the results of the election
The names of the elected class representatives will be announced to the
University.
Elected student representatives will be invited to the Office of the Dean/
Associate Dean of Student Affairs where they will sign a formal document
accepting their duties and responsibilities as elected members of the student
council.
The elected representatives from the student council will represent in different
committees
The University reserves the right to remove student representatives from their
office on disciplinary grounds and/or inadequate performance.
Duties and Responsibilities of Student Representatives
To interact with other students in the class and collect data on matters
pertaining to the teaching program, examinations and student welfare
measures.
To bring to the notice of the faculty, Associate Dean or the Dean any matter
relating to student activities, which require modifications or corrective
measures.
To attend meetings of Student Council with the Associate Deans and the Dean
at regular intervals. The members of the Student Council are expected to come
prepared with the agenda for such meetings so that all relevant points can be
discussed in an orderly manner.
To identify any personal problem of the students which requires immediate or
urgent intervention and bring it to the notice of the faculty, Associate Deans or
the Dean.
To recommend effective measures relating to student activities (academics,
discipline and welfare).
To act as a healthy and reliable link between the students on one hand and the
members of faculty and administration on the other.
Student Council Executive Board
Elected representatives from the Student Council form the Student Council
Executive Board made up of one student from each program who will attend the
37
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
respective college council meetings called for by the Deans of the respective
colleges.
The university reserves the right to remove any student representative from their
elected office on disciplinary grounds and /or inadequate performance.
4.5 Student Publication
GMU PULSE is the newsletter that the students write, edit and publish and has
become an essential feature that chronicles student life at GMU. The students
newsletter expresses their sense of commitment and degree of cooperation as well
as their awareness of the educational and social issues that affect life in the GMU.
The newsletter reflects the make-up of the GMU and it appears in two languages
Arabic and English.
4.6 Health Services Policy
In order to streamline the health care needs of GMU students, a Campus Medical
Center has been established. This will provide care in the following areas
First Aid Services at GMU
Referral to GMCH&RC
Outpatient & Inpatient Services
Coordination between GMU & GMC&HRC
The Student management system has been linked with that of the Hospital for easy
identification of student for treatment.
The Clinical Coordinator will be informed of all student adverse health effects for
relating the illness to academic absence
As part of the registration procedures, every student must be covered for health
services under one of the two following plans. Plan I is compulsory for all GMU
sponsored students. This provides medical benefits under the GMCHRC Health
Card. Plan II is compulsory for others who are officially enrolled in health
insurance plans with their families.
Students shall be required to present the Student ID as identification document on
registering for medical treatment.
The Office of the Dean at GMCHRC shall make arrangements for access to health
care facilities at the hospital and to encourage students to undergo vaccination.
Students shall also be encouraged to obtain medical insurance.
38
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
It is mandatory for all GMU Students to undergo appropriate vaccination before
their clinical training starts.
It also mandatory for all GMU students to have a valid Clinical Training Third
Party Liability (TPL) Insurance.
To be eligible for living in student residence facilities, evidence must be provided
of immunization or testing against the following diseases:
Measles
Mumps
Rubella
Diphtheria and Tetanus
Tuberculosis
4.7 Clinical Training Third Party Liability (TPL) Insurance
As per the Ministry of Health (MoH) guidelines all students undergoing clinical
training at various hospitals are required to have a valid Clinical Training Third
Party Liability (TPL) Insurance. This insurance cover is restricted to during
training hours only and/or whilst participating in indoor and/or outdoor university
activities under universitys expressed authorization including transportation from
and to training centre by university vehicles.

4.8 Dining Services
GMU provides modern dining services in the campus where meals are served at a
reasonable price. The dining facilities are provided at 3 locations in the campus
and 2 in the GMC hospital. The Terrace a multi cuisine restaurant located in the
campus serves all the Arab, Continental & Asian cuisines.
4.9 Recreational Facilities
State of the art recreational facilities are provided in the Body & Soul Health Club
a gymnastic unit of GMU. Member is provided to the students at a concessional
rate and they can enjoy all facilities including swimming.
World class Basketball, Volleyball courts, Tennis courts, Cricket & Football fields
have been located in the campus. Separate indoor Table Tennis facility for male
and female students has been provided. The sports committee announces inter-
collegiate sports events every year wherein interested students can participate.
39
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
4.10 Residential Halls
The Office of Student Affairs support and complement the mission of the university
and its academic program by creating a comfortable and safe environment that
contributes to the success of resident students educational progress and personal
growth.
The hostel offers a learning environment that fosters self-dependence, respect for
social and communal norms, and tolerance of cultural diversity. The residence halls
provide opportunities for residents to improve their leadership, communication and
social skills, which support their academic development.
4.11 GMU Hostel Regulations
These rules have been formulated to help the students to study comfortably in the
hostel, to ensure their safety and maintain discipline. All the inmates of the hostels
are to strictly adhere to these rules.
1. Right of Occupancy

a. GMU students who have paid or arranged for the payment of
their hostel fees, tuition and other college fees have the right
to reside.
b. Rent is charged for one academic year extending from the
beginning of the academic year to the end.
c. Request of renewal to be submitted and paid before the next
academic year.
d. Students leaving the hostel in the middle of an academic year
are not eligible for refund of the rent.
e. Student has the right to report to the Warden, Hostel In-charge
or Office of Student Affairs in case of any difficulty faced
during her/his stay in the hostel.
2. Security
a. To ensure the security of all students, all GMU hostels are
protected by security staff throughout the 24 hrs.
3. Curfew
a. During week days (Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, &
Thursday) all resident female students are expected to be in
40
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
their respective dorms by 9:00 p.m. and male students by
9:30 pm
b. During weekends (Friday & Saturday) female students must
report back before 10:00 p.m. and male students report
back before 11:00 p.m.
c. Daily attendance of hostel students will be conducted and
submitted to the Hostel In-charge and Office of Student
Affairs.
d. The hostel Matron monitors the attendance records regularly
for tardiness and absences. Repeated violation of attendance
regulations will be reported to the Office of Student Affairs
e. Students require prior permission from the warden before
leaving the hostel for shopping. Details about their movement
in such cases should be entered in a movement register
maintained for this purpose.
f. Hostel doors will be closed by 11:00 pm.
Violation of the curfew timings and hostel regulations may result
in the cancellation of the hostel facility.
4. Weekend/Vacation out-pass policy
Female students who wish to go out to visit their parents or
relatives must obtain prior permission from their parents or
nominated guardians on each occasion.
A letter must be faxed /email to the Office of Hostel In-charge
(fax no: 06-7468989 or email: sherly@gmu.ac.ae or
Warden Daisy Thomas, email: daisythomas97@gmail.com) well
in advance for prior approval.
Student should fill out the out-pass form before leaving.
5. Inter-visitation
a. GMU students who are not residents of the hostel are not
permitted to stay in the hostel.
b. On emergency purpose, oneday stay of non-residents (current
GMU student/ GMU students sister), concerned student
requires to take prior approval (at least 3 days before) from
the Office of Student Affairs.
A visitor fee of AED100/- per day will be charged.
Student is requested to submit the receipt of payment on
entry to the hostel.
41
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
c. Hostel students may be permitted to have visitors / friends in
the visiting area and will not be permitted to take them to
their rooms.
d. GMU students visiting hostel inmates are required to fill the
form and take the approval from the Warden.
e. Outsiders other than parents or nominated guardians are not
allowed inside the hostels.

6. Smoking / Alcohol / Drugs
a. Smoking and using drugs / alcohol are strictly prohibited in
GMC hostels.
b. If a student is found using he / she will face severe disciplinary
consequences.
7. Littering
a. Since the hostels are the residents second home, all students
are expected to maintain cleanliness inside the halls.
b. Rooms are inspected periodically for cleanliness.
c. Students are also expected to regularly empty the garbage in
their rooms.
d. In the event a student room is found to be in a dirty state, the
Student Affairs office has the right to charge the student for
getting it cleaned.
8. Cable /TV/Internet/Computer Room
a. Students are allowed to have Television of their own.
b. Hostel has the Wi-Fi connections on all floors and an additional
computer room with internet connection is provided for learning
purpose.
c. Computer /Internet usage will be viewed seriously and any misuse
will entail discontinuing the facility.
8. Exercise area (Girls Hostel Safeer area)
a. Students are provided with tread mills for exercise.
b. Students utilizing need to sign in the usage of time in the
register.
9. Meals and Cafeteria
a. Micro-oven and Fridge provided for warming and storing of
food.
42
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
b. The facility of home delivery of food is arranged from the
University Terrace Restaurant (Contact no: 06-7430002)
10. Transportation
a. Hostel students are provided transport facility to the University.
b. On regular class days University bus has been arranged as per
following schedule:
c.
Time Main Girls Hostel
(Safeer area)
Girls Hostel
(Jurf)
Boys Hostel
Pick up to the
University
First trip : 8:00 am
Second trip : 8:10 am
8:15 am 8:15 am
Pick up from
University
3:45 pm 3:45 pm 3:45 pm
d. Transport facility is provided for students only for summer
holidays and semester break holidays. Request for transport
signed by the Warden has to be filled and submitted to the
Transport department for approval.
e. Transport is NOT provided for weekend travels.
11. Concerning Fire Codes
a. A fire alarm sound indicates that an emergency situation exists.
b. Students are required to switch OFF the electrical equipments
after use. In case any room is found to have the oven, A/c or
any other electrical equipment ON unnecessarily, the office
reserves the right to ask the student to pay the electricity
charges.
c. Cooking indoors with charcoal or any open flame device, burning
candles is prohibited.
d. In case of complaint regarding malfunctioning switches or any
other electrical equipment needs to be reported to the Warden
immediately or written in the complaint book.
12. Entering / Transfer of rooms
a. GMU officials including Hostel Supervisor and Warden may enter
student room in an emergency.
b. Students will be informed in case of maintenance work to be done
43
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
or college officials entering their rooms
c. Males including students fathers and other nominated male
guardians /visitors are not allowed inside the girls hostel.
d. Requests for a transfer to another room are to be forwarded
through the Wardens office.
13. Laundry
a. Washers and dryers are located in the hostel. The Laundry room
will be closed by 11:00 p.m.
14. Furniture
a. Students are strictly forbidden from removing any of their room
furniture.
b. Hostel students are required to obtain special approval from the
hostel in-charge to bring in own furniture.
15. Storage
a. Storage rooms are NOT available in hostels.
b. Students need to clear their belongings on leaving the hostel. The
belongings will be moved outside once the student leaves the
hostel.
c. Institution will not be responsible for students belongings once
the student leaves the hostel.
16. Medical Facilities
a. Students should report any injury or illness immediately to the
matron/warden without delay so that necessary medical attention
could be arranged.
b. All GMU students are eligible for medical treatment in GMC
hospital. Students are required to present the Student ID as
identification document on registering for medical treatment.
17. Student responsibilities
a. Students must take care of their personal belongings and the
management will not be responsible for any loss or damage. On
leaving the hostel, student is required to clear all her/his
belongings.
b. Students must maintain cleanliness and discipline in the hostel.
All property and fittings should be handled with care. If a student
is found to be responsible for any damages, the cost of repair /
44
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
replacement will be recovered from the student.
c. Students are required to abide by the advice and decisions of the
matron/warden on all matters pertaining to life in the hostels.
d. Students are required to abide by any other rules or regulations,
which the Dean, the Supervisor or the Matron may feel necessary
to introduce from time to time.
e. Students are required to submit the No Objection letter from
parent and fill up the out-pass /clearance form when staying
outside or when vacating the hostel.
f. Students are required to the Matron to submit the clearance form
to the office before vacating the room and submit a copy to the
accounts department for refund of deposit.
18. Actions Prohibited
a. Student should NOT write on walls, lifts, doors of the hostel.
b. Student should NOT remove furniture, or install personal locks
for rooms
c. Student should NOT insert / fix holes or hooks in walls, floors or
ceiling
d. Student should NOT break the curfew timings.
e. Student should NOT refuse to follow the instructions from the
Matron or security personnel who is only performing his/her
duties
f. Students are NOT allowed to decorate the exterior of rooms,
corridors or other common areas.
g. Student should NOT shout or create disturbances for any
residential room.
h. Student should NOT drop or throw any solid object or liquid from
windows.
i. Student should NOT harass or verbally abuse any resident or staff
member living in the hostel.
j. Student should NOT host overnight guest without obtaining prior
approval from the Office of student affairs/Hostel Incharge
Following actions are taken for those who break the rules of the hostel
i. First warning with letter issued to student.
ii. Second and final warning with letter issued and copy to parentz
and the respective College Dean
iii. Third student penalized/expelled from the accommodation.
45
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Any breach of the above rules by the inmates may result in their, being deprived of
the privilege of occupying the room besides rendering themselves liable to pay
such damages, as may be claimed by the authorities. Also there will be NO refund
of fees in the event of denial of hostel accommodation on grounds of misconduct
(academic or personal).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I have read and understood the above rules and regulations of the hostel and
will follow the same.
_________________ ______________________ _________
Student Signature Parent Signature: Date:
Faculty in-charge / Name Tel.No: 06 7431333
Coordinator
Hostel Dr. Joshua Ashok Ext. 317
Mrs. Sherly Ajay Ext. 384
Sports Prof. Ishtiyaq Ahmed Shaafie Ext. 211
Cultural Activities Mr. Vignesh S Unadkat Ext. 240
Library Dr. Syed Shehnaz Ilyas Ext. 316
Administrative Assistance
Accounts Mr. Aslam Hameed Ext. 300
Library Mr. Diaz Idiculla / Mr. Ansel Ext. 221
Common Rooms, Common utilities
Travel & Transport Mr. Subeesh Ext. 219
Audio Visual Aids Mr. Supreeth / Mr. Bilal Ext. 222
Visa and Health Card Mr. Fayaz Mohammed Ext. 238
Photocopy Section &
Mail Boxes Mr. Sakthi Ext. 283
46
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
4.13 GMU Facilities
4.13.1 Lecture Halls
The lectures are usually held in the four main lecture halls - Lecture Hall
I, Lecture Hall II, Lecture Hall III and Lecture Hall IV. In addition there
are demonstration rooms located close to laboratories, where group
discussions, seminars and tutorials are held.
4.13.2 Common Rooms & Lockers
Separate common rooms with locker facility are available for male and
female students. Locker keys may be obtained from the Administrative
office. In the event of any damages to the lockers or loss of keys, a fine of
AED 100 is levied. Only materials pertaining to academic and learning
needs are to be kept in the lockers; Strict disciplinary action is taken if
any objectionable material is found in the lockers.
4.13.3 Masjid
Separate entrance for men and women with ablution facilities are provided
in the Masjid.
4.13.4 Mail Box
All incoming postal mail would be kept in the designated area close to the
photocopying section.
4.13.5 Telephones
Prepaid telephone booths are located in the central hall.
4.13.6 Class Room & Laboratory
Separate entrances are designated for men and women students in the
Lecture Halls and Laboratories. Students are strictly advised to follow
these:
Separate seating arrangements are provided in the lecture halls,
for segregating men and women students and these should be
adhered to.
Attendance will not be granted to late comers to lectures and
practical.
Students are not allowed to bring food and drinks into the lecture
rooms and laboratories.
Lab coats must be worn at all times in the campus and in clinical
teaching sites during lectures and laboratory work.
Students should use equipment and property of the institution
47
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
with care and should not indulge in destruction or damage to any
of the equipment & property. If a student is found to be
responsible for any such damage the repair / replacement cost for
the same shall be recovered from the student.
Students who require audiovisual equipment for presentations
should organize this with the help of the Administrative Assistant
for Student Affairs. Students should fill in the request form for
this and hand over the same at least 3 days before their
presentation.
Visitors are not permitted to attend lectures and laboratories
except with the prior written approval of the Dean.
Students should leave the lecture halls as soon as the lectures are
over. Lingering on in the hall alone or in groups is not permitted.
Lecture halls will be locked soon after the lectures are over and
will be opened only 15 minutes before the commencement of
lectures.
4.13.7 Student Identification
All students are required to submit passport size photos to be
fixed on their ID cards.
The Student ID must be worn on the Lab Coats and must be
presented on demand in the campus, clinical sites and
examinations.
Loss of ID cards must be reported to the Deans office and
replacement card obtained after payment of AED 25.
4.13.8 University Entrances
Separate entrances are designated for men and women students. These
should be strictly adhered to. Parents, relatives and friends who drop the
students in the university and drive them back are requested to respect
this and drop or collect the students only from the designated areas.
Students are not to walk through the main foyer doors or sit in the
entrance area. This area is meant for guests and visitors to the college.
4.13.9 Car Parking in the Campus
Cars should be parked in the allocated positions for men and women
students separately in an orderly manner.
All women students are requested to park their cars on the left side of
the campus near Lecture Hall 1 & 2.
All men students are requested to park their cars on the right side of
the campus near Lecture Hall 3 & 4.
48
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Only cars belonging to the President, Trustees and other visiting
dignitaries are allowed to be parked in the main portico area. The
College administration reserves the right to tow away any vehicle,
which has been parked in an unauthorized manner or place.
Dangerous driving practices, creating inconvenience or risk to others
and damage to property within the college campus are punishable
offences.
4.14 Student Records Policy
The University shall maintain confidentiality of student records. The
student records shall be stored in safe custody and only authorized
personnel shall have access to them.
Transcripts shall be issued only upon the signed request of the parent or the
student. Under no circumstances shall the student records be released to
any third party without the knowledge of the student or the students
parent.
All official records shall be signed either by the President and or the
Provost of the University whose signatures only shall be recognized
outside the bounds of GMU.
A progress report shall be sent regularly to the contact address to inform
the guardians to inform them about the wards progress.
The records policy shall be published in the student handbook for
information. The Office of the Dean Admissions & Registers shall
maintain the students permanent academic record and requests to view
the individuals record must be made to the Office of the Dean Admissions
& Registers.
The academic program in which a student is enrolled also maintains
student files that are considered non-permanent. Students have the right to
access their program file except documents where access has been waived
(e.g. recommendation forms).
A student must submit an application to the Dean Admissions & Registers
office to obtain access to his/her program academic record.
The Dean Admissions & Registers Office shall ensure:
The continuous maintenance and back up of student records with one set
stored in a secure location, preferably off-site in a vault or fireproof
cabinet;
Special security measures to protect and back up computer-generated and
stored records;
Confidentiality of records;
49
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
A definition of what constitutes the permanent record of each student;
the right of access to student records, including students access to
their own records;
The authority to manage and update student records
Appropriate retention and disposal of records.
4.15 Information-Release Policy
The University shall neither deny nor effectively prevent current or
former students of the University the right to inspect and review their
education records.
Students shall be granted access to t heir records within a reasonable
period of time after filing a request. Students have the right to request
the amendment of their education records to ensure that the records
are not inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of their privacy
or other rights.
The University shall not release or provide access to education records,
except directory information, without the written consent of the
student to any individual, agency or organization.
The University is, however, authorized to provide access to student
records to Campus officials and employees who have legitimate
educational interests in such access. These persons are those who have
responsibilities in connection with the academic, administrative, or
service functions of the university and who have reason for using
student records connected with their academic or other university
responsibilities. Disclosure may also be made to other persons,
Ministry and Government officials or organizations under certain
conditions (e.g. as part of an accreditation or program evaluation; in
response to a court order; in connection with financial aid; or to
institutions to which the student is transferring).
The University shall designate the following items as directory
information: student name, addresses, telephone numbers, major field
of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports,
dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, most recent previous
school attended and photograph. The University may disclose any of
those items without prior written consent, unless notified in writing on
the form available from the Dean Admissions & Registers.
Confidentiality of information shall be highly respected at GMU. If
students wish any of their education record available to anyone, a
consent form shall be available in the Office Admissions and Registers.
If there is no consent form, information will not be disclosed except to
the appropriate person(s) in connection with an emergency, if the
knowledge of such information is necessary to protect the health or
safety of the student or other persons.
50
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Under no circumstances shall the student records be released to any
third party without the knowledge of the student or the students
parent.
4.16 Dress Code
Professional Dress
Students should at all times maintain a neat and clean appearance, and dress in
attire that is appropriate. When students are functioning as medical/health
professionals, either with clinical patients or simulated patients, dress must be
appropriate and professional. A professional image increases credibility, patient
trust, respect, and confidence. In addition, because medical and health sciences
students utilize facilities on campus where patients and the public are present,
professional dress and appearance are also expected even when students are not
engaged in patient care. In addition, most of the clinical facilities have specific
dress code policies that must also be followed. Furthermore, Photo I.D. badges
are to be worn at all times.
Violation of the dress code can have detrimental consequences for patient care
and could damage the reputation of the institution. Flagrant and repeated
violations of the dress code may be deemed to signify a lack of insight or
maturity on the part of the individual student and call for counseling and
discipline. The immediate supervisor may choose to discuss initial violations of
the dress code directly with the student. Serious or repeated violations may be
subject to disciplinary action.
Students of GMU are expected to maintain decorum in their dress code
in accordance with the dignity of the medical profession and of the
institution.
Traditional dresses are allowed for only U.A.E nationals.
Students must wear white coats with identity cards / badges on entering
the campus / clinical sites and must wear the coats as long as they are
inside the campus / clinical sites. The white coat must be clean and
well maintained and of acceptable quality. The white coat must be
worn fully buttoned.
The security and duty staff have the right to reject admission to any
student into the campus when not properly dressed or when not
wearing the white coats.
White coats are to be worn only inside the college and hospital
premises. Students should not wear white coats in public places such
as supermarkets.
51
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Women students must take special care in avoiding skin tight and revealing
dress. They must have their hair properly tied up and must not keep the
hair loose. All women students must wear dress, which reaches down to
the ankle level.
Students must wear dress that does not hinder practical or clinical work.
4.17 Fire Safety Policy
Objectives
GMU Fire Safety Policy is established for the purpose of minimizing the risk of
fire and in the event of a fire, to limit its spread, ensuring the safety of all the
University personnel and visitors, minimizing the potential of fire from disrupting
teaching and research, and lastly minimizing property and environment damage.
Policy Statement

GMU is committed to a high standard of fire safety and will make all reasonable
efforts to adopt best practices and compliance with current fire safety legislation
and standards.
1. Unobstructed Passage of Escape

The premises on GMU shall have adequate means of escape in case of fire.
All means of escape shall be correctly maintained, kept free from
obstruction and available for safe and effective use at all times. Means of
escape shall have adequate emergency lighting (in case of fire) which will
be maintained in efficient working order.

2. Provision of Fire Warning System

All buildings in GMU shall be provided with adequate fire detection and
warning system. These shall be maintained in efficient working order.

3. Fire Fighting Equipment

Adequate means for fighting fire shall be provided and these shall be
maintained in efficient working order.

4. Training

Appropriate fire training shall be given to all designated staff working in
lab-based facilities and/or have an active role in the implementation of fire
emergency plan.

52
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
5. Fire Safety Inspection

All premises owned and occupied by University shall be subjected to
regular fire safety inspection. Where hazards are identified, action is taken
to implement appropriate control measures. Measures taken to protect
buildings, installations and equipment from fire shall commensurate with
the risks and shall be appropriate to the value of teaching, research or
commercial importance of those assets.
Roles and Responsibilities
University staff has the following key responsibilities in implementing the fire
safety policy.

Deans
Deans are to ensure that:
Departments under their charge implement this policy and other
appropriate measures to minimize the risk of fire.
Head of Departments
The roles of the Head of Departments are to:
Ensure regular fire safety inspections are carried out for their
Department.
Action is taken to minimize the likelihood of fire occurring as a
consequence of the Departments activities;
Escape routes, that is, entrances/exits, corridors, staircases and
stairwells, are kept clear of obstruction and free from storage of
combustible materials;
New members of the Department, including research and undergraduate
students, receive the necessary information, instruction and training on
fire safety as soon as possible;
Any contractors employed by the Department and any visitor invited by
the Department are aware of the action to be taken in the event of fire;
Fire drills are carried out as least annually;
53
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
5. Fire Safety Inspection

All premises owned and occupied by University shall be subjected to
regular fire safety inspection. Where hazards are identified, action is taken
to implement appropriate control measures. Measures taken to protect
buildings, installations and equipment from fire shall commensurate with
the risks and shall be appropriate to the value of teaching, research or
commercial importance of those assets.
Roles and Responsibilities
University staff has the following key responsibilities in implementing the fire
safety policy.

Deans
Deans are to ensure that:
Departments under their charge implement this policy and other
appropriate measures to minimize the risk of fire.
Head of Departments
The roles of the Head of Departments are to:
Ensure regular fire safety inspections are carried out for their
Department.
Action is taken to minimize the likelihood of fire occurring as a
consequence of the Departments activities;
Escape routes, that is, entrances/exits, corridors, staircases and
stairwells, are kept clear of obstruction and free from storage of
combustible materials;
New members of the Department, including research and undergraduate
students, receive the necessary information, instruction and training on
fire safety as soon as possible;
Any contractors employed by the Department and any visitor invited by
the Department are aware of the action to be taken in the event of fire;
Fire drills are carried out as least annually;
Maintenance Department
The Department shall ensure University premises and service infrastructure are
constructed in compliance with fire safety regulations and building codes.
Administration Department will ensure that:
Overall institutional compliance with this policy and regulations.
Coordinate the implementation of Fire Safety precautions

Employees, Students, Visitors and Contractors Responsibility
Employees, Students, Visitors and Contractors are to:
Cooperate and comply with this Policy and instructions given to them in
regards to fire safety and any other fire procedures;
Know what to do in the event of a fire, including leaving equipment in a
safe position, and be familiar with the escape routes from their location;
Consider the risk of fire from their activities and reduce or control that
risk;
Not interfere or abuse any equipment provided for fire safety.
Report any observed shortcoming in fire precautions to the Administrative
Department
Safety Precautions
Teach students how to properly notify the fire department
Install smoke alarms in corridors, Laboratories, Lecture Halls, Cafeteria
Maintain and regularly test smoke alarms and fire alarm systems.
Regularly inspect rooms and buildings for fire hazards. Ask the local fire
department for assistance.
Inspect exit doors and windows and make sure they are working properly.
Create and update detailed floor plans of buildings, and make them
available to emergency personnel, and students.
Conduct fire drills and practice escape routes and evacuation plans. Urge
students to take each alarm seriously.
Make sure electrical outlets are not overloaded and extension cords are
used properly.
Learn to properly use and maintain heating and cooking appliances
4.18 Information on Safety Issues
GMU adheres to and adopts the guidelines on safety issues, which covers safety
aspects under the categories- Laboratory and Chemical safety. Excerpts from the
University Laboratory Safety Manual is provided.
54
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Laboratory Safety
1. General
Taking care not to run around in the laboratories unless a situation [e.g. 1.1
emergency] warrants the same
Laboratory Dress Code: 1.2
Laboratory coat be worn while pursuing laboratory work but be removed while
visiting a non-laboratory environment, e.g. office, canteen, toilet, and computer
room.
No smoking is permitted at any time in or near the laboratory.
Long-sleeved laboratory coats must be worn to protect against chemical spills
and prevent exposure to radiation and UV light.
Latex gloves should be worn when handling toxic chemicals and , bacteria.
However, do not use such gloves in the course of simple chores like opening
doors, answering telephones, at the keyboard, to cite some examples
Safety goggles or spectacles should be worn while working with hazardous
chemicals radioactive materials.
Use the face-mask when using the UV transilluminator.
Mandatory use of close footwear [E.g. No open-toed shoes, sandals and slip-
pers] when working in the laboratory and while handling also working hazard-
ous chemicals or radioactive materials.
Long hair or loose clothing should be secured before commencing work to avoid
the possibility of their entanglement in equipment, or contact with chemicals or
possibility of a fire accident.
Wearing a Walkman/radio head phone while working is prohibited.
Waste Disposal: 1.3
Appropriate bag should be used to dispose hazardous and non-hazardous waste.
The specially designed safety bag should only be used for disposal of hazardous
waste and not for non-hazardous waste disposal. Non-hazardous waste can be
disposed in the general household garbage bag.
55
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Broken glass and needles must be disposed in a sharps bin or plastic container.
Acid, organic solvent, and radioactive waste should be disposed in the desig-
nated bottles or containers (see Chemistry and Radiation Safety for detail).
2. Electrical outlet usage:
To avoid power overloading, ideally, one electrical outlet should connect only
to one equipment.
If the outlet is used for more than one connection, the adaptor with the Singa-
pore Productivity and Standard Board (PSB) logo (i.e. PSB approved adaptors)
should be used
Chemical Safety
1. General
Working alone with hazardous chemicals (particularly after office hours) should
be discouraged in all laboratories involved in such experimental work.
2. Chemical Storage
The general properties and storage characteristics of each chemical should be
indicated by a colored sticker on the chemical containers. The suggested color
codes are:
RED a. : Flammable
WHITE b. : Corrosive
YELLOW: Reactive c.
BLUE d. : Health risk (carcinogen, mutagen, etc)
GRAY e. : General chemical storage
RED S f. : To be stored separately from chemicals of similar code
Chemicals should not be stored on the floor or on top of shelves. The storage
shelf should have the rails to prevent the fall off.
Organic and inorganic chemicals should be stored in different cabinets.
Organic solvents must be stored in resistant containers, e.g. glass or teflon. The
cap must be resistant to the solvent and screwed on tight. Solvents are stored
primarily in a metal cupboard or sometimes in a fume hood.
56
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
There must be no open flame near organic solvents, nor must they be kept near
heat.
Concentrated nitric acid should be stored in designated cabinet.
Poisons should be stored in designated and locked cabinet.
Corrosive chemicals should be placed in a location below eye level, e.g. in bot-
tom shelves of a cabinet or under the sink.
Cabinet shelves should not be overloaded.
Upper shelves must not be heavier than lower shelves.
All shelves must be protected with chemical-resistant, non-absorbent, easy-
cleaning trays with anti-roll lips.
All chemicals must be placed on these trays and not directly onto the metal
surface of the shelves.
All cabinets must be kept closed at all times other than during depositing or
withdrawal of chemicals.
All cabinets must be placed on floor and must be stable.
Labels indicating the contents of each cabinet must be displayed on the outside
of the cabinet.
A fire extinguisher should be located near the exit and not near the chemical
cabinets. In the event of an explosion, a fire extinguisher near the explosion area
might be rendered inaccessible or damaged.
The appropriate type of fire extinguisher, i.e. Class B extinguisher such as car-
bon dioxide or foam, to deal with chemical fire should be used. Everyone in the
lab should know to use the fire extinguisher.
Spill control kits to handle spillage of flammable chemicals, must be available.
First aid kits must be available and they must be equipped to deal with acciden-
tal ingestion, spillage, etc.
Periodic checks should be made of the chemical stores in order to ensure that the
conditions of the containers are satisfactory. These include but are not restricted
to:
the physical state of the primary and secondary containers
the state of the seals of these containers
the cleanliness of the containers (salt deposits indicating leakage, etc.).
the presence of moisture in the bottle or any other form of precipitation
and/or caking.
57
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Adequate ventilation must be available.
Bottles of toxic chemicals, once opened, should be tightly recapped, sealed and
placed in a fume hood.
Chemical bottles/containers in constant use should be placed in chemical-resis-
tant, non-absorbent, easy-cleaning trays
Gas cylinders, hoses and regulators should occasionally be checked for wear
and tear, leaks and functionality. A simple soap-bubble test can be done to check
for leaks.
All gas cylinders should be secured with chains.
Empty gas cylinders should not be stored with full cylinders. In the event of
a mistake, empty gas cylinders can cause serious-suck back effect when con-
nected to pressurized equipment.
3. Chemical Handling
All lab workers must be familiar with recommended procedures associated with
the chemicals they are dealing and the relevant hazards. When in doubt the
MSDS should be referred to, for information.
All work involving aqueous hazardous chemicals should be done in fume
hoods.
All Appropriate protective apparel must be worn when working with hazardous
chemicals. These include but are not limited to gloves, masks, aprons, lab coats,
face shields and goggles.
Hand towel dispensers should be made available in all labs.
Appropriate gloves for handling corrosives, hot/cold objects, organic
solvents and other specifc chemicals should be available.
When a process is known to result in chemical fumes, wearing appropriate
masks should be mandatory. Please note that normal surgical masks and dusk
masks are not suitable protection against chemical fumes.
Spilled mercury (e.g. from broken thermometers) should be picked up using
a pipette and stored in a small, tightly sealed and labelled plastic container
in the fume hood
Standard Operational Procedures (SOP) to deal with emergency situations aris-
ing from radioactive, chemical and bio-hazardous accidents should be
clearly displayed in every lab.
58
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Handling of Gases:
Make sure that you know how to operate the regulator on a gas cylinder be-
fore using it.
Gas cylinders must be replaced before they are completely empty. Some posi-
tive pressure must be allowed in the used cylinders.
Check the gas tubing from time to time.
Poisonous gases and chemicals that give rise to vapors should be experimented
with only in the fume hood.
Do not light any flame when you smell a gas leak. Beware of flammable gases,
e.g. oxygen and acetylene.
If you smell something dangerous, raise the alarm and evacuate the lab imme-
diately. The source should later be traced and action taken by the appropriate
safety personnel
While handling Liquid Nitrogen:
Your hands must be protected by thick pair of heavy duty gloves.
Lab coat must be worn and legs and feet protected.
Liquid nitrogen must be kept and transported in Dewar flasks.
Liquid nitrogen splatters easily when pouring, especially if the glassware or
plasticware is not pre-chilled before use. Hence special caution ought to be ex-
ercised.
Handling of Phenol:
Phenol should be handled with appropriate protection and in the fume hood
Phenol should be stored in resistant containers made of glass or teflon.
If ones skin comes in contact with phenol, it should be rinsed immediately with
lots of water, followed by wash with soap and water
Spills must be attended to immediately and not left to dry unattended.
Stains left by chemical spills should be cleaned up immediately.
Hand towel dispensers should be made available in all labs.
Appropriate gloves for handling corrosives, hot/cold objects, organic solvents
and other specific chemicals should be available.
59
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
When a process is known to result in chemical fumes, wearing appropriate
masks should be mandatory. Please note that normal surgical masks and dusk
masks are not suitable protection against chemical fumes
Spilled mercury (e.g. from broken thermometers) should be picked up using a
pipette and stored in a small, tightly sealed and labelled plastic container in the
fume hood
4. General Chemical Disposal
Not all chemicals can be thrown into the drain. Ensure that the chemical is safe for
discharge into the sewer. If not, store in empty reagent bottles or carboys for
processing and disposal by a waste disposal company. As a general guideline,
strong flammable and acute toxic chemicals should not be discharged into the
sewer.
Dilute all che micals that will be thrown into the sewer.
Acids and bases should be neutralized properly before discharging into the sew-
erage system.
All gels (excluding those stained with ethidium bromide) should be disposed
into special plastic bags. These bags, when full, should be double wrapped,
secured properly and thrown with normal rubbish for disposal.
Commingling of chemical waste in waste storage containers should be kept to
Where the above is not possible, aqueous waste should be segregated into the
following groups:
Halogenated
Flammable
Phenol- chloroform
Flammable chemical waste should be stored in well-ventilated areas to reduce
accumulation of lammable vapors.
Solid chemical waste should be securely packaged before disposal into normal
trash where they will eventually be incinerated. An exception to this is solids
that sublime at room temperature and produce toxic gases. In such cases, try to
convert the solids to a stable form and chemically inactivate it.
60
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Organic Solvents:
Solvents are disp osed of in specifically-labelled (name of solvent, your name
and your supervisors name) waste bottles in a fume hood. Do not pour them
down the sink. Only very small quantities (< 1 ml) may be flushed down the
sink with lots of water.
Chloroform and acetone must not be poured into the same bottle as they react to
form an explosive chemical.
Chemical containers should be tagged with information including chemical
name, description, generators name and date of disposal.
All chemical disposal exercises must be documented
61
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
STUDENT RIGHTS
& RESPONSIBILITIES
62
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
5.0 STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
5.1: Student Rights
All students must become familiar with the academic policies, curriculum
requirements, and associated deadlines as outlined in the University Catalog. The
academic advisor shall advise the student on all matters related to their program of
study and will aid the student in the interpretation of policies whenever necessary.
However, it shall ultimately be the students responsibility to meet all stated
requirements for the degree and the policies related thereof. It is also the students
responsibility to actively utilize their campus email and the university web site,
observe netiquette, observe the policies on Internet use as published and made
available in the Student handbook as it tends to be a major communication resource
and is often the primary form of communication between students.
Gulf Medical University shall maintain an academic environment in which the
freedom to teach, conduct research, learn, and administer the university is
protected. Students will enjoy maximum benefit from this environment by
accepting responsibilities commensurate with their role in the academic community.
The principles found herein are designed to facilitate communication, foster
academic integrity, and defend freedoms of inquiry, discussion, and expression
among members of the university community.
5.1.1 Rights in the Pursuit of Education
Students will have the right:
To pursue an education free from illegal discrimination and to be
judged on the basis of relevant abilities, qualifications, and
performance
To fair and impartial academic evaluation and a means of recourse
through orderly procedures to challenge action contrary to such
standard;
To an academic environment conducive to intellectual freedom;
To a fair and orderly disciplinary process
5.1.2 Right to Access Records and Facilities
To access their own personal and education records and to have the
university maintain and protect the confidential status of such records,
63
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
as required by appropriate legal authority;
To have access to accurate information regarding tuition, fees and
charges, course availability, general requirements for establishing and
maintaining acceptable academic standing, and graduation
requirements.
5.1.3 Right to Freedom of Association, Expression, Advocacy &
Publication
To free inquiry and expression;
To organize and join associations to promote their common and lawful
interests;
To be able to protest on university premises in a manner which does
not obstruct or disrupt teaching, research, administration, or other
activities authorized by the university;
5.1.4 Right to Contribute to University Governance and Curriculum
Students will have the right
Through student representatives, to participate in formulating and
evaluating institutional policies
5.2: Student Responsibilities
Students shall be expected to balance these rights with the responsibility to respect
the learning environment for others and for themselves and to make their best
effort to meet academic challenges undertaken. Students will be responsible for
compliance with the University Code of Conduct.
The standards of professional behavior in the educational setting are related to
three domains:
1. Individual Performance;
2. Relationships with students, faculty, staff, patients and community, others
and
3. Support of the ethical principles of the medical profession, as expanded
below:
64
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Individual performance:
Demonstrates educational experiences (i.e., exams, clinics, rounds, small
group sessions, appointments at the clinical skills center
Adheres to dress code consistent with institutional standards
Relationships with students, faculty, staff, patients and community
Establishes effective rapport
Establishes and maintains appropriate boundaries in all learning
situations.
Respectful at all times of all parties involved
Demonstrates humanism in all interactions
Respects the diversity of race, gender, religion, sexual orientation, age,
disability and socioeconomic status
Resolves conflict in a manner that respects the dignity of every person
involved.
Uses professional language being mindful of the environment
Maintains awareness and adapts to differences in individual patients
Including those related to culture and medical literacy.
Support of ethical principles of the medical profession
Maintains honesty
Contributes to an atmosphere conducive to learning and is committed to
advance scientific knowledge
Protects patient confidentiality
5.3 GMU Honor Code
The students of Gulf Medical University Ajman, must recognize that they form an
essential part of the medical profession and society. The Honor Code lays
emphasis on students behavior to meet the expectation of their profession, family
and general public. The Honor Code is administered at the White Coat Ceremony
students are required to read the pledge and sign an undertaking to observe all the
rules as specified in the code.
5.4 Salient Features of the Honor Code
The code strives to emphasize the importance of ethical behavior and compassion
in patient care. It helps a professional to understand the importance of the power
of healing when all health care professionals work together as a team. It guides
students to interact among their fellow colleagues and mentors. The honor code
formally acknowledges a sense of trust, responsibility and professional behavior
among students, staff and faculty.
65
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
5.5 Breach of Honor Code
The following acts are considered as violation of the honor code:
1. Illegal, unethical and inappropriate academic conduct or professional
behavior with colleagues and mentors either in college, hospital
campus or in any professional gathering.
2. Failure to maintain confidentiality of a patient.
3. Failure to provide the highest level of patient care.
4. Failure to report any situation where the honor code has not been followed
or failure to take appropriate action when the honor code has been
violated.
5.6 Effects of Committing an Honor Offence
When a student, member of the administrative staff or faculty commits an offense
against the rules of the honor code, it becomes violation of the code and is termed
as an Honor Offense. The matter must be reported to the Dean of GMU. The report
would be taken to a committee formed by student and faculty representatives. Once
the person is proved guilty, the Committee will initiate appropriate action
depending on the degree of the offense.
66
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
STUDENT MISCONDUCT &
DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES
67
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
6.0 STUDENT MISCONDUCT & DISCIPLINARY
PROCEDURES
6.1 Academic Misconduct
The college may discipline a student for academic misconduct, which is defined as
any activity that tends to undermine the academic integrity of the institution and
undermine the educational process. Academic misconduct includes, but is not
limited to the following:
1. Cheating
A student must not use or attempt to use unauthorized assistance,
materials, information, or study aids in any academic exercise,
including, but not limited to:
External assistance in professional or any in class
examination. This prohibition includes use of books, notes,
mobiles, students cross talk, etc.
Use of another person as a substitute in the examination.
Stealing examination or other source material.
Use of any unauthorized assistance in a laboratory, or on
fieldwork.
Altering the marks in any way.
Claiming as his / her own, work done by others or the work
completed in collaboration with others.
2. Fabrication
A student must not falsify or invent any information or data in an
academic work, including records or reports, laboratory results, etc.
3. Plagiarism
A student must not adopt or reproduce ideas, words, or statements of
another person without appropriate permission and
acknowledgement.
4. Interference
A student must not steal, change, destroy or include another students
work. A student must not offer a bribe, promise favours or make
threats with the intention of affecting the evaluation of academic
performance.
5. Facilitating Academic Dishonesty
A student must not intentionally help another student commit an act
of academic misconduct.
68
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
6.1.1 Academic Misconduct Procedures
6.1.1.1 Academic Misconduct related to a course
When a student in a course commits an act of academic
misconduct related to that particular course, the faculty member
who is teaching the course has the authority to initiate academic
misconduct proceedings against the student. Before this, the
faculty is required to hold an informal conference with the
student concerning the matter.
If the faculty member affirms that the student did commit the act
of misconduct as alleged, then, at the conclusion of the informal
conference, the faculty member is required to report the matter
to the Student Welfare Committee, in writing.
After enquiry and verification of the matter thereof disciplinary
proceeding is initiated by the Student Welfare Committee by
sending a notice to the student who is the subject of the
complaint. The appeal for the latter decision rests with the
discretion of the President.
Action by the President
The President shall inquire into the facts of the appeal and shall
discuss the matter individually with the student, the faculty
member, the Dean, and make a decision concerning the merits of
the appeal.
6.1.1.2 Academic Misconduct - Unrelated to a particular course
A disciplinary proceeding for an act of academic misconduct that
is unrelated to a particular course in which the student is enrolled
is governed by the same procedures that apply to acts of personal
misconduct mentioned below.
6.1.1.3 Appeal to and Action by the President
The student may appeal the decision of the Dean to the President
of the College, who may take any of the following actions:
Affirm the original decision that the student did commit
the alleged act of misconduct.
Affirm the original decision concerning the disciplinary
sanction to be imposed.
Reverse the original decision that the student did commit
69
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
the alleged act of misconduct and direct that the
complaint be dismissed.
Set aside the original decision concerning the
disciplinary sanction to be imposed and impose a
different sanction, amounting to commutation.
6.1.2 Repeated Misconduct Procedure (Academic)
In cases of repeated academic misconduct by a student, the student welfare
committee will study the advice, recommendation and instruction imparted by
the committee against the student on previous occasions. Serious warnings or
disciplinary proceedings against the student by the student welfare committee
on earlier occasions constitute enough grounds for the committee to recommend
dismissal of the student with immediate effect if the present episode of
misconduct warrants such action.
6.1.3 Procedure for Misconduct by Student Organization
Academic misconduct proceedings and disciplinary proceedings against
individual members of a student organization are governed by the procedures
otherwise applicable to students alleged to have committed acts of academic
misconduct.
GMU procedures for imposing academic and disciplinary sanctions are
designed to provide students with the guarantees of due process and procedural
fairness, to ensure equal protection for all students, and to provide for the
imposition of similar sanctions for similar acts of misconduct.
6.2 Personal Misconduct
6.2.1 Personal Misconduct on College Premises
The college may discipline a student for the following acts of personal
misconduct, which occur on college property and its allied teaching sites:
False accusation of misconduct, forgery, alteration of college document
(record, identification).
Making a false report on emergency/catastrophe.
Lewd, indecent or obscene conduct.
Disorderly conduct, which interferes with teaching or any other college
activity.
70
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Failure to comply with the directions of authorized college officials.
Unauthorized possession of college and others' property or services.
Physical damage to college related or others' property.
The Committee will place the facts of the case before the College Council,
presided over by the Dean and a decision on the nature of act, and sanction to
be imposed is taken. The nature of the act and the sanction to be imposed is
reviewed by the college council, presided over by the Dean, taking into
consideration the following:
(i) Previous acts of misconduct.
(ii) Record of repeated acts of misconduct.
6.2.2 Personal Misconduct Outside College Premises
The college may discipline a student for acts of personal misconduct that are
not committed on college property, if the acts arise from activities that are
being conducted off the campus, or if the misconduct undermines the security
of the GMU community or the integrity of the educational process.
6.2.3 Personal Misconduct Procedures
(A) Initiation of Proceedings
A report that a student has committed an act of personal misconduct may be
filed by any person; it must be submitted in writing to the Student Welfare
Committee.
After reviewing a complaint, after enquiry & verification, the committee will
forward the report to the College Council, presided over by the Dean. On the
consensus reached by the Council, the Dean has the discretion to decide
whether disciplinary proceedings should be instituted.
A disciplinary proceeding is initiated by the Dean sending a notice to the
student who is the subject of the complaint. The notice sent is to inform the
student that charges are pending and that a hearing has been scheduled. It shall
inform the student of the reported circumstances of the allegedly wrongful
conduct.
It also specifies that if the student fails to appear for the conference, the Dean
may re-schedule the conference.
The notice shall inform the student that the college council may impose straight
-away any of the under-mentioned disciplinary penalties, if it is reasonably
believed the failure of non-appearance is to be without good cause or weigh
71
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
this as a negative factor in future appeals.
(B) Disposition
When the student appears as required, the Dean shall inform the student as
fully as possible of the facts alleged.
If, after discussion and such further investigation as may be necessary, the Dean
determines that the violation occurred, as alleged, the Dean shall so notify the
student and may impose any one or a combination of the under-mentioned
sanctions for facts of personal misconduct. If the student fails to adhere to the
sanctions imposed, the student may be subjected to additional sanctions,
including suspension or expulsion. The student may appeal the decision of the
Dean to the President of the college. The sanctions include:
Reprimand and warning - That the student may receive additional sanction if
the student engages in the same misconduct again or commits any other
violation.
Disciplinary probation, for a specified period of time, under conditions
specified by the Dean. As a condition of probation, the student may be required
to participate in a specific program, such as a counseling program, a program
designed, to stimulate good citizenship within the college community, or any
other activity which would foster civic participation.
Restitution - A student may be required to pay the cost for the replacement or
repair of any property damaged by the student.
Expulsion from College Housing - A student may be expelled from college
housing, and the students contract for such housing, may be rescinded.
Transfer to a different Residence or Housing Unit.
Suspension - A student may be prohibited from participating in all aspects of
college life for a specified period of time.
Expulsion - A student may be dismissed from the college permanently.
Furthermore, the student may not thereafter petition for readmission to the
college.
(C) Appeal to and action by the President
The student may appeal the decision of the Dean to the President of the
College, who may take any of the following actions:
72
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Affirm the original decision that the student did commit the alleged act
of misconduct.
Affirm the original decision concerning the disciplinary sanction to be
imposed.
Reverse the original decision that the student did commit the alleged
act of misconduct and direct that the complaint be dismissed.
Set aside the original decision concerning the disciplinary sanction to
be imposed and impose a different sanction, amounting to
commutation.
6.2.4 Repeated Misconduct Procedure (Personal)
In cases of repeated personal misconduct by a student, the student welfare
committee will study the advice, recommendation and instruction imparted by
the committee against the student on previous occasions. Serious warnings or
disciplinary proceedings against the student by the student welfare committee
on earlier occasions constitute enough grounds for the committee to recommend
dismissal of the student with immediate effect if the present episode of
misconduct warrants such action.
6.2.5 Procedures for Misconduct by Student Organization
Academic misconduct proceedings and disciplinary proceedings against
individual members of a student organization are governed by the procedures
otherwise applicable to students alleged to have committed acts of academic
misconduct.
GMU procedures for imposing academic and disciplinary sanctions are
designed to provide students with the guarantees of due process and procedural
fairness, to ensure equal protection for all students, and to provide for the
imposition of similar sanctions for similar acts of misconduct.
73
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
STUDENT FINANCE
74
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
7.0 STUDENT FINANCE
7.1 Student Finance Policy
The University publishes in the catalog, the student handbook and other
publications of the University the financial policy towards tuition fees and other
payments for student services provided.
All tuition fees shall be deposited before completing the registration process either
in cash or by cheque payable to the GMU due on the date of registration for new
admissions. Students on University rolls must pay all fees before commencement
of the academic year.
Students who are unable to pay the full tuition fees upon registration may pay the
tuition fee in two installments after obtaining approval from the management. The
first installment shall be payable on the date of completion of registration and the
second installment shall be paid by a postdated cheque due four months after the
first payment. A penalty shall be levied on all returned cheques. The hostel fees
along with a security deposit shall be paid in full before occupying the room in the
hostel.
Payment for other student services, shall be levied in addition to tuition fee,
towards provision of visa, conduct of examinations, issue of ID and Library cards
and reissue of a lost ID or Library card, processing of visa, convocation, issue of
certificates verifying bonafides of the student, issue of duplicate academic
transcripts/ course certificate/ duplicate hall ticket; replacement of a lost hostel key
and annual rent for lockers provided.
Two or more children of the same family shall be entitled each to a 5% reduction
in the Tuition fees, provided they are registered in the same academic year. The
request shall be supported by the following documents; an application in person, a
copy of the schedules of the course being attended and a copy of their student IDs.
Other details shall be provided by the Office of Accounts.
The University shall arrange scholarship for students who have secured more than
95% marks in their final higher secondary examinations and if approved by the
sponsoring agencies.
Tuition fees paid to complete the registration process shall not be refunded under
any circumstances once the student has been admitted to any program offered by
the University (Ref. Sec. 7.11)
75
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
The Financial policy of the University shall be announced and published in the
Catalog, the Student Handbook and widely circulated.
7.2 Tuition Fees
Program Tuition Fee if paid yearly Tuition Fee if paid two
installments
DMD
1st, 2nd & 3rd year
AED 65,000 AED 32,500
4th & 5th year AED 70,000 AED 35,000
7.3 Transportation Fees
Destination One Day
One
Week
One
Month
Six
Month
One Year
Ajman AED 30 AED 150 AED 400 AED 2100 AED 3300
Sharjah AED 50 AED 200 AED 500 AED 2700 AED 4400
Dubai AED 70 AED 250 AED 600 AED 3300 AED 5500
7.4 Hostel Fees (Ajman)
Single AED 19,000 + AED 1000 security deposit
Sharing AED 13,000 + AED 1000 security deposit
7.5 Utilities Service Fee
A compulsory fee of AED 75 per month will be charged to student account in
addition to the respective room rent.
7.6 Examination Fees
Program Professional
Examination
Supplementary Professional
Examination
DMD AED 750 per semester AED 150 per Subject
Repeaters: Repeaters in DMD will have to pay AED 300 per credit in each course
76
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
7.7 Visa Charges
New AED 1500
Renewal AED 1000
7.8 Fees for Other Services
Type of Service Fees (in AED)
Graduation Fee (including gown) 1,000
Detailed Curriculum Document 250
Third Part Liability (TPL) Insurance 200 per year
Online Examination 200 per year
Compensatory Clinical Posting 100 per day
Application for joining the GMU 150
Bonafide Letter (To whom it may concern) 100
Duplicate Academic Transcript (Course
Certificate)
100
Replacing a lost hostel key / locker key 100
Damage to locker 100
Locker annual rent 30
ID Card /Library Card 25
Replacing a lost ID /Library Card 25
Duplicate hall ticket in place of original 25
77
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
7.9 Disposable Kits:
1. Clinic will provide only basic materials required for dental treatment, but the rest
must be purchased by students.
2. All students must buy all required instruments, materials and disposable items
from the dental teaching clinics itself. This is mandatory so as to maintain
uniform quality treatment for all patients. Instruments and materials purchased
from outside will not be accepted in the clinics.
3. All instruments and materials which are provided by the clinic belong to all
students equally.
4. Students are not allowed to keep materials and instruments which are taken from
clinics in students individual operatories and locked; they should be cleaned ,
washed, dried and then returned to nurses at the end of each clinic session
7.10 Payment of Fees
Fees must be paid in full before completing the registration process either in cash
or by cheque made to the GMU due on the date of registration for new admissions.
Students on GMU rolls must pay all fees before commencement of the academic
year. However, for those unable to pay the tuition fees upon registration in full,
fees may be paid in two installments after approval from the management: the first
half is paid on the date of completing the registration (dated current) and the
second half by postdated cheque due four months after the first payment. Hostel
fees must be paid in full prior to joining the hostel.
7.11 Late Fees and Fines
Late payment fee shall invite a penalty of AED 75 per day and any further
delay will attract further charges.
Please note that a penalty of 500/- Dirham is imposed on returned cheques
and the returned cheque will not be handed to the student unless the
penalty is paid in cash.
The department heads in the university and the clinical teaching sites will
mark the student who has failed to pay the fees in time as absent until
the arrears are cleared and the fee is paid in full.
7.12 Financial Aid and Scholarships
Two or more children of the same family are entitled each to a 5% reduction in the
GMU fees, provided they are registered for the same academic year. Students are
requested to apply in person, presenting a copy of their course schedules and a
copy of their student IDs.
78
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
The GMU will arrange scholarship for students who have secured more than 95%
marks in their final higher secondary examinations and if approved by the
sponsoring agencies.
Further details may be obtained from the Chief Accounts Officer of Gulf Medical
University.
7.13 Refund of Fees
In the event a student formally withdraws from the university, a grade of W or WF
will be recorded depending on time of withdrawal. The following refund schedule
will apply:
Withdrawal from the University
One week before the first day of classes 100% refund
Before the end of the first week of classes 100% refund
During the second week of classes 50% refund
During the third week of classes 25% refund
During / After the fourth week of classes 0% refund
Students withdrawing from the programs after being admitted to GMU on having
completed the registration process by paying the tuition fees will not be refunded
the fees amount paid by them under any circumstances during or after fourth week
of the academic year.
7.14 Revision of Tuition and Other Fees
All tuition and other fees are subject to revision by Gulf Medical Universitys
Board of Governors in accordance with University requirements. Every year, fees
are reviewed and subject to revision. However the amount shall not exceed 15%.
As and when fees are revised, the new fees will be applicable to all enrolled and
new students. The amounts shown in this document represent fees as currently
approved.
79
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
ACADEMIC POLICIES
80
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
8.0 ACADEMIC POLICIES
8.1 Program Completion Policy
All students are expected to study the program and course details provided in the
student handbook and university catalog. For any one degree all requirements
under the terms of any catalog in effect at or after their admission must be met.
Candidates must satisfy all university requirements and all requirements established
by the program faculty. The individual programs may have higher standards and/or
more restrictive requirements as compared to the university minimum
requirements.
The university mandates the following general degree completion requirements in
order for students to receive their degrees. Each student must:
Be continuously enrolled in the program from admission to graduation.
Have satisfied any conditions of his or her admission, such as provisional
admission.
Successfully complete a comprehensive examination or equivalent as
determined by the individual degree program.
Complete the program with an overall score of 70% or higher Submit a
thesis or research project, if required by the academic program, to the
University that meets the format requirements set forth in the College
Thesis Manual.
The students shall fulfill the requirements of each course as prescribed and
published and made available to the students. The student shall be responsible for
attending all the classes and completing the requirements of the chosen program of
study.
The course completion and degree requirements of each program are published in
the respective sections of the University Catalog.
The Gulf Medical University confers degrees and issues statements of attestations
on fulfilling all course completion requirements of the program for which the
student is registered.
Only students who have successfully completed their degree requirements by the
end of the program for which they applied to graduate are entitled for conferral of
degrees. In witness of the degree conferred, a statement of graduation is entered in
the permanent records of the graduates and their degrees are released. Such
81
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
students can proceed to receive their degree certificates and participate in the
convocation ceremony.
The names of students securing the first 3 highest ranks in each Professional
examination and in each course are placed on the Deans Honor List.
8.2 Academic Progress Policy
Students are expected to attend all classes as per the schedule notified by each
college. Classroom activities are essential to learning and to the application of
knowledge. The student is responsible for knowing and meeting all course
requirements, including tests, assignments, and class participation as indicated
by the course instructor. The schedules shall be published and prominently
displayed on the notice boards in the department and the general notice board
of the college and university. It shall also be uploaded and made available on
the e-platform MYGMC and the LAN available in the multimedia labs.
The responsibility for making up work missed during an absence rests with the
student. Students are encouraged to initiate negotiations with the instructor
regarding missed work as early as possible. If a student is unable to attend class
on an exam day, the instructor is to be notified in advance.
Students must complete all clinical requirements. If a student is unable to attend
a scheduled clinical posting, the student must notify the instructor prior to the
clinical time or at the earliest possible time. Students are responsible for
contracting with instructors for make-up work. Faculty will notify Clerkship
Directors at each site if student absence exceeds one week in the semester.
Compensatory postings may be arranged on payment and subject to availability
of clinical training site.
All leave applications must be approved by Dean for attendance consideration.
The deans office reserves the right to accept or reject medical certificates after
scrutiny of its authenticity.
It is the responsibility of the students to interact with the concerned department
to verify and ensure about their attendance particulars from time to time.
In the case of clinical postings, a minimum aggregate of 80% attendance is
mandatory for the student to be permitted to appear for the professional
82
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
examination. Even when the reason for absence constitutes approved leave, the
minimum aggregate of 80% must be satisfied by compensatory postings.
Compensatory clinical postings: Students are required to compensate for
deficits in attendance in any discipline by repeating the whole posting
irrespective of the numbers of postings missed in that discipline. Compensatory
postings must be completed in the same academic year if possible, otherwise
the students may have to repeat the clinical year to compensate attendance the
deficit.
Attendance shall be entered daily by the department in the student information
management system. The comprehensive attendance shall be downloaded and
displayed prominently each month and forwarded to the office of the Dean for
information and necessary action.
The attendance profile of each student in the different courses shall be
downloaded each quarter and sent to the students/guardians as part of the
progress report mailed regularly from the office of the Dean.
Deficits in attendance shall be noted and brought to the notice of the students /
guardians to enable the student to improve the deficit. Academic advising shall
be offered by the faculty and course coordinators to delineate the cause of the
learning deficit and help the students to overcome contributing problems if
any.
The performance at the departmental and midterm examinations shall be closely
monitored to identify students with learning difficulties. Academic advising by
the faculty and the course coordinators shall be available at all times to resolve
the problem.
The attendance deficits and unsatisfactory performance in the continuous
assessments held by the departments and the college shall be used as parameters
to identify students who are not progressing in the courses.
In the credit bearing programs a student shall be placed on probation and
allowed to progress to the next semester if he/she has < 2.0 GPA in any of the
courses and a CGPA of < 2.0 in the previous semester, on the condition that he/
she will improve his/her GPA to 2.0 in the respective course(s) in not more than
2 successive semesters, failing which he/she will be dismissed from the
program.
83
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Attendance in all courses and programs arranged by the University shall be
mandatory and students with shortage of attendance shall be detained and will not
be allowed to appear for the Professional examinations. A minimum of 80 %
attendance for theory and practical calculated separately shall be mandatory for the
student to be eligible to the Professional examination.
Students shall be regular and punctual at lectures, demonstrations, seminars,
practical, fieldwork and other academic exercises. They shall be required to attend
all the allotted working periods in each of the prescribed courses.
In case of unavoidable absence from classes, leave application in the prescribed
form must be submitted to the Deans office prior to or within seven days of
commencement of the leave. This shall apply to students in all clinical training
sites of the University.
Leave on medical grounds shall be considered only on the recommendation of the
Medical board constituted by the University for a maximum period of 15 days. The
Leave application must be supported by a Medical Certificate issued by a licensed
physician preferably from any of the GMC clinical teaching hospitals. A maximum
of 15 days leave on medical grounds may be approved for compensating attendance
deficits at the end of a course.
Students must provide appropriate documents to support leave of absence for
purposes like renewal of residence permit abroad within one week after return to
the University. The period of absence will not be approved if this regulation is not
followed.
Hajj leave: A maximum of two weeks approved leave will be granted only once
during the whole program of study.
Students who miss classes in connection with completion of GMU Visa formalities
shall be required to submit documents supporting documents indicating the date
and time of absence, within three days of completing the procedure. Such leave
shall be approved.
Prolonged Absence: Students are required to inform the Deans office in writing in
instances of absence from classes or clinical program exceeding 3 months by giving
valid reasons for the absence. The college reserves the right to remove the names
of those students from the rolls for periods exceeding three months and those who
fail to inform in writing giving valid reasons for the absence.
84
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
The admissions committee of the college will review absences with prior
information in writing for up to a period of 1 year, before the student is allowed to
rejoin the program. The admissions committee of the college will not consider the
case of any student for rejoining the program if the period of absence exceeds 18
months.
The prescribed courses shall be completed within the specified time periods,
including the internship program if applicable.
Students must have completed and passed all the courses before they shall be
allowed to enter the clerkship / internship program.
The progress that a student makes in achieving the goals and objectives of the
curriculum are to be regularly evaluated.
Formative Assessment shall be a continuous process carried throughout the
academic period and consists of weekly quizzes, tutorials, online tests and small
group discussions.
8.3 Grading & Assessment Policy
Refer Section: 14.0
8.4 General Examination Regulations
Students are required to appear for all Mid semester / End semester
examinations conducted by the university.
All students must have a minimum of 80% attendance to be allowed to
appear for any Final / End Semester examination
Absenteeism in any Professional Supplementary / Re-sit examination shall
be considered as an attempt.
Candidates should get their names registered at least two weeks prior to
Final / Supplementary / Re-sit examination. Those who fail to get
registered thus will not be allowed to appear for the examination.
All the Final Examinations shall be conducted in two parts as: a) Theory
Examination b) Clinical / Practical & Viva Voce Examination. Candidates
should have appeared for all components of the final examinations (theory,
clinical, practical, OSPE, OSCE, VIVA, etc.) to be considered for
assessment. Failure to appear for any component of the examination will
be considered as a disqualification from the whole of the examination.
85
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
In credit bearing programs, a student shall be placed on probation and
allowed to progress to the next semester if he/she has < 2.0 GPA in any of
the courses and a CGPA of < 2.0 in the previous semester, on the condition
that he/she will improve his/her GPA to 2.0 in the respective course(s) in
not more than 2 successive semesters, failing which he/she will be
dismissed from the program.
Candidates who fail in any of the examinations shall have the right to apply
for re-totaling only. No reevaluation will be allowed under any
circumstances.
8.5 Online Examination (Exam Soft)
GMU has entered into a license agreement with the Exam Soft Worldwide Inc,
USA for usage of their software for item banking, exam delivery, result scoring
and item analysis.
From the Academic Year 2012 2013 onwards the mid semester, End semester,
sessional and professional examinations for the academic programs wherever
applicable shall have online examination of MCQs using exam soft application.
The students are hereby notified that the online examination will be conducted in
the Testing Center halls I, II & III and in the Multi Media labs. The schedule of the
examination for each program with the details of venue, date & time will be
notifies by the examination department.
86
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
UNIVERSITY LIBRARY &
INFORMATION RESOURCES AND
SERVICES
87
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
9.0 UNIVERSITY LIBRARY & INFORMATION
RESOURCES AND SERVICES
9.1 Information & Learning Centre
The Information and Learning Centre provides year-round reference and
information services and assists students in the development of effective search
strategies. Staff members at the learning centre assist students in identifying new
and additional resources, confirming citations and providing instructions on how to
use online databases and search engines.
9.2 Mission
The mission of the GMU Library & Learning Centre is to provide resources and
instructional material in support of the evolving curriculum. It also provides
leadership in accessing and using information consistent with the GMU. The GMU
Learning Centre is focusing on maintaining and providing access to the state-of-
the-art information technology to meet the current and changing information needs
of the GMU community.
9.3 Vision
In carrying out this vision, the library will acquire, manage and link information
resources both physical and virtual and will provide quality instruction to empower
users to benefit from the full potential of the universe of knowledge. The librarys
information professionals and staff will ensure that GMU library aims to meet
complex information challenges of the 21st century for life-long learning and
excellence in undergraduate, graduate and professional studies.
9.4 Library Policy, Procedures and Regulations
Adequate library and learning resources are essential to teaching and
learning. The purpose of the library is to support the academic, research,
health service and continuing education programs of the university by
providing students, faculty, and staff with the information resources and
services they need to achieve their educational objectives.
The library staff work closely with department chairs, faculty, student and
community patrons in determining needs and which resources to obtain
and which services to offer.
Gulf Medical University maintains an adequate level of professional
librarians and support staff at the Gulf Medical University Campus and
Gulf Medical College Hospital and Research Center.
The Gulf Medical University selects and purchases appropriate and
sufficient print and non-print materials, including the lease of information
88
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
databases suitable for the instructional needs of the university with the
goal of providing access to the maximum amount of relevant information
available within the constraints of the libraries budget.
Gulf Medical University provides automated systems in the following
areas: online public access catalog, circulation, cataloging and
acquisitions.
Gulf Medical University provides bibliographic instruction to the university
community and interested groups, including orientations, personal
assistance, computer-assisted instruction and printed information.
Gulf Medical University provides hours of service to suit the needs of its
learning community.
Gulf Medical University maintains and continues to improve the facilities
and equipment for housing and using materials.
Gulf Medical University evaluates resources and services annually via
student surveys, reviews of holdings by library staff and faculty,
comparison with similar institutions, and direct feedback from all users.
Library
The library at the GMU campus is located on the first floor of the Information and
Learning Center. Library materials are circulated to faculty members, staff and the
students for periods according to the circulation policy.
Timings:
The library remains open from Sunday through Thursday between 8.00
a.m. to 10.00 p.m. and on Saturday between 8.30 a.m. to 6.00 p.m.
(Except on official holidays).
Internet Services:
The information and learning centre provides Internet facilities for all
users. The GMU campus is covered by WiFi service. Search can be
carried out freely by individual users or with the help of librarian. Users
can print their search results or e-mail them to their accounts.
Photocopy Services:
Photocopy services are provided at a nominal charge of one dirham for10
pages. The information and learning centre abides by national and
international copyright laws in force.
Multimedia Labs
The Multimedia Labs located on the ground floor of the Information and Learning
Center shall provide the basic technological infrastructure for all academic
activities.
89
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
The center shall provide access to electronic networks, intra-GMU links supported
by appropriate hardware and software for both administration and academic needs.
The Multimedia Labs shall ensure that the technological infrastructure is used
effectively. For this purpose, among others, the Center shall assume a significant
role in user support and training.
Network Infrastructure
The Local Area Network Infrastructure encompasses all academic offices
the lecture halls, laboratories and administrative and faculty offices. The
network provides high bandwidth servicing data, voice & video, and is
connected to the Internet through two DSL and one leased line Etisalat
services.
The Multimedia Center is a state-of-the-art data center, which houses the
GMU servers, and the backbone network switches and houses the data
and software required for administrative packages as well as fulfilling
other faculty, staff and student uses.
All GMU students shall be provided individual accounts so that they can
access the system to obtain current information on all academic matters,
access online learning materials and tools, use discussion forums and
interact with faculty. Users can also use the Web mail to access their
e-mail through the Internet. The video conferencing facilities enable video
meetings and distance learning.
Online Resources
GMU has an online e-learning facility to enhance the learning process and
help students improve their knowledge by offering additional instructional
material. It allows students to access the facility from the campus as well
as hostels and residences. The Center focuses on the creation of an
environment where all students, faculty and staff will have easy access to
information resources by providing innovative technologies and learning
resources.
E-Learning at GMU
The GMU e-learning shall have an effective system that caters to self-
paced personal learning through resources available over the Internet.
The Gulf Medical University shall use the Moodle as an open source
e-learning platform. Students shall access the e-learning system at any
location of their choice, since the system is completely online. The
University has campus-wide Wi-Fi services to facilitate e-learning
practices. Computers with Internet access have been provided in addition
90
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
at all clinical training sites in the library and student common rooms and
residence halls.
Students are provided instructions on the proper use of the e-learning
medium. Accessing protected computer accounts or other computer
functions, knowingly transmitting computer viruses and unethical use of
GMU access is prohibited.
To be granted the use of a computer account, users have to agree to abide
by universal guidelines on use of the computing and Internet services.
Access to the use of computer facilities is through authorized computer
accounts. A computer account consists of a unique log-in ID and a
password. Students are requested to keep their password secret. To
activate the GMU account, the user shall be instructed to go to the GMU
website and follow the instructions.
9.5 Library Rules & Regulations
Students are required to abide by the following code of conduct while using library
resources.
Separate areas have been designated in the library for men and women
students. The reading rooms and computer facilities have been arranged
accordingly.
Students are expected to use the designated reading rooms and computer
areas separately marked for men and women in the library.
Students who are seen in areas other than those specifically designated for
their use are liable to face disciplinary action. Video library facilities shall
be arranged on separate days for men and women students.
Students are not allowed to sit on the steps or passages near the library or
in other parts of the University.
Students are reminded that defacing or stealing library material is classified
as misconduct and is liable to invite censure.
Personal laptops are allowed into the library; however, other personal items
and handbags may be deposited in the area provided before entering the
library. No foods and drinks are allowed inside the library.
The students are requested to carry Identity Cards at all times. These are
coded and are required to issue books.
Books may be issued from the GMU campus only. Books may be reserved
using online services. Books may be issued for limited periods up to 1
week at a time. The library in GMCHRC and other affiliated hospitals do
not issue books. Instructions on how to access subscribed online textbooks
and databases are prominently displayed.
91
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
The library staff is available at all times for locating books, CDs, Videos,
Journals and any other library services (such as inter-library loan,
accessing electronic resources, other cooperative arrangements, orientation,
training).
Photocopying class handouts is permitted. However, international laws
regarding image reproduction and copyright law shall be strictly followed.
9.6 Facilities & Services Available in the Library
Text Books & Reference Books
Multimedia Collection & Services
Online Database Access
Online catalogue
E-books & E-Journals
Electronic Databases
Videos
Photocopying and Binding Services
Study Carrels
9.7 Circulation Policy and Procedures
GMU circulation policies are designed to permit prompt and equitable access to
library materials. The staff at circulation service desk is focused on meeting the
users needs of the library users.
1. Circulation privileges are accorded to those holding valid GMU identification
cards. The ID must be presented on request in order to use the Library
facilities and services. Cards are not transferable.
2. Two books will be issued for a maximum period of one week and one
renewal can be done for another week.
3. Short loan for reference books will be allowed ranging from one hour to a
maximum of three days.
4. A fine of AED 1.00 will be levied for over-due books. Lost items and
damaged books have to be replaced with fine.
5. No borrowing while pending reservation is on hold.
6. Reservation may be placed for loaned item.
7. The Library will not issue a No Due Certificate until all books are
returned and fines are paid.
92
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
GMC HOSPITAL & RESEARCH
CENTER (GMCH&RC)
93
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
10. GMC HOSPITAL & RESEARCH CENTER (GMCH&RC)
10.1 About GMCHRC
Gulf Medical College Hospital and Research Centre, the first teaching hospital
under the private sector in U.A.E. was started in October 2002 by the Thumbay
Group, U.A.E. With its unique approach to healthcare bringing together the best
professional expertise and infrastructure, the hospital constantly strives to fulfill its
motto of Healing through knowledge and wisdom. The mission of the hospital is
to provide comprehensive and quality health care services to the community and to
impart excellent educational opportunities for medical students in a stimulating
environment.
10.2 Clinical Services
Being a multi-specialty hospital, it houses the departments of Anesthesiology,
Accident & Emergency, Cardiology, Clinical Nutrition, Dermatology &
Venereology, Dentistry, E.N.T, Family Medicine, General Surgery, Internal
Medicine, Neurology, Neuro Surgery, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Orthopedics,
Ophthalmology, Pediatrics & Neonatology, Physical Therapy, Psychiatry,
Plastic Surgery, Radiology and Urology.
Specialized services include a medical imaging department with state of the
art equipment like spiral CT scan, mammography, ultrasound, color Doppler
ultrasound and radiography, Bone densitometry, Retinoscopes. An advanced
laboratory caters to the requirements of all the clinical departments and is
equipped for regular and advanced investigations in biochemistry, clinical
pathology, serology and hormone studies.
Gulf Medical College Hospital has inpatient facilities for 200 patients
distributed in different wards for Internal Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics and
Gynecology, Pediatrics, Nursery and well equipped ICU and CCU. Additional
facilities include VIP suites, private, semi private and general wards, which
are tastefully furnished and well equipped to cater to different categories of
patients
10.3 Operation Theatres
The six modern operation theatres have been specifically designed for
operative procedures in an ultra-clean environment. Their construction features
include stainless steel walls and ceiling, which allow for easy cleaning and
maintenance.
10.4 Out-Patient Services
The outpatient services function from 9:00am to 1:00pm and from 5:00pm to
9:00pm every day except on Fridays. Emergency services and pharmacy work
94
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
round the clock on all days.
The hospital has a library, lecture halls and seminar rooms providing excellent
academic environment for the students. Internet facilities, video conferencing
and other modern tools for medical education add to the learning facilities.
Clinico-Pathologic conferences, Journal club and Clinical Society meetings
are held regularly during which academically interesting clinical cases are
discussed in detail by different departments. This is a forum where clinical and
pre-clinical faculty interact providing students an insight into important
clinical conditions.
The GMCHRC publishes Synapse, the monthly newsletter,that brings the
personalities & activities of the hospital into focus. The newsletter, in addition,
carries very useful articles on health promotion.
Common rooms are available, in the OPD block, complete with Internet access
for self-directed learning, for both male and female students. This allows
access to online databases both free and subscribed.
The clinical skills laboratory located in the university is the ideal place for
medical students to practice their clinical skills in a safe, controlled and
supervised environment for learning.
10.6 Common Rooms
Students appreciate having a room or a desk where they can write notes and
keep their personal belongings. Students often describe the advantage of
having a place where they can be found by staff and preceptors. Two rooms
has been identified in the OPD block complete with internet access for self-
directed learning for both male and female students. This allows access to
online databases both free and subscribed.
10.7 GMCHRC - Rules and Regulations
Always remember that patients are the most important people in the hospital
and they are the reason for our being here. It is very important that students
should take special care to follow the rules and regulations mentioned below.
10.7.1 Dress Code
Students should wear their white coats at all times when in the
hospital premises.
Students should be well turned out and dressed in a manner
appropriate for the medical profession.
Male students should wear shirts with collars, which are tucked in
and full length trousers with formal shoes. T-shirts, sports attire
and canvas shoes or slippers are not permitted in the hospital.
Traditional dress with standard footwear is allowed for UAE
95
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
nationals. However white coats should be worn over the dress.
Women students should dress modestly. Clothes should not be
tight or revealing and should cover down to the ankle level. They
should take care to keep their hair arranged and tied properly at
the neck and should not leave it loose.
The hospital authorities and faculty reserve the right to deny
permission to any student who does not satisfy the required dress
code.
10.7.2 In the Hospital
Maintain decorum and dignity in the hospital premises in a
manner worthy of the medical profession.
Treat patients with respect and concern irrespective of their
nationality or status.
Do not argue with or challenge patients or their relatives.
Respect the patients right to privacy.
Interpersonal relations among students, students and patients,
students and staff must not violate the moral and cultural
standards of the hospital and country.
Men and women students should not be seen together in the
hospital corridors, cafeteria or in the hospital complex.
Do not sit on the steps of the hospital entrance or on the sides of
the building. You are requested to spend leisure hours in the
library or common room.
Since GMCHRC premises has been declared as No Smoking
Zone, smoking is not permitted anywhere in the hospital
premises.
10.7.3 In the Clinics
Be courteous to the faculty and staff.
Report on time to the clinics. Latecomers will be denied
admission.
Be regular and sincere in your work. Assignments, seminars, and
clinical exams should be taken seriously. Participate in all the
learning activities. A minimum of 80% attendance is mandatory.
Students should carry with them equipment necessary for
examination like stethoscope, knee hammer, measuring tape, etc.
Students should adhere to their allotted clinical posting. Those
who fail to do so will be marked absent.
Consent must be obtained from patients before examination.
96
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
During examination of a patient of the opposite sex, ensure that a
hospital staff or patients relative is present.
Respect patient confidentiality.
Do not laugh or joke in the presence of patients that would hurt
their sentiments.
Use of mobile phones, eating and drinking in the clinics is not
allowed.
10.7.4 In the Lecture Halls
Attendance for all the academic sessions is compulsory and
students with shortage of attendance will not be allowed to
appear for their professional examinations. A minimum of 80%
attendance is mandatory.
Be on time for the lectures, tutorials and seminars. Attendance
will be denied to latecomers.
Participation and attendance in seminars is very important.
Students who do not participate in seminars assigned to them
will be asked to report to the Student Welfare Committee and
explain their failure to do so. The recommendations of the
Student Welfare Committee for such failures may involve
sanctions including suspension from GMU.
Use of mobile phones during classes is strictly prohibited.
Do not bring food or drink into the lecture hall.
Equipment and property of the institution should be handled with
care.
Any student found guilty of destroying or damaging hospital
property will be punished and the cost will be recovered from the
student.
Maintain silence and decorum during lectures. Any unacceptable
behavior will entail disciplinary proceedings.
10.7.5 In the Hospital Library
The hospital library is meant to be a reference library only.
Students are not allowed to borrow books.
Photocopying and computer print-out facilities are available.
Computer facilities are available in the library and in designated
areas in the hospital.
Students and staff are expected to maintain silence in the library.
10.7.6 In the Operation Theatre / Labor Room
97
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Students are required to obtain prior permission before entering
the operation theatre/labor room.
The chief of Anesthesiology, in-charge nurse in OT/Labor room
and the concerned consultant may have to restrict the number of
students who may be allowed in the operation theatres and labor
room. Frequent movements of personnel in large numbers are
known causes of increased rates of post-operative sepsis. Such
decision to restrict the number of students will be based purely
on technical and scientific reasons and not personal.
You are required to observe the rigid protocol for the sterile zones
and make every effort to learn these techniques from the faculty
and staff.
10.7.7 Examining Patients in the Wards
You are required to get permission from the attending consultant/
specialist before you proceed to examine patients who are
admitted in the wards.
Please ensure that you have informed the nurse in charge of the
ward before proceeding to examine the patient.
It is important that you are accompanied by a nurse throughout the
period of your interrogation and examination of the patient.
10.7.8 Interacting with Hospital Staff
A modern hospital is a complex organization that requires the service of
people trained in several disciplines. There are, for example Nurses,
Physiotherapists, Technicians, Radiographers, Pharmacists, Secretarial &
Administrative Staff, Biomedical Engineers, Maintenance staff etc. It is
important to keep in mind that the service of each of these categories of
staff is very important for the proper functioning of the hospital. Your
involvement in patient care and hospital work will inevitably bring you
into contact with the hospital staff.
Please remember that they are all there for a specific purpose, to render
service to the patients and they have been selected with great care because
they have acquired training and experience in their areas. Please bear in
mind that in your dealings with the staff, you have to treat them as
professional colleagues giving due respect for their training and
experience. Quite often, even senior doctors learn from their professional
knowledge.
98
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
10.8 Administrators
Mr. Thumbay Moideen : Founder President
Prof. Gita Ashok Raj : Provost
Dr. Manvir Singh Walia : Medical Director
Dr. Prashanth Hegde : Chief of Medical Staff
Dr. Essam Soliman Atta : Asst. Director Public Relations &
Medical Affairs
Ms. Sherly Ajay : Academic Coordinator
99
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
100
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
11.0 COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY
11.1 Vision
The College of Dentistrys vision is to be nationally prominent in Dental education,
research and service and merit international recognition for quality in education,
research and service.
11.2 Mission
The mission of the College of Dentistry is to educate and train the people for
present as well as for future concern so that they become useful and productive
members of health care team, thus, serving the needs of the society in a best
possible way. The College of Dentistry is committed to provide an environment of
academic excellence and research, and social responsibilities that facilitate the
propagation and acquisition of knowledge and skills related to the profession of
Dentistry and the disciplines in dental education.
The Colleges program aims to promote dental education, enhance dental practice
through a broad spectrum of knowledge reflecting a combination of simulations
and clinical practice, prepare a generation of general dental practitioners with
clinical competency, produce graduates who possess the knowledge, skills, and
values to begin the practice of general dentistry serving UAE citizens or any other
geographic location of their choice
11.3 Goals
To meet the oral health needs of the United Arab Emirates community by a 1.
blend of dental science and craft of medicine with emphasis on maxillofacial
disease prevention and oro-dental health promotion.
To prepare for evidence based dental practice in the changing health care 2.
environment of the 21
st
Century.
To acquire the basic medical and dental knowledge and the skills that will 3.
allow the professional, ethical and humane practice of dentistry.
To assimilate basic sciences with oral health sciences thus enable the 4.
students to apply their knowledge to oral health care.
To incorporate clinical knowledge with clinical skills allowing the students 5.
to deliver efficient patient care.
To develop a professional and considerate approach to the analysis and 6.
management of health care.
101
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
To promote the acquisition of the skills, attitudes and behaviors that 7.
facilitates effective and appropriate interaction with patients and colleagues.
To display training in dental education with international standards of dental 8.
practice.
To produce caring, knowledgeable, competent and skillful dentists who are 9.
acquainted with and accept the obligation to practice in the best interest of
the patient at all times.
11.4 Objectives
A student before graduation will have to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the
faculty achievement of the objectives in the following three domains of learning:
Cognitive:
Knowledge and understanding of:
Describe the molecular basis of diseases and the way they affect the body, 1.
oral cavity and maxillofacial region.
Describe the scientific basis of general oral diseases, use of medicines 2.
including the use of oral medicines in the management of common oral
diseases.
Display knowledge of the basic oral health, clinical skills and the ability to 3.
acquire, manage and use of current information for clinical decision making
and problem solving in the care of individual patients, family members,
populations and systems of oral health and dental care delivery.
Integrate basic sciences knowledge in a clinical context in order to solve 4.
common medical and dental problems.
Demonstrate basic scientific knowledge of dental biomaterials/ dental 5.
biomechanics and its application in dentistry.
Describe basic bio-behavioral and clinical science knowledge used to 6.
analyze and solve dental problems related to the oral diagnosis, treatment
and prevention of oral diseases.
Historical contexts for oral patient care. 7.
Describe the implications of basic ethical principles, including 8.
confidentiality, informed consent and honesty for the oral health.
Portray strategies to support life-long learning via both print and electronic 9.
sources to assist in making diagnostic and treatment decisions and to remain
up to date with advances in medical and dental knowledge and practice
102
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Skills:
Ability to:
Demonstrate accurate comprehensive and focused medical and dental 1.
histories, physical examinations of head, neck and oral cavity in particular 2.
by employing techniques that facilitate accurate diagnosis of the patients.
Perform relevant laboratory and practical procedures in order to accomplish 3.
diagnosis and treatment planning.
Demonstrate the appropriate use of laboratory tests and different imaging 4.
studies in making diagnostic and treatment decisions.
Demonstrate the ability to formulate and execute a plan of care for the 5.
prevention and treatment of disease and the relief of symptoms and
distress.
Demonstrate the effective use of pharmocotherapeutic agents and other 6.
therapeutic modalities necessary for the relevant treatment.
Demonstrate an understanding of the principles and method of practice- 7.
based learning that involves investigation and evaluation of patients care,
appraisal and assimilation of scientific evidence and improvements in
patient care
Attitudes:
At the completion of the five year DMD course, the dental students should be able
to demonstrate:
Exhibit the personal attributes of compassion, honesty, and integrity in 1.
relationship with patients, families, communities and the dental profession.
Demonstrate the ability to communicate thoughtfully and effectively, both 2.
verbally and in writing, with patients, their families, colleagues and others
with whom dentists must exchange information in carrying out their
responsibilities.
Exhibit appropriate value for the nature of the dentist/patient relationship 3.
and the importance of considerate communication and active listening with
attention to the patients familial, cultural and spiritual circumstances.
Demonstrate professionalism and high ethical standards in all aspects of 4.
dental practice.
Exhibit a capability for self-evaluation, moral reflection and ethical 5.
reasoning to form the basis for a self-directed life-long engagement in the
responsible committed practice of dentistry.
Display the ability to educate patients about their oral health problems and 6.
to motivate them to adopt oral and dental health promoting behaviors
Demonstrate the ability to work effectively as a part of an oral health care 7.
team.
103
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Exhibit the ability to evaluate the patients medical and dental problems 8.
accurately serving as the basis for making diagnostic and treatment decisions
thus maximizing the patients benefit.
11.5 Program Structure
The DMD program consists of a five-year (10 semesters).
The first two years of the curriculum are designed to educate students in biomedical
and behavioral sciences. During the third and fourth year, students will concentrate on
preclinical dental sciences courses followed by clinical dental courses providing a
valuable clinical experience. Comprehensive patient care is taught in the fifth year with
special consideration to management of the medically compromised patients.
Students who fulfill the graduation requirements and have successfully demonstrated
the achievement of all competencies will be awarded the degree of Doctor of Dental
Medicine (DMD).
The program consists of 190 Credit Hours
Courses Credit Hours
General Education 25
Dentistry Sciences 165
TOTAL 190
11.6 Plan of Study
SEMESTER 1
Course Title Lh Ph Pre-
Requisite
Cr
ENG 101 English Language 3 0 Nil 3
ITE 101 Information Technology 2 2 Nil 3
ICU 101 Islamic Culture 3 - Nil 3
ANA 101 Anatomy I 2 2 Nil 3
HIS 101 Histology 2 2 Nil 3
CHM 101 Chemistry 3 2 Nil 4
TOTAL 19
104
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
SEMESTER 2
Course Title Lh Ph
Pre-
Requisite
Cr
PHY 102 Physics 3 0 Nil 3
BSC 102 Behavioral Sciences 3 - Nil 3
ANA 102 Anatomy II: Head & Neck 3 2 ANA 101 4
DAN 102 Dental Anatomy and Occlusion 2 2 ANA 101 3
HPH 102 Human Physiology 3 2 Nil 4
BIO 102 Biochemistry 2 2 CHM 101 4
TOTAL 21
SEMESTER 3
Course Title Lh Ph
Pre-
Requisite
Cr
MIC 201 Microbiology & Immunology 3 2 Nil 4
BIS 201 Biostatistics 2 2 Nil 3
OHI 201 Oral Histology 2 2 HIS 101 3
GPA 201 General Pathology 2 2 HIS 101 3
PHA 201 Pharmacology 3 2 HPH 102 4
POC 201 Principles of Occlusion (Pre-clinical) 2 1 DAN 102 2
TOTAL 18
SEMESTER 4
Course Title Lh Ph
Pre-
Requisite
Cr
DMA 202 Dental Materials 2 2 PHY 102 3
GMD 202 General Medicine 2 2
MIC 201
GPA 201
3
GSR 202 General Surgery & ENT 2 2 ANA 102 3
ORD 202 Oral Radiology - I (Pre-clinical) 1 2
ANA 102
PHY 102
2
OPA 202 Oral Pathology - I 2 2
GPA 201
OHI 201
3
ETH 202 Ethical & Medico-legal Aspects of Dentistry 2 - Nil
TOTAL 17
105
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
SEMESTER 5
Course Title Lh Ph
Pre-
Requisite
Cr
OPA 301 Oral Pathology - II 2 2 OPA 202 3
OPD 301 Operative Dentistry - I (Pre-clinical) 2 3
DMA 202
DAN 102
3
RPR 301
Removable Prosthodontics - I
(Pre-clinical)
2 3
DMA 202
DAN 102
3
ORT 301 Orthodontics - I (Pre-clinical) 1 3
DAN 102
POC 201
2
FPR 301
Fixed Prosthodontics - I
(Pre-clinical)
2 3
DAN 102
DMA 202
3
END 301 Endodontics - I (Pre-clinical) 2 3
DAN 102
DMA 202
3
TOTAL 17
SEMESTER 6
Course Title Lh Ph Pre-Requisite Cr
OSR 302 Oral Surgery - I (Pre-clinical) 2 2
MIC 201
PHA 201
3
OPD 302
Operative Dentistry - II
(Pre-clinical)
2 3 OPD 301 3
END 302 Endodontics - II (Pre-clinical) 2 3 END 301 3
FPR 302
Fixed Prosthodontics - II
(Pre-clinical)
2 3 FPR 301 3
RPR 302
Removable Prosthodontics - II
(Pre-clinical)
2 3 RPR 301 3
PRE 302 Periodontics - I (Pre-clinical) 1 2 OHI 201 2
ORT 302 Orthodontics - II (Pre-clinical) 1 3 ORT 301 2
LAN 302 Local Anesthesia (Pre-clinical) 1 0
ANA 102
HPH 102
1
CDE 302 Community Dentistry I (Pre-clinical) 1 0 Nil 1
TOTAL 21
106
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
SEMESTER 7
OPD 401
Operative(Esthetic) Dentistry - III
(Clinical)
1 3 OPD 302 2
END 401 Endodontics - III (Clinical) 1 3 END 302 2
FPR 401 Fixed Prosthodontics - III (Clinical) 1 3 FPR 302 2
RPR 401
Removable Prosthodontics - III
(Clinical)
1 3 RPR 302 2
PER 401 Periodontics - II (Clinical) 1 3 PER 302 2
OSR 401 Oral Surgery - II (Clinical) 1 3 OSR 302 2
ODG 401 Oral Diagnosis (Clinical) 2 3
All Pre-clinical
Courses
3
PDN 401 Preventive Dentistry (Pre-clinical) 2 0 Nil 2
ORT 401 Orthodontics - III (Clinical) 1 3 ORT 302 2
ORD 401 Oral Radiology - II (Clinical) 1 3 ORD 202 2
TOTAL 21
SEMESTER 8
END 402 Endodontics - IV (Clinical) 1 3 END 401 2
PER 402 Periodontics - III (Clinical) 1 3 PER 401 2
OSR 402 Oral Surgery - III (Clinical) 1 3 OSR 401 2
RPR 402 Removable Prosthodontics IV (Clinical) 1 3 RPR 401 2
OPD 402 Operative Dentistry IV (Clinical) 1 3 OPD 401 2
FPR 402 Fixed Prosthodontics IV (Clinical) 1 3 FPR 401 2
ORT 402 Orthodontics IV (Clinical) 1 3 ORT 401 2
OME 402 Oral Medicine (Clinical) 2 3 GMD 202 3
RME 402 Research Methodology 2 1 BIS 201 3
TOTAL 20
(Pre-clinical)
107
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
SEMESTER 9
PDG 501 Principles of Differential Diagnosis (Clinical) 1 1
All Previous
Clinical Courses
2
COC 501 Clinical Occlusion (Clinical) 1 3 POC 201 2
PER 501 Periodontics - IV (Clinical) 1 3 PER 402 2
PED 501 Pediatric Dentistry - I (Clinical) 2 3
All Previous
Courses
3
MCP 501 Medically Compromised Patients (Clinical) 1 -
All Previous
Courses
1
DPM 501 Dental Practice Management (Clinical) 3 - Nil 3
HDT 501 Hospital Dentistry (Clinical) 1 3
All Previous
Courses
3
CDE 501 Community Dentistry - II (Clinical) 1 0 Nil 1
TOTAL 17
SEMESTER 10
CDC 502 Comprehensive Dental Clinic (Clinical) 2 4
All Previous
Courses
3
PER 502 Periodontics - V (Clinical) 1 3 PER 501 2
PED 502 Pediatric Dentistry - II (Clinical) 2 3 PED 501 3
IMP 502 Implantology (Clinical) 1 1
All Previous
Clinical Courses
2
MEM 502 Medical Emergencies (Clinical) 1 3
All Previous
Courses
2
GER 502 Geriatrics Dentistry (Clinical) 1 0
All Previous
Courses
1
ADV 502
Advanced Diagnosis, Oral Medicine,
Pathology and Radiology (Clinical)
1 3
All Previous
Courses
2
CDE 502 Community Dentistry - III (Clinical) 2 0 Nil 2
SEM 502 Seminars (Clinical) 2 0 Nil 2
TOTAL 19
108
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
11.7 COURSE DESCRIPTION
ENG 101: English Language
Intensive instruction in writing process. Focuses on organization of ideas in well-
developed expository and as essays with some emphasis on developing
vocabulary.
ITE 101: Information Technology
This course is an introduction to the most common software applications of
microcomputers and includes hands-on use of microcomputers and some of the
major commercial software. These software packages should include typical
features of office suites, such as word processing, spreadsheets, database systems,
and other features found in current software packages. Upon completion, Students
will understand common applications and be able to utilize selected features of
these packages.
ICU 101: Islamic Culture
The course aims to introduce the students to be in touch with the Islamic culture
by taking them through the civilization established by prominent scholars. The
students are expected to compare this culture with the existing ones. The course
consists of a general review of Islam as a religion and an approach to life.
PHY 102: Physics
This is an introductory course which includes the study of mechanics, heat,
magnetism and nuclear physics.
BSC 102: Behavioral Science
Overview of the main topics in general psychology includes biological basis of
behavior and mental processes: sensation and perception: learning: motivation:
intelligence, human development: personality and behavioral disorders.
CHM 101: Chemistry
This course includes an introduction to the concepts of matter and energy,
composition of matter, molecules and mixtures, chemical bonds and reactions,
organic and inorganic compounds. It provides the student with the basic knowledge
preparing him/her to comprehend further dentistry courses specially biochemistry.
ANA 101 : Anatomy I
The Human Anatomy course covers the skeleton including the skull, vertebral
column, upper limbs, lower limbs and thorax with accent on the development of
nose, lips, oral cavity, cranium, salivary glands and pharynx. It also includes
109
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
information about the viscera of the thorax and abdomen with their blood and
nerve supply. The course also gives information about human embryology: the
gametogenesis, fertilization and the embryological development of the face, nose,
lips, oral cavity, jaws, brachial arches and their derivatives, cranium, vertebrae,
temporomandibular joint, teeth, salivary glands, pituitary gland, pharynx,
respiratory tract and bloodvessels of the head and neck. The use of computer
software is vital in teaching this course.
HIS 101: Histology
This course covers the ultramicroscopic structure of the cell, epithelium, connective
tissues, bone, cartilage, muscles, blood vessels and lymphatic tissues. It also covers
the microscopic structure of the alimentary canal, liver, gall bladder, pancreas,
reproductive system, eye (cornea and retina), skin, respiratory system, urinary
system, nervous system, endocrine glands (pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid and
suprarenal gland). The use of computer software is fundamental in teaching this
course.
ANA 102: Anatomy II: Head & Neck
This course covers the exhaustive anatomy of the head (including the mandible)
and neck regarding bones, and soft parts. The bony parts will comprise the anatomy
of skull and cranium, jaws, parietal, frontal, sphenoid, ethmoid, vomer, nasal,
zygomatic, temporal, lacrymal bones and nasal conchae. The soft parts cover the
scalp and temple (muscles, vessels and nerves), anterior and posterior triangles,
sub-occipital triangle, muscles, vessels and fascia of the neck, face and facial
muscles, nose, ear and eye, pharynx and larynx, deep dissection of neck, thyroid,
parathyroid, brain, cranial nerves, spinal cord and meninges, muscles of
mastication, temporal and submandibular region, the parotid, sublingual and
submandibular salivary glands. The use of computer software is fundamental in
teaching the course of head and neck anatomy.
DAN 102: Dental Anatomy and Occlusion
This course provides an introduction to dental anatomy, terminology, dental
formulas, dental notation systems; a detailed description of the chronology and
morphology of each tooth, anatomical variations and teeth anomalies, dental arches
alignment, an introduction to occlusion as well as forensic dentistry. The use of
computer software is fundamental in teaching human dental anatomy. The
laboratory part will comprise anatomical wax carving of teeth. This course is
fundamental for students to give information on comparative anatomy of teeth with
their anatomical abnormalities. It helps in understanding the clinical and surgical
dentistry.
110
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
HPH 102: Human Physiology
This course helps the students in identifying the functions of different organs of
the body. It provides information on cell physiology; extra cellular fluid,
homeostasis, transport across the cell membrane, blood gases, and acidbase
physiological aspects. Also it covers blood and its constituents, hemorrhage and
coagulation. It describes haemodynamics, physiologic properties of the cardiac
muscle, ECG, cardiac output, blood pressure, heart rate, vasomotor center, shock
and special circulation. In addition, it covers physiology of respiratory, excretory
systems, endocrine system, reproductive system, GIT as well as CNS. This course
also provides information on the influence of diet on oral structures as well as the
effect of hormones on oral tissues and saliva.
BIO 102: Biochemistry
This course provides knowledge on solutions, hydrogen ion concentration, PH,
acids and basesbuffers, colloidal state, osmotic pressure, ion exchange and
thermodynamics. It also covers the classification, structure, biochemical reactions
and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins. Also, it covers definition and
classification of enzymes, co-enzymes, optimal PH and temperature, competitive
and non competitive inhibition, mechanism of enzyme action, iso-enzymes and
enzymes in clinical diagnosis. Moreover, it provides information on function,
sources and deficiency symptoms of minerals and vitamins, nutritional counseling
relevant to clinical dentistry, biochemistry of DNA and RNA, DNA replication and
repair, and recombinant DNA technology.
MIC 201: Microbiology & Immunology
This course provides knowledge on the fundamental characteristics of
microorganisms, with special emphasis on sterilization and disinfection, infection
control, oral microbial flora, staphylococci, bacilli, spirochetes, actinomyces,
viruses, common parasites, vaccines and sera, pyaemia, bacteraemia, septicemia,
focal and systemic infections. This course helps in understanding the etiology,
pathogenesis, diagnosis, prevention and treatment of various infectious diseases.
The practical part will cover gram staining and acid fast staining. It also covers
doctrine of immunology and immunological responses, immunotherapy,
immunosuppressants, autoimmune diseases, organ and tissue transplantation, and
vaccines.
BIS 201: Biostatistics
This course introduces the dental student to the principles of basic statistics and
basics of clinical trial design and analysis. Systematic critical appraisal of the
design, analysis and outcomes from these trials form the basis for conclusions on
effectiveness of different treatment modalities. This provides the evidence base for
111
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
developing guidelines in clinical care. Research continues to be essential to develop
a clearer understanding of approaches. The principle of health care economics
provides the framework for understanding how choice between treatments can be
made. This course is intended to cover the previously mentioned principles to
enable the student to be acquainted with clinical trials specially evidence based
dentistry.
OHI 201: Oral Histology
This course covers growth and development of face, teeth and jaws, enamel,
dentin, cementum, pulp and periodontal membrane; the microscopic and
ultramicroscopic structure of dental tissues; enamel, dentin, cementum, pulp,
periodontal membrane and bone. Also it covers the microscopic study of the
neighboring structures of the oral cavity; lips, tongue, floor of the mouth, palate,
salivary glands of the oral cavity and alveolar bone with accent on calcification of
the hard tissues of the teeth and alveolar bone; shedding and eruption of teeth,
temporomandibular joint and age changes in teeth and surrounding structure. The
use of computer software is fundamental in teaching of oral histology.
GPA 201: General Pathology
This course is fundamental for completing with anatomy, histology and physiology
a joint series, providing a complete idea on pathophysiology of diseases. It provides
an introduction to pathology, causes of disease, cell response to injury,
inflammation reactions, tissue response to infection, wound healing, immunity to
infection, hypersensitivity, pyogenic infection, tuberculosis, syphilis, actinomyces,
leprosy, fungal and viral diseases, hemorrhage and shock, disorders of nutrition,
hormonal disturbances, disorders of calcium metabolism, thrombosis and embolism,
infarction, edema, renal failure, hepatic failure, pigments, healing of fractures and
calculi. This course is useful in understanding the etiology and diagnosis of
diseases.
DMA 202: Dental Materials
This course offers structure, terminology, composition, manipulation, physical
properties, biocompatibility, dental uses of dental materials including gypsum
products, impression materials (hydrocolloids and rubber base), resins, waxes,
restorative materials, cements, cavity liners, varnishes, amalgam, casting metals
and alloys, ceramics, and implant materials with practical applications. It also
covers procedures of tooth cuttings, burs and points, abrasive and polishing agents.
This is an essential course to provide students information on the aims, scope of
science, types, uses, and limitations characters of dental materials. This course
helps students in differentiation between dental materials and selection of the most
appropriate ones. Also, it helps in providing information on compatibility of these
112
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
agents. It offers to the students the vital skills for manipulation and mixing of
dental materials. Thus, they will gain the skills vital for filling, welding, soldering,
annealing, picking, investing, and casting procedures needed in the relevant
courses.
POC 201: Principles of Occlusion
This is an essential course built upon anatomy and physiology. This course covers
dental terminology, normal anatomy and physiology of masticatory system,
occlusal form and function in relation to neighboring and opposing teeth, the
periodontium, the temporomandibular joints, the masticatory muscles and the
neuromuscular system, in addition to, the functions of mastication, respiration,
swallowing and speech. These information help students in understanding relevant
diseases and their proper management. Its main rationale is to give preliminary
information needed to diagnose and manage malocclusion.
PHA 201: Pharmacology
This course includes universal principles of pharmacology, with special accent on
dental therapeutics, pharmacokinetics related to general dentistry, ADME of drugs,
drug receptors pharmacodynamics, dosage forms and routes of drug
administrations, adverse drug reactions, drugs acting on CNS and peripheral
nervous system, anti-infective drugs, cardiovascular system, hemopoetic system,
endocrine system, gastrointestinal tract, respiratory system and immune system,
hormones, vitamins, miscellaneous agents (astringents, bleaching, dentifrices and
mouth washes, disclosing solutions, styptics), prescription writing and compliance
to medication. This information assist the students in drugs and their dosage form,
doses, dose regimens, duration of use, precautions and contraindications. Also it
provides the students information on proper dealing with prescription and
information given to patients to insure their compliance to medication.
RAN 302: Local Anesthesia
This course covers the fundamentals of anesthesia, nerve conduction and
pharmacology, safe and efficient administration of anesthetic agents. These
information help students in suggestion of the most appropriate anesthetic agent
according to each case.
GMD 202: General Medicine
This course covers definite diseases of the gastro intestinal system, liver,
cardiovascular system, respiratory system, renal system, skin, hematology, CNS, in
addition to nutritional, metabolic, endocrine disorders, infections and oncology.
This is a fundamental course for a dentist as it covers the most important human
113
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
diseases specially those of intimate relation to dentistry. Knowledge on etiology,
pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment of these diseases is required for a dentist
to help him/her in consultation with other health care professionals in clinical,
laboratory or diagnostic procedures necessary for proper treatment of such diseases.
Also, he/ she must be familiar with the implications of systemic diseases on dental
diseases. This information helps students in proper management of dental diseases.
GSR 202: General Surgery and ENT
This course includes an introduction to general surgery covering information about
introduction, road traffic accidents and other injuries, basic and advanced life
support, fluid and electrolyte balance, hemorrhage, shock, wound infections and
wound healing. Knowledge of these subject areas is kernel to the provision of
satisfactory dental treatment and advice to patients undergoing dental treatment.
The course is intended to provide students with sufficient knowledge to recognize
problems in the surgical history of patients about to go under dental treatment and
to take the appropriate action to provide a quality care. An important aspect is to
ensure that graduate practitioners understand when referral of complex treatment is
indicated.
ORD 202: Oral Radiology I
Oral Radiology in dentistry is concerned with the use of X-ray for the diagnosis of
oral diseases. It encompasses biophysics, anatomy of head and neck, the
instrumentation, and the interpretation of results. Oral radiology is of utmost
importance for the diagnosis of diseases in dental practice. This course is designed
to offer the fundamentals of radiology, hygienic fundamentals, radiation history,
physics, biological considerations and techniques of radiography, radiographic
machine operation. It also includes normal anatomical land marks of the jaws, the
use of intra- and extra-oral radiographic techniques. This information help students
in performing radiological investigations, assessing the risks of radiation and the
benefits of radiographic procedures. Also, it allows the student to select, take and
process the most appropriate radiography. This course covers Demonstrations for
parallel technique; intra-oral and panorama radiographs in addition to X-ray
machine operations, and hand developing of Xray film will be given.
OPA 202: Oral Pathology I
This course is important for completing with anatomy, histology and physiology a
combined series for providing a complete idea on pathophysiology to understand
pharmacotherapy and to carry out treatment planning on scientific backgrounds.
This course covers the developmental disturbances of dental oral and para-oral
114
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
structures including hereditary disorders, lesions of oral and para-oral structures,
dental caries, pulpal and periapical pathosis, defense mechanism of oral tissues and
healing following injuries, infectious diseases of oral mucosa including HIV/AIDS
related lesions. Emphasis is placed on demonstration that helps understanding
diseases and therapy in a proper way.
ETH 202: Ethical and Medico legal aspects of Dentistry
This course is intended to provide an overview of the ethical and legal obligations
of dental practitioners. It is primarily concerned with the principles and standards
of professional conduct and ethical behaviour that apply to all dental practitioners.
OPA 301: Oral Pathology II
This course is a continuation to the previous oral pathology course. It provides
information about bone disorders affecting jaws, cysts and neoplasms of the oral
cavity, diseases of salivary glands, temporomandibular joints, nerves, skin and
blood and their implications on oral tissues and effects of radiation on oral and
para-oral tissues. Emphasis is placed on demonstration that helps understanding
diseases and therapy in a proper way.
OPD 301: Operative Dentistry I (Preclinical)
This is a basic course in a series of restorative dentistry. It offers information on
biomechanical principles of cavity design and preparation as related to tooth
morphology. These information are so important for the student to manage the
different clinical situations regarding teeth restoration. Also, it offers information
and skills required for patient management, diagnosis for cases which need
restorative dentistry and the selection of the most appropriate materials used in
restorative dentistry.

RPR 301: Removable Prosthodontics I (Preclinical)
This course is the base for a series of courses on removable prosthodontics. It
provides students with necessary information on management of patients who lost
their natural teeth. This information is accompanied with practical work to give
basis for clinical application in the preceding relevant courses. This course covers
restoration of function, facial appearance, maintenance of facial appearance, and
maintenance of oral health for patients who lost their natural teeth. It provides the
student with basic knowledge and terminology, theory, understanding and technical
proficiency in construction of different types of complete dentures, with emphasis
on indications and contraindications, denture design and laboratory skills. Practical
work includes laboratory procedures associated with denture construction. The
course comprises necessary knowledge of dental materials for the respective
technical purpose.
115
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
ORT 301: Orthodontics I (Preclinical)
This is the first in a series of four courses on orthodontics. This course is an
introduction to orthodontics to provide students with basic knowledge for
identifying existing and developing problems associated with dental and skeletal
malocclusion, manipulation of orthodontic wires and acrylics, process of soldering
and welding, the most appropriate appliances for malocclusion with practical
applications and demonstrations. Practical work helps in offering experience
needed for the preceding clinical courses.
FPR 301: Fixed Prosthodontics I (Preclinical)
This course is the first in a series of courses on Fixed Prosthodontics. It covers
taking records that are required for use in the laboratory fabrication of dental
prostheses and appliances. This course provides the students with the fundamentals
of fixed prosthodontics including terminology, basic knowledge, diagnosis,
biomechanical principles and construction of fixed prosthodontic restorations. It
includes the design and fabrication techniques encountered in the construction of a
single extra coronal tooth and porcelain fused to metal PFM restorations as well as
a three unit anterior and posterior fixed partial denture. The course comprises
necessary knowledge of dental materials for the respective technical purpose. Also,
design dental prostheses, write a laboratory work authorization, and evaluate
laboratory prostheses and appliances. It provides the principles and techniques
required for the preparation of teeth, and fabrication of casting. This course
includes practical work which helps students in the preceding clinical courses
END 301: Endodontics I (Preclinical)
This is the first course in a serious of courses on endodontics. It offers an
introduction to the fundamentals of endodontics, patients who needs surgical
endodontics. This course provides the basic biological and mechanical concepts of
endodontics. It covers the biology of pulp, etiology of pulp pathology with their
signs and symptoms, radiographic interpretation of different pulp and Periapical
conditions as well as the fundamentals of root canal treatment. In the laboratory
the student will perform endodontic treatment on numerous acrylic and natural
teeth, both hand held and mounted in blocks and dentoform. Practical work in this
course help in preceding clinical courses
OSR 302: Oral Surgery I (Preclinical)
The preclinical program in oral surgery is the first course in a series of oral surgery
courses and is intended for offering basic knowledge in oral surgery. This course is
concerned with basic techniques for instrumentation, patient management, infection
and complications induced by surgery to prepare the student for the preclinical
116
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
course. This course introduces the basic information of oral and maxillofacial
surgery, instrumentation, asepsis, principles and basics of extractions, biopsy
techniques, and complications induced by surgical processes. It includes pre-and
postoperative patient management, difficulties of complicated extractions, the
early active management of cardiac arrest, students should be CPR certified before
entering the clinical phase.
OPD 302: Operative Dentistry II (Preclinical)
This course is the second course in a series of courses to give students knowledge
and Pre-Clinical experience in restorative transversal and material laboratory. It
provides the students with continued information regarding diagnosis and treatment
of patients with emphasis on management of defective restorations under the
supervision of faculty members. The student participates in the selection of the
most appropriate restorative material and in the execution of basic operative dental
treatment. This experience improves their confidence so as to be ready for the
preceding clinical courses.
END 302: Endodontics II (Preclinical)
This is the second course in a series of endodontics to facilitate the transition from
preclinical to clinical. This course provides an introduction to advanced concepts
of clinical endodontics so that the student can diagnose and suggest courses of
treatment for endodontic diseases, management of pulpal pathology of primary and
permanent teeth. The laboratory part trains the student in procedures locating
preparing and filling the root canals of human teeth.
FPR 302: Fixed prosthodontics II (Preclinical)
This is the second course in the series of fixed partial denture in which the students
are provided with more information on restoration of compromised teeth, crowns.
The students start preclinical fixed partial denture to be ready for the preceding
clinical courses. It continues with knowledge on proper patient examination,
evaluation and treatment plan with emphasis on diagnostic considerations,
preliminary therapy and treatment sequencing and execution of fundamental
procedural techniques.
RPR 302: Removable Prosthodontics II (Preclinical)
This course is a continuation of the Removable Prosthodontics I. It continues with
knowledge on proper patient examination, evaluation and treatment plan with
emphasis on partial denture diagnosis and treatment planning, basic principles of
partial denture design, fabrication and function and repair. Practical work includes
fabrication of removable partial dentures.
117
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
PER 302: Periodontics I
Periodontology is the branch of dentistry dealing with gingival, periodontal and
other related disease of the periodontium. Periodontology courses are designed to
provide didactic, and experiences in the prevention of oral diseases and
management of periodontal disorders. This course covers epidemiology,
classification, etiology and pathology of gingival, periodontal diseases as well as
other related diseases of the periodontium. It also covers prevention, diagnosis and
treatment planning, plaque control, and patient oral health maintenance.
ORT 302: Orthodontics II (Preclinical)
This is the second course in the series of orthodontic courses providing the students
with more experience about orthodontics. It provides knowledge on the evaluation,
prevention and treatment planning for the common mal-occlusion cases encountered
by the general practitioner. It also covers the biomechanical principles and the
selection of the most proper appliances. The practical skills gained in this course by
fabrication of orthodontic appliances make the students ready for the first clinical
orthodontic course.
CDE 302: Community Dentistry
This course covers the role of the dentist in public health dental programs,
economic, legal, and professional aspects of dental practice, regulatory policy for
dental practice in UAE, business principles in dentistry and public service mobile
dental clinics. This course helps students in identifying his/her role in public health
dental programs and avoiding illegal mistakes during dental practice. Moreover, it
provides information needed for initiating his/ her business after graduation. The
Course also prepares the students to function as a community and first level dentist
in accordance with the college and nations goals.
ESD 401: (Operative) Esthetic Dentistry III
This course is the first course in a series of operative esthetic clinical dentistry
courses to give students knowledge and clinical experience in restorative dentistry.
It provides the clinical experience necessary for helping students in carrying out
proper diagnosis, treatment planning and pain management of patients. Also, It
covers dealing with defective restoration. Moreover, It will also include decision
making regarding the choice and insertion of various esthetic restorative materials
depending on the different clinical situations, fulfilling the esthetic demands of the
patients.
END 401: Endodontics III
This is the first clinical course in the series of endodontics. This course introduces
the student to the clinical application of skills learned in the preclinical relevant
118
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
courses. It covers the clinical experience in diagnosis, treatment planning and
endodontic patient management under the supervision of faculty members. It
covers the treatment of vital and non vital pulp, tests for sterility of the root canal,
drugs used in root canal therapy. It provides students clinical experience in
reimplantation ,root resection , apexification , and endodontic surgery to be ready
for second and final clinical course.
FPR 401: Fixed Prosthodontics III
This is the third course and the first clinical course in the series of fixed partial
denture. It offers more knowledge on prosthodontics and the first clinical
experience in this field. This course introduces the student to the clinical
application of skills learned in the preclinical relevant courses. In this course the
student provides fixed partial denture care under faculty supervision. Students
perform simple clinical cases and accomplish all laboratory procedures associated
with the treatment fixed partial denture cases. This course exposes the student to
the interaction with the professional dental laboratory technician. It provides the
students with knowledge on implications of danger of ignoring tooth which needs
execution.
RPR 401: Removable Prosthodontics III
This course provides the student with clinical experience needed for the diagnosis
and treatment planning necessary for the treatment of the partially and completely
edentulous patient. Students are required to directly deal with patients under the
supervision of staff as regards diagnosis, treatment planning, impression taking,
recording centric occlusion, try-ins, delivery and follow up of partial and complete
dentures complaints.
PER 401: Periodontics II
management of periodontal disorders. This course covers diagnosis of acute
periodontal conditions, early onset periodontitis, and diseases affecting the
periodontium, management of periodontal disease, ultrasonic instrumentation and
regeneration of periodontium. Laboratory part provides student the training
necessary for removal of calculus, root planning and polishing of teeth on
manikins. These information and experiences prepare the students for the preceding
clinical course.
119
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
OSR 401: Oral Surgery II
The clinical program in oral surgery is intended to give the students a standard
clinical experience in office surgical procedures and problems associated therewith.
This is the second course in a series of oral surgery courses for offering clinical
skills in oral surgery. This course is concerned with reviewing patients charts to
determine routine surgical procedures, surgery of impacted teeth, soft tissue
surgical procedures, hard tissue surgical procedure, and clinical uses of anesthetic
agents, antibiotics, nitrous oxide and analgesics. The clinical part includes teeth
extraction and removal of roots under supervision of faculty members. These skills
prepare the students for the more advanced clinical courses, extramural practicum
and internship.
ODG 401: Oral Diagnosis (clinical)
This course enables the student to take patient history, conduct complete regional,
extra- and intra-oral examination; obtain appropriate diagnostic tests including
radiographs, obtain medical advice and reach conclusions regarding patients health
status. Also, it offers knowledge, on treatment planning, principles associated with
diagnostic methods and data analysis followed by treatment planning of various
orofacial diseases. Communication skills and aids are used for presentations.
ORT 401: Orthodontics III (Clinical)
This is the first clinical course in the series of orthodontics, in which the students
start their knowledge, skills and experience in clinical orthodontic and carry out
diagnosis and management of orthodontic problems. The course covers diagnosis,
radiological and clinical examinations of selected cases, orthodontic study models,
photographs and cephalometric evaluation, preparation of treatment plans with
limited treatment of orthodontic problems encountered in the general practice.
PDN 401: Preventive Dentistry
This course covers the principles and techniques of infection control, dental
hygiene with emphasis on preventive dental care programs; laboratory and
preclinical experience in techniques of complete oral prophylaxis services,
principles and methods for teaching and motivating patients to practice effective
oral health care, role and use of fluorides in preventive dentistry, role of sealants in
preventive dentistry.
ORD 401: Oral Radiology II
This is the second course in the series of oral radiology courses. It is designed to
offer proper use of equipments, infection control and quality assurance methods,
application of different intra-oral radiographic techniques with related positioning
of the patients and using auxiliary devices for positioning, and evaluation of
120
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
radiographs under supervision of staff. These skills help students in performing
radiological investigations, assessing the risks of radiation and the benefits of
radiographic procedures, also select, take and process the most appropriate
radiography. Students will be shown how to obtain intra and extra oral films
including periapicals, occlusal films and also will be introduced to panoramic
radiography, TMJ imaging techniques and other imaging modalities. Clinical
experience optimizes patient and staff communication.
END 402: Endodontics IV
This course is a continuation of Endodontics III for more experience and skills in
endodontics. The course covers pulpal and periapical emergencies and differential
diagnosis of the pulpal pathology as well as understanding the advanced endodontic
concepts including endodontic-periodontics relationship. The students must carry
out independently, diagnosis and treatment as well as follow up of the patients to
assess the effectiveness of treatment.
PER 402: Periodontics III
management of periodontal disorders. During this clinical course, the student can
adequately diagnose the patients with periodontal condition and provide
instructions to patients for plaque control and treatment of an acceptable number
of patients by scaling and root planning for gingivitis and mild to moderate cases
of periodontitis. These procedures are carried our under faculty supervision.
OSR 402: Oral Surgery III
This course completes the series of Oral Surgery courses whereby students learn
reviewing of hospital charts, perform and obtain consultations, interact with
medical colleagues. The theoretical part covers the preparation of mouth for
dentures; provide care to medically compromised patients, interpretation of
radiographs, management of emergency cases, procedures for surgical root removal
and removal of impacted teeth. The clinical part includes minor soft, hard tissue
surgical procedures, practicing of root removal and preparation of mouth for
denture under the direct supervision of the oral and maxillofacial surgical residents
and attending staff. The students throughout this course must gain experience,
skills and self confidence sufficient to carry out minor surgical cases. The students
are prepared for practicing more advanced surgery after graduation during
internship.
121
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
RPR 402: Removable Prosthodontics IV
This course is a continuation of the clinical experiences gained in the previous
relevant courses concerning the diagnosis, treatment planning, advanced laboratory
procedures and clinical phases of removable prosthodontic therapy. It covers
advanced procedures with emphasis on jaw relation registration and complex cases
involving severely resorbed alveolar ridges. It optimizes the knowledge of students
and the experience of clinical prosthodontics. They can carry out partial or
complete denture independently.
OPD 402: Operative Dentistry IV
This clinical course is a continuation of the Operative Dentistry courses. It equips
the students with the skills to properly diagnose, form a treatment plan and perform
a number of esthetic procedures with appropriate materials in the context of
comprehensive care. New concepts in esthetic dentistry are applied in this course
and involve more than merely providing porcelain veneers to patients. It
encompasses a broad approach to the total esthetic needs of the patient. The
intention is to share new information with students as it becomes available.
FPR 402: Fixed Prosthodontics IV
This is the fourth course in a series of courses of fixed partial denture and the
second and final course of clinical series. This course covers clinical application of
knowledge and skills for diagnosis and treatment planning and fabrication of more
advanced last restorations that will function in a biological environment. The
student is expected to manage their clinical treatment procedure with progressively
less supervision and assistance from the faculty. The student must follow up the
patients, and assess the effectiveness of treatment.
ORT 402: Orthodontics IV
This course is a continuation of the previous relevant courses for increasing
experience in diagnosis and treatment of orthodontic problems, with expected
optimized improved clinical judgment and an opportunity to review longitudinal
results of treatment. The student is expected to diagnose complex orthodontic
problems requiring treatment by a specialist.
OME 402: Oral Medicine
This course is essential for offering students knowledge on orofacial diseases It
provides taxonomy, etiology pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of oral lesions
due to systemic diseases or fractures, to allow dentist carry out diagnosis and
treatment of these diseases. This course includes the etiology and clinical signs and
symptoms and management of diseases of the oral mucosa in general it also covers
the oral manifestations of systemic diseases and how they affect the oral mucosa
122
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
with special emphasis or common and serious diseases such as leukemia, HIV/
AIDS related oral lesions, diabetes, etc.
RME 402: Research Methodology
The course is designed to cover general principles of research methodology. It is a
fundamental course helping students use and evaluate research methodologies.
Students will be able to evaluate the appropriateness of research methodologies
designed to answer a research question or test a hypothesis, select an appropriate
statistical test, analyze the data, explain and evaluate the obtained results, and
apply the results to decisions about research and practice. It introduces the issues
and practice of critical appraisal and research methodologies aiming to present the
conceptual foundations and understanding of the purposes of research methodology
and critical appraisal. It will develop the ability of students to apply the principles
of research to understand published research, literature, formulate research proposal
and undertake research.
PDG 501: Principles of Differential Diagnosis
This course provides the proper sequences used to differentiate between diseases.
It serves to utilize relevant didactic and clinical information in the appropriate
context. It emphasizes the role of the dentist in developing appropriate
comprehensive, prioritized, and sequenced treatment plan based on evaluation of
all relevant diagnostics with demonstrations of case studies.
COC 501: Clinical Occlusion
This course completes with the relevant courses, especially principles of occlusion,
the essential information and skills needed for dental occlusion It reinforces the
basic concepts of occlusion and integrates these concepts with the clinical situations
that the students are experiencing. It also covers the diagnostic considerations,
preliminary therapy and treatment sequencing.
PER 501: Periodontics IV
management of periodontal disorders. This course covers more advanced topics
including management of periodontosis, teeth mobility, splinting, general principles
of surgical periodontics including preprosthetic and plastic surgery, as well as
occlusal therapy. The student gains experience in instructing the patients to follow
preventive oral hygiene measures as well as develop the skills to carry out
independently diagnosis, treatment and follow up of the patients.
123
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
PED 501: Pediatric Dentistry I
This course represents the foundation for pediatric dentistry courses. It provides an
introduction to numerous aspects of pediatric dental practice and treatment. These
encompass child psychology, behavioral management, growth and development,
cavity preparation and restoration of primary teeth, and the young permanent
dentition, nutrition caries control, radiography, pulp therapy, stainless crowns,
space maintenance, treatment of injuries and preventive orthodontics. Students
manage children in the clinic with accent on caries preventive measures, cavity
preparation and restoration, pulpotomy, tooth preparation and construction of
stainless steel crowns.
MCP 501: Medically Compromised Patient
This course covers medical, dental, psychological and social problems of medically
compromised patient and the role of dentist in diagnosis and treatment of these
patients. According to the nature of patients, each one may need special collection
of the data, diagnosis and treatment planning. Also, the management of health care
of these patients must be tailored according to the nature of each patient. This
course is designed to provide the students information and experience to deal with
these patients in the proper way.
ETH 501: Ethical and Medico-legal aspects of Dentistry
This course is a continuation of the previously taught course in ethical and
medicolegal aspects of dentistry. It is primarily concerned with reviewing the
previously taught principles and standards of professional conduct and ethical
behaviour that apply to all dental practitioners. This course also covers non dental
legislation affecting dentists, including inquests.
HDT 501: Hospital Dentistry
This course provides students with practical experiences for diagnosis, treatment
and the follow up of patients currently found in hospitals. It is essential for
preparing students to the internship phase. The students must practice active
interaction with out- and in-patients, facilities, activities, and health specialties.
Presentations of students must illustrate their capability for collection of patient
information as chief complaints, general examinations, medical history, dental
history, social history, diagnostic measures and lab tests. The students must discuss
dental examinations, clinical lab tests and treatment plan with senior dentists and
hospital staff.
CDC 502: Comprehensive Dental Clinic
This course is essential to students to apply the fundamental principles of
biomedical sciences as they relate to the practice of general dentistry, apply the
124
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
fundamental principles of behavioral sciences, employ the interpersonal and
communication skills, apply the principles of ethical reasoning and professional
responsibilities, practice continual learning and self assessment, use critical
thinking and problem solving, apply the contemporary information technology in
the practice, and manage oral care for geriatrics as a model for comprehensive
care. This helps students to understand the concept of comprehensive care to help
in its application for other areas of dental care. By this course provides the student
excellent opportunities to integrate and demonstrate their knowledge and skills. As
a result student, develop a well-rounded global understanding dental care and
improve their readiness and prepare to practice dentistry after graduation.
PER 502: Periodontics V
This course is designed to introduce the students to basic surgical techniques
available to mange selected periodontal cases, gingivectomy, pocket eradication,
periodontal flaps, etc.
PED 502: Pediatric Dentistry II
This course represents an extension to the previous Pediatric Dentistry course.
Students manage children in the clinic with accent on caries preventive measures,
cavity preparation and restoration, pulpotomy, tooth preparation, construction of
stainless steel crowns, and management of dental trauma under supervision. The
course ensures continued clinical training and further experience in the field of
pediatric dentistry.
IMP 502: Implantology
This course provides the students with the basis and fundamentals of Implantology.
It covers basic concepts, biology and techniques in implant surgery, indications for
implants as a treatment modality, relevant prosthodontics, peri-implant tissue
maintenance and various implant systems, concepts and techniques of bone grafting
and soft tissue grafting, growth of new bone, management of trauma due to
dentofacial complications and implant maintenance with demonstrations. As this
field needs more skills, this course render the students acquainted with the
importance of implantology, hopefully he/she may decide for more skills in
graduate studies.
MEM 502: Medical Emergencies
This course teaches the students the process of differentiation between
systematically healthy and non-healthy patients, his role with other health care
providers for certain medical emergencies, and techniques of medical emergencies
as cardiopulmonary resuscitation (ACLS) with demonstrations. The latter is
important since the dentist may face cases that urgently need his/her intervention
by ACLS.
125
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
GER 502: Geriatric Dentistry
This course covers challenges of the aging process, including demography,
epidemiology, psychological aspects, pathological changes, gingival recession, root
caries, oral aging problems, special pharmacological considerations, and functional
declines, e.g. post menopausal syndrome and Alzheimer disease, with special
emphasis on comprehensive elderly patient oral care
ADV 502: Advanced Diagnosis, Oral Medicine, Pathology and Radiology
This course is essential for reviewing more complex oral problems and to cover
questions and inquires raised through hospital dentistry. It covers methods used for
advanced diagnosis, oral medicine, pathology and radiology .This course provides
reviews of the more complex oral problems, various tests used to determine
definite diagnosis, review of pathology and radiology in diagnosis and various
methods of treatment of dental diseases. This course will include seminars utilizing
radiographs, slides and photomicrographs to review normal anatomy,
developmental anomalies andpathology. These seminars include discussions using
actual cases to correlate radiographic, clinical and histopathological findings.
Nevertheless, it provides the students through active learning an overview on
dentistry as a profession offering services for the patient in particular and the
society in general.
COD 601: Comprehensive Dental Clinic I
The Internship program exposes students to alternative clinical settings and
different modes of treatment and instruction as well as to the needs of a variety of
patient populations. It plays a vital role in students training by allowing the student
to practice his/her clinical and interpersonal skills in a more independent setting,
with supervision, support, and guidance available from the faculty members.
During their internship, students strengthen their skills in clinical diagnosis,
treatment planning, patient and practice management, and emergency care as well
as provide a complete range of restorative dental services to patients. This program
offers graduates with proficiency in patient assessment and diagnosis; planning and
providing comprehensive multidisciplinary oral health care including the clear
communication of treatment plan to patients; obtaining informed consent;
restoration of teeth; the replacement of teeth using fixed and removable appliances;
periodontal therapy; pulpal therapy; hard/soft tissue surgery; treatment of medical
and dental emergencies; medical risk management; requesting and responding to
requests for consultations from physicians and other health care providers;
diagnosis; and treatment planning, and progress and outcomes of patient treatment.
It also includes management of pain and anxiety in delivering outpatient care using
behavioural and pharmacological modalities beyond local anaesthesia (sedation,
pain and anxiety control); principles of practice management; the review of
126
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
relevant scientific literature; evaluating patient total health needs integrating biomedical
science concepts with clinical dentistry to provide a diagnosis that takes into
consideration the patients overall biological and psychosocial needs; self assessment
skills. Moreover, it allows monitoring effectively and evaluating their own work to
improve quality and quantity of performance; and supervising and evaluating the work
of dental auxiliaries to improve quality and quantity of their performance.
COD 602: Comprehensive Dental Clinic II
The Internship program exposes students to alternative clinical settings and different
modes of treatment and instruction as well as to the needs of a variety of patient
populations. It plays a vital role in students training by allowing the student to practice
his/her clinical and interpersonal skills in a more independent setting, with supervision,
support, and guidance available from the faculty members. During their internship,
students strengthen their skills in clinical diagnosis, treatment planning, patient and
practice management, and emergency care as well as provide a complete range of
restorative dental services to patients. This program offers graduates with proficiency
in patient assessment and diagnosis; planning and providing comprehensive
multidisciplinary oral health care including the clear communication of treatment plan
to patients; obtaining informed consent; restoration of teeth; the replacement of teeth
using fixed and removable appliances; periodontal therapy; pulpal therapy; hard/soft
tissue surgery; treatment of medical and dental emergencies; medical risk management;
requesting and responding to requests for consultations from physicians and other
health care providers; diagnosis; and treatment planning, and progress and outcomes of
patient treatment. It also includes management of pain and anxiety in delivering
outpatient care using behavioural and pharmacological modalities beyond local
anaesthesia (sedation, pain and anxiety control); principles of practice management;
the review of relevant scientific literature; evaluating patient total health needs
integrating biomedical science concepts with clinical dentistry to provide a diagnosis
that takes into consideration the patients overall biological and psychosocial needs;
self assessment skills. Moreover, it allows monitoring effectively and evaluating their
own work to improve quality and quantity of performance; and supervising and
evaluating the work of dental auxiliaries to improve quality and quantity of their
performance.
127
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
STUDY PLAN
128
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
12.0 STUDY PLAN
12.1 STUDY PLAN FOR 1
st
SEMESTER
COURSE OUTLINE: ANATOMY I
1. Course Title Anatomy I
2. Course Number ANA 101
3. Course Type Required
4. Number of Credits 3 Credit Hours
5. Number of Contact Hours 4 (2+2)
6. Course Pre requisites None
Course Learning Outcomes
:By the end of this course the student must be able to

Be familiar with the structure of skeleton and be able to describe the skeleton,
vertebral column, upper and lower limbs of human body in details
Identify the different parts of the human body skeleton
Illustrate the relationship between human skeleton and nerves
Demonstrate the relationship between human skeleton and blood supply
Illustrate the relationship between human skeleton and muscles
Explain the process of embryogenesis and development of nose, lips, oral cavity,
cranium, salivary glands, pharynx and nose
Express embryo defects with special emphasis on dentistry
Weekly Time Table for Anatomy-I L-2, P=1
Duration
No. of
Lectures
No. of
Practical
Topics
1
st
week 2 1 Fundamentals of human anatomy
2
nd
week 4 2 Orientation of human skeleton
3
rd
week 6 3 Shape and characters of different bones.
129
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
4
th
week 8 4
Introduction to the Head & Neck
Anatomy - Anatomy of skull and
cranium: Bones and Views
5
th
week 10 5 Separate Bones of the skull
6
th
week 12 6
Cranial fossae, Scalp & Face
Muscles of facial expression, Motor &
Cutaneous innervations of the face & Scalp
7
th
week 14
7
Parotid region and blood supply &
Lymphatic drainage of the face.
8
th
week Mid Semester Examination
10
th
week 1 6 9
Muscles of mastication
Temporomandibular Joint / movement of
mandible
Temporal fossa, Infratemporal fossa
11
th
week
18 10
Pterygopalatine fossa
Oral Cavity, Tongue, Teeth, Gums
12
th
week
20 11
Submandibular region
Orbital Cavity & Contents
13
th
week 22 12 Nasal Cavity & Paranasal Sinuses
14
th
week
24 13
Introduction to Embryology
Embryogenesis
15
th
week 26 14 branchial arches and their derivatives
16
th
week End Semester Examination
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
* Course work: Quizzes, Assignments, Group participation, Lab work & Practical
assignment.
130
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: HISTOLOGY

1. Course Title Histology
2. Course Number HIS 101
By the end of this course the student must be able to:

Explain the structure of human cells in details
Distinguish between the various tissues of the body
Recognize changes in the different tissues of the body
Be familiar with the general microscopic structure of soft and hard tissues of
the oral cavity
Illustrate the hard and soft tissues of the oral cavity
Prescribe, in consultation with health care professionals, histological
procedures required for proper dental or medical management of the patient
Weekly Time-Table for Histology
Duration Lecture
Practical
1
st
3
rd
weeks
(3 weeks)
Fundamentals of histology,
Structure of human cells in
details, Structure of soft
tissues epithelium .
Structure of human cells in
details, Structure of soft tissues
epithelium
4
th
6
th
week
(3 weeks )
Structure of connective
tissues, Structure of hard
tissues of the oral cavity,
bone, cartilage, muscles,
blood vessels and lymphatic
tissue
Structure of connective tissues,
Structure of hard tissues of the
oral cavity, bone, cartilage,
muscles, blood vessels and
lymphatic tissue
131
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
7
th
10
th
week
(4 weeks )
Structure of different tissues
of the body; the alimentary
canal, liver, gall bladder,
pancreas, reproductive
system, eye (cornea and
retina), ear, skin, respiratory
system, urinary system and
nervous system
Structure of different tissues
of the body; the alimentary
canal, liver, gall bladder,
pancreas, reproductive system,
eye (cornea and retina), ear,
skin, respiratory system,
urinary system and nervous
system
8
th
Week
Mid Semester
Examination
Mid Semester Examination
11
th
13
th
week
(3 weeks )
Structure of various glands;
endocrine glands (pituitary,
thyroid, parathyroid and
suprarenal gland of the
body
Structure of various glands;
endocrine glands (pituitary,
thyroid, parathyroid and
suprarenal gland of the body
14
th
15thweek
(2weeks)
Segregation between
various tissues of the body,
with practical applications
for all points
Segregation between various
tissues of the body, with
practical applications for all
points
16
th
week
End Semester
Examination
End Semester Examination
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
132
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: CHEMISTRY
1. Course Title Chemistry
2. Course Number CHM 101
By the end of this course, the student must be able to:

Differentiate clearly between matter and energy and describe the major forms
of energy
Distinguish chemical element, molecule, atom, atomic number, atomic weight,
atomic mass, isotope and radioisotope
Identify compounds, mixtures and compare solutions, colloids, and
suspensions
Explain the role of electrons in chemical bonding and differentiate between
ionic and covalent bonds
Identify chemical reactions (synthesis and decomposition)
Explain the importance of water and salts to body homeostasis, define acid and
base and explain the concept of PH
Describe and compare the building blocks, general structure and biological
functions of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins
Weekly Time-Table for Chemistry
Duration Lecture Practical
1
st
- 3
rd
week
(3weeks)
Definition of concepts: matter and
energy
Composition of matter: atoms and
elements
Composition of matter:
atoms and elements
4
th
- 6
th

week
(3weeks)
Molecules and mixtures
Solutions, colloids and suspensions
Molecules and mixtures.
Solutions, colloids and
suspensions
133
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
7
th
- 8
th

week
(2weeks)
Chemical bonds: ionic and covalent
bonds.
Polar and non polar compounds
Chemical bonds: ionic
and covalent bonds.
Polar and non polar
compounds
8
th
Week Mid Semester Examination
Mid Semester
Examination
9
th
-11
th

week
(3weeks)
Chemical reactions (synthesis,
decomposition and exchange).
Inorganic compounds
Chemical reactions
(synthesis,
decomposition and
exchange).
Inorganic compounds
12
th
-14
th

week
(3Weeks)
Acids and bases and concepts of PH.
Organic compounds
Acids and bases and
concepts of PH.
Organic compounds
15
th
week
Biological functions of
carbohydrates, lipids and proteins
Formation and breakdown of organic
molecules
DNA and RNA
Biological functions of
carbohydrates, lipids and
proteins
Formation and
breakdown of organic
molecules
16
th
End Semester
Examination
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
134
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: ISLAMIC CULTURE
1. Course Title Islamic Culture
2. Course Number ICU 101
3. Course Type Elective
Know properties of the correct Islamic culture without exaggeration and
falsification, through the Holy Quran and the tradition of the prophet
Distinguish between the Islamic culture and the cultures of other nations
Know the important issues in Islam such as riba and its consequences
Inform Students about their position in the civilized and cultural conflict which
is occurring in the current period and urging them to maintain their authentic
culture
Weekly Time-Table for Islamic Culture
Duration Lecture
1
st
-3
rd
week
(3weeks)
Defining the culture and focusing on the Islamic culture
characteristics, its importance for the student and its role in
forming an Islamic personality
4
th
- 6
th
week
(3weeks)
Tracing the different stages of the formation of Islamic culture,
focusing on its divine origins
Islamization of sciences
7
th
- 8
th
week
(2weeks)
Discussing Islamic beliefs, such as prophecy, faith, creation of
human beings and other concepts which underline the Islamic
religion
8
th
9
th
-11
th

week
(3weeks)
Economy in Islam: discussing the financial system that governs
different dealings between people from an Islamic point of view
135
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
12
th
-13
th

week
(2weeks)
The family in Islam: defining the family, marriage and its law,
the good association, divorce and its repercussions
14
th
week
(1week)
Political system in Islam: the ruling system and its types, the
role of the state in establishing justice among people and
maintaining peace
15
th
week
(1week)
Human Rights in Islam: freedom of expressing opinions and
political participation in elections, etc
Islam and Orientalism: discussing orientalists opinions
regarding some Islamic issues
16
th
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
136
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
1. Course Title Information Technology
2. Course Number ITE 101
Demonstrate knowledge of basic computer literacy terminology.
Research and analyze online information.
Use e-mail to contact instructor and other Students
Access course materials, assignments, exams, etc. using online course
management system
Use word processing software to develop documents.
Use spreadsheet software to develop formulas, functions, and charts.
Use database software to develop tables, forms, reports, and queries to
understand data
Storage and business applications such as filters and sorts
Use presentation software to create animated and visual presentations.
Weekly Time-Table for Information Technology
1
st
-3
rd

week
(3weeks)
Introduction to Computers.
Students should spend some
time with this section to
make sure they are
comfortable with basic
computer terminology
Introduction to Computers.
Students should spend some time
with this section to make sure they
are comfortable with basic
computer terminology
4
th
7
th

week
(4weeks)
Introduction to Windows XP
and Office 2007, Computer
Hardware and Software.
Internet Usage. Understand
how to save files, create
folders, and manage them
Introduction to Windows XP and
Office 2007, Computer Hardware
and Software. Internet Usage.
Understand how to save files,
create folders, and manage them
8
th
week Mid Semester Examination Mid Semester Examination
137
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
9
th
-11
th

week
(3weeks)
For each section, Word, Each
student will complete the
step-by-step outlined in the
section and then additional
hands-on projects at the end
of each section. For the end
of the section assignment, try
to complete these without
looking back at the section.
This will be the best practice
to prepare for the exams.
These are outlined in the
Assignment link. As much as
we can, we will create
assignments unique to each
student to enhance learning
For each section, Word, Each
student will complete the step-by-
step outlined in the section and
then additional hands-on projects
at the end of each section. For the
end of the section assignment, try
to complete these without looking
back at the section. This will be
the best practice to prepare for the
exams. These are outlined in the
Assignment link. As much as we
can, we will create assignments
unique to each student to enhance
learning
12
th
-14
th

week
(2weeks)
Same as in Previous, but for
Spreadsheet (Excel)
(week 11)
Presentation (PowerPoint)
(week 12)
Database
Spreadsheet (Excel)
(week 11)
Presentation (PowerPoint) (week
12)
Database
14
th
-15
th

week
(1week)
Projects, using Word, Excel,
Power Point, and Access
separately (week 14)
Introduction to Computers
and the Windows Operating
System, Internet, E-mail,
Projects, using Word, Excel, Power
Point, and Access separately
(week 14)
Introduction to Computers and the
Windows Operating System,
Internet, E-mail,
16
th
week End Semester Examination End Semester Examination
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
138
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: ENGLISH LANGUAGE
1. Course Title English Language
2. Course Number ENG 101
Demonstrate skill in the stages of the writing process: prewriting, writing,
revising
Read, analyze, and evaluate various kinds of writing and recognize patterns of
exposition and argument.
Use appropriate rhetorical strategies for various situations, purposes, and
audiences
Edit and review the writing of others

Weekly Time-Table for English
Duration Lecture
1
st
-3
rd
week
(3weeks)
Writing paragraphs from Topics to Titles Introduction
Narration, Description, Definition
4
th
- 6
th
week
(3weeks)
Process analysis, illustration , classification and comparison
7
th
-8
th
week
(2weeks)
Arguments, cause and effect
8
th
9
th
---11
th
week
(3weeks)
Practice in writing opening paragraphs, concluding
paragraphs
Mixing writing
Writing About Literature
12
th
-15
th

week(4weeks)
Writing Letters Complaints
How to write a research paper
16
th
139
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
nd
SEMESTER
COURSE OUTLINE: ANATOMY II (HEAD & NECK)
1. Course Title Anatomy II: Head & Neck
2. Course Number ANA 102
6. Course Pre requisites ANA 101
Illustrate the anatomy of the head, mandible and neck concerning bones
Demonstrate the anatomical parts of each of skull and cranium, jaws, parietal,
frontal, sphenoid, ethmoid, vomer, nasal, zygomatic, temporal, lacrymal bones
Illustrate the anatomy of each of the scalp and temple (muscles vessels and
nerves), anterior and posterior triangles, sub-occipital triangle, muscles, vessels
and fascia of the neck, face and facial muscles
Illustrate the anatomy of the cervical spine and skull
Illustrate the anatomy of the muscles of the head and neck
Describe the muscles, blood supply and nerve connections to head and neck
Demonstrate the anatomical relationships between head and neck with dental
anatomy
Associate head and neck anatomy and forensic dentistry
140
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time-Table for Anatomy II
Duration Theory Practical
1
st
--3
rd

week
(3 weeks)
Basics of head & neck anatomy
Anatomy of skull & cranium,
jaws
Anatomy of scalp & temple
(muscle, blood supply & nerve
supply )
Anatomy of skull &
cranium, jaws
Anatomy of scalp & temple
(muscle, blood supply &
nerve supply )
4
th
6
th

week
(3 weeks )
Anatomy of anterior & posterior
triangles, sub-occipital triangle
muscles, vessels & fascia of head
& neck, facial muscle.
Anatomy of nose, ear, pharynx,
larynx,
Deep dissection of had and
neck
7
th
8
th

week
(2 weeks )
Anatomy of muscles of
mastication temporal & sub
temporal region, submandibular,
sublingual salivary glands ,
parotid glands
Anatomy of muscles of
mastication temporal & sub
temporal region,
submandibular, sublingual
salivary glands , parotid
glands
End of 8
th

week
Mid Semester
Examination
9
th
12
th

week
(4 weeks )
Anatomy of cervical spine in
detail.
Muscles nerves, blood supply oh
head
Muscles nerves, blood
supply oh head
13
th
15
th

week
(3weeks )
Muscles , nerves, blood supply of
neck ,
Connection between head & neck
with dental structures.
Link between head & neck
structures with forensic dentistry.
Muscles , nerves, blood
supply of neck ,
Connection between head
& neck with dental
structures.
16
th
End Semester
Examination
141
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
COURSE OUTLINE: HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
1. Course Title Human Physiology
2. Course Number HPH 102
Portray human cell physiology and the molecular aspects of cell biology
Recognize physiology to identify health problems
Describe homeostasis and understand cell physiology, extra cellular fluid,
transport through the cell membrane, blood gases, and acidbase physiological
aspects
Explain blood and its constituents, hemorrhage and coagulation
Illustrate haemodynamics, physiologic properties of the cardiac muscle, ECG,
cardiac output, blood pressure, heart rate, vasomotor center, shock and special
circulation
Explain the physiology of respiratory, excretory, endocrine, reproductive
system, GIT as well as CNS
142
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Demonstrate the correlation between pathophysiology and pharmacotherapy
Discuss the influence of diet on oral structures
Consider demonstrations and application of physiological measurements
whenever possible
Weekly Time-Table for Human Physiology
Duration Theory Practical
1
st
3
rd

week
(3 weeks )
Physiology of human cell
Molecular aspect of cell biology
Transport through membrane
Physiology of human cell
4
th
6
th

week
(3 weeks )
Extra cellular fluids of various
body systems, Homeostasis,
acid-base physiological aspect
7
th
week
Physiology of respiratory,
endocrine reproductive system
,GIT,CNS
8
th
week Mid Semester Examination Mid Semester Examination
9
th
12
th

week
(4 weeks )
Physiology of different systems,
physiological properties of the
cardiac muscle ECG, cardiac
out put , blood pressure, heart
rate vasomotor center , shock
physiological properties of the
cardiac muscle ECG, cardiac
out put , blood pressure, heart
rate vasomotor center , shock
13
th
15
th

week
(3weeks)
Body fluids &
electrolytes,Haemostasis &
mechanisms maintaining normal
functions of the body
Influence of diet on oral
structures, correlations between
pathophysiology &
pharmacotherapy
Body fluids & electrolytes,
Haemostasis & mechanisms
maintaining normal functions
of the body
16
th
week Professional Examination Professional Examination
143
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
COURSE OUTLINE: PHYSICS
1. Course Title Physics
2. Course Number PHY 102
Use mathematics in the expression of ideas and theories
Understand many of the "black boxes" he/she uses in his/her life along with those
that they don't use fluently
Illustrate the role of physics in the environment
Develop skills and techniques for making precise and accurate measurements
Illustrate principles of physics through their own application of the scientific
method
144
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time-Table for Physics
Duration Lecture
1
st
-3
rd
week
(3weeks)
Uniformly accelerated motion
Newtons three laws
4
th
- 6
th
week
(3weeks)
Newton's Universal law of gravitation
Solids
7
th
- 8
th
week
(2weeks)
Density
Elastic properties
8
th
9
th
-11
th
week
(3weeks)
Liquids: specific gravity
12
th
-14
th
week
(3weeks)
Variation of pressure with depth hyadraulic systems
15
th
week Revision
16
th
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
145
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE
1. Course Title Behavioral Science
2. Course Number BSC 102
3. Course Type Elective
Define the terms used in human behavior and socialization
Describe the origin and the importance of human behavior and socialization of
the healthcare professionals in general;
Describe the importance of hereditary, environment and motivation in shaping
one's personality
Explain the roles of various institutions like family, community and society and
their change in trends, their effects of health of a person;
Discuss the concepts of culture and health and their changing trends, their
impact on once health;
Explain the concepts of social security and its benefits to sick and disabled
population.
Weekly Time-Table for Behavioral Science
Duration Lecture
1
st
- 3
rd
week
(3 weeks)
Definition of psychology
Heredity and environment
146
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
4
th
- 6
th
week
(3 weeks)
Development and growth behavior
Motivation , Emotions
7
th
week Personality Learning
8
th
9
th
-11
th
week
(3weeks)
Thinking
Frustration
12
th
-13
th
week
(2 weeks)
Introduction to Socialization
Social factors in health and disease solutions
14
th
-15
th
week
(2 weeks)
Socialization , Social groups
Family, Community, Health and culture
16
th
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
COURSE OUTLINE: BIOCHEMISTRY
1. Course Title Biochemistry
2. Course Number Bio 102
6. Course Pre requisites CHM 101
Identify solutions, hydrogen ion concentration, acids and bases-buffers,
colloidal state, osmotic pressure, ion exchange and thermodynamics
147
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Be able to focus on physical chemistry, biochemistry of biological agents and
its correlation to diseases
Portray the biochemistry of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates and enzymes analysis
Demonstrate bioenergetics and the metabolic pathways of energy utilization and
the data of Krebs Cycle
Demonstrate the biochemistry of DNA, RNA and protein synthesis
Apply recombinant DNA technology for dentistry purposes
Identify oral biochemical subjects such as enamel, plaque, and saliva
biochemistry and demonstrate knowledge of the "caries process"
Delineate the medicinal biotech products and the importance of molecular
biology in dentistry
Assess patients' dietary intake in order to promote oral health
Develop approaches for explaining complicated biotech processes with
application in Dentistry
Develop an appreciation to the future of therapy through biotechnology
Develop techniques for understanding molecular biology and its correlation to
dentistry
Weekly Time-Table for Biochemistry
1
st
3
rd

week
(3 weeks )
Basics of biochemistry Solutions,
hydrogen ion concentration, pH,
acids and bases, buffers, colloidal
state, osmotic pressure, ion
exchange and thermodynamics,
Protein , lipid and carbohydrate
metabolism
Solutions, hydrogen ion
concentration, pH, acids
and bases, buffers, colloidal
state, osmotic pressure, ion
exchange and
thermodynamics
Protein , lipid and
carbohydrate metabolism
3
rd
6
th

week
(3 weeks )
Metabolism of vitamins
Enzymes, coenzymes and
hormones metabolism
Function, sources and deficiency
symptoms of minerals and vitamins
Function, sources and
deficiency symptoms of
minerals and vitamins
148
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
7
th
week Biochemical constants and their
interpretations and Bioenergetics
Biochemical constants and
their interpretations and
Bioenergetics
8
th
Mid Semester
Examination
9
th
11
th

week
(3weeks )
Substrate level phosphorylation and
Oxidative phosphorylation
Active and passive transports
Nucleic acid metabolism
Substrate level
phosphorylation and
Oxidative phosphorylation
Active and passive
transports
11
th
13
th

week
(3 weeks )
DNA replication and repair, RNA
and DNA technology and
biotechnological products in
details, DNA technology for
dentistry purposes. Assessment of
dietary intake and promotion of
oral health. Enamel, plaque, and
saliva biochemistry, caries
DNA replication and repair,
RNA and DNA technology
and biotechnological
products in details, DNA
technology for dentistry
purposes. Enamel, plaque,
and saliva biochemistry,
caries
14
th
16
th

week
(3 weeks )
Medicinal biotech products and the
importance of molecular biology in
dentistry
Future of therapy through
biotechnology and its correlation to
Dentistry
Medicinal biotech products
and the importance of
molecular biology in
dentistry
Week 16
th
End Semester Examinations
Professional
Examinations
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
149
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: DENTAL ANATOMY & OCCLUSION
1. Course Title Dental Anatomy & Occlusion
2. Course Number DAN 102
4. Number of Credits 3 CREDIT HOURS
6. Course Pre Requisite ANA 101
Discuss dental formulas and dental notation systems
Illustrate the morphology of each teeth
Differentiate between various teeth
Recognize the anatomical variability's in teeth
Outline the principles of tooth abnormalities
Perform manual wax carving
Discuss Age changes in teeth and jaws, Dental arches alignment, Biological
evolution, Early development of teeth, Tooth eruption
Demonstrate the role of dentist in forensic medicine
Weekly Time-Table for Dental Anatomy & Occlusion
1
st
3
rd
week
(3 weeks )
Fundamentals of dental
anatomy. Terminology, dental
formulas and dental notation
systems. Detailed description
of the chronology of each set
of teeth
Detailed description of the
chronology of each set of
teeth
4
th
6
th
week
(3 weeks )
Morphology of each tooth Morphology of each tooth
150
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
6
th
8
th
week
(3weeks )
Anatomical variations and teeth
anomalies. Form and relation
of human teeth
Anatomical variations and
teeth anomalies. Form and
relation of human teeth
8
th
9
th
11
th

week
(3weeks)
Dental arches alignment
Biological evolution
Early development of teeth
Dental arches alignment
Early development of teeth
12
th
15
th

week
(4weeks )
Tooth eruption
Age changes in teeth and jaws.
An introduction to occlusion
and an introduction to forensic
dentistry
Tooth eruption
Age changes in teeth and
jaws. An introduction to
occlusion and an
introduction to forensic
dentistry
16
th
week. End Semester Examinations Professional Examinations
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
151
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
rd
SEMESTER
COURSE OUTLINE: MICROBIOLOGY & IMMUNOLOGY
1. Course Title Microbiology & Immunology
2. Course Number MIC 201
4. Number Of Credits 4 Credit Hours
5. Number Of Contact Hours 5 (3+2)
6. Course Prerequisites None
Enumerate the different classes of bacteria, fungi and viruses
Recognize pathogenic bacteria, fungi and viruses
Portray the methods used for infection control
Portray the methods used for prevention and treatment of infection
Decide on the most appropriate antibiotic, sterilization and vaccination, the role
of vaccination in community dentistry
Describe the immune responses, serology of infection, and genetic basis of
antibody synthesis, immunocompetency and immunodeficiency
Describe Dental microbiology and human oral flora, oral bacterial and viral
infections
Identify oral viruses as well as oral microbial pathogens
Prescribe, in consultation with other health care professionals, clinical,
laboratory or diagnostic procedures required for proper dental or medical
management of the patient
Weekly Time Table for Microbiology &Immunology
Duration Topics
1
st
week Taxonomy and nomenclature of bacteria
2
nd
week Structure of prokaryotic cells (bacteria)
152
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
10
th
week Pathogenic bacteria, fungi and parasites
11
th
week Dental microbiology and Human Oral flora
12
th
week
Clinical aspects of infection with special emphasis on tetanus, gas
gangrene. Etc
13
th
week Sterilization in details as related to dentistry
14
th
week
Essentials of immunology, immune response, hypersensitivity,
autoimmunity, immunodeficiency and graft rejection, vaccination
and immuno-modulation
15
th
week
Essentials of immunology, immune response, hypersensitivity,
autoimmunity,
immunodeficiency and graft rejection, vaccination and immuno-
modulation
16
th
week End Semester examination
Assessment
The grading system that applies to this course is as follows:
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
3
rd
week
Microbial physiology including nutritional types, nutritional
requirements, temperature relations, oxygen requirements, growth
curve and culturing
4
th
week Metabolism and energy production of bacteria
5
th
week
Pathogenic mechanisms of bacteria (staphylococci, bacilli,
spirochetes and actinomyces)
6
th
week
7
th
week
8
th
week Mid-semester examination
9
th
week Bacteria host relationship and inflammatory response
153
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE : BIOSTATISTICS
1. Course Title Biostatistics
2. Course Number BIS 201
Describe the scientific method
Measure central tendency and dispersion
Test the different hypotheses
Carry on probability and distributions, Testing hypotheses and Comparisons of
two proportions
Measure association, agreement
Carry on samples t-tests and paired t-tests
Discuss the types and stages of economic analyses
Weekly Time Table for Biostatistics
Duration Topics
1
st
week Overview of scientific method
2
nd
week Measures of central tendency and dispersion
3
rd
week Probability and distributions
4
th
week Probability and distributions
5
th
week Testing hypotheses
6
th
week Testing hypotheses
7
th
week Comparisons of two proportions
8
th
week Mid- Semester Examination
9
th
week Independent sample t-test and paired t-test
154
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
16
th
Assessment

Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
10
th
week Measures of association
11
th
week Measures of agreement
12
th
week Type of economic analysis
13
th
week Stages of economic analysis
14
th
week Stages of economic analysis
15
th
week Statistical Packages
155
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: (OHI 201) ORAL HISTOLOGY
1. Course Title Oral Histology
2. Course Number OHI 201
6. Course Prerequisites HIS 101
Discuss the growth and development of face
Discuss the growth of teeth and jaws
Discuss the development of enamel, dentin, bone, cementum, pulp and periodontal
membrane
Demonstrate the microscopic and ultramicroscopic structure of dental tissues; enamel,
dentin, cementum, pulp, periodontal membrane and bone
Demonstrate the microscopic structures of the oral cavity; lips, tongue, floor of
the mouth, palate, salivary glands of the oral cavity and alveolar bone
Discuss the calcification of the hard tissues of the teeth and alveolar bone
Illustrate the shedding and eruption of teeth and histology of temporomandibular joint

Weekly Time Table for Oral Histology
Duration Topics
1
st
week Fundamentals of oral histology
2
nd
week Association between oral and general histology
3
rd
week Growth and development of face, teeth
4
th
week Growth and development of enamel, dentin, cementum ,pulp
5
th
week Growth and development of bone and periodontal membrane
156
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
The grading system that applies to this course
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
6
th
week
The microscopic and ultramicroscopic structure of dental tissues;
enamel, dentin
7
th
week
The microscopic and ultramicroscopic structure of dental tissues; ,
pulp, bone and periodontal membrane
Microscopic study of the neighboring structures of the oral cavity;
lips, Tongue
8th
week Mid-Semester examination
10
th
week
Microscopic study of the neighboring structures of the oral cavity;
floor of the mouth, palate, salivary glands of the oral cavity and
alveolar bone
11
th
week Calcification of the hard tissues of the teeth and alveolar bone
12
th
week Shedding and eruption of teeth
13
th
week Temporomandibular joint histology and anatomy
14
th
week Age changes in teeth and
15
th
week Age changes surrounding structure
16
th
Assessment
157
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE (GPA 201) GENERAL PATHOLOGY
1. Course Title General Pathology
2. Course Number GPA 201
6. Course Prerequisites HIS 101
Explain the processes of inflammation, repair and degeneration, developmental
defects and neoplasm
Portray the correlation between pathophysiology and various diseases
Demonstrate the pathogenesis of specific dental diseases
Consider the role of diagnosis for proper treatment planning
Differentiate between oral, paraoral and general pathogenic problems
Identify and give comments on the oral and paraoral pathogenic problems
Develop treatments for definite oral and paraoral pathogenic problems
Describe cell response to injury inflammation reactions, Tissue response to
infection, Wound healing, Immunity and infection and Hypersensitivity
Prescribe in consultation with other health care professionals and clinical
laboratory providers required for proper dental or medical management of
diseases
Weekly Time Table for General Pathology
Duration Topics
1
st
week
Fundamentals of pathology and pathophysiology
and correlation of pathophysiology with various dental diseases
2
nd
week Cell response to injury
3
rd
week Inflammation reactions
4
th
week Tissue response to infection
5
th
week Wound healing
158
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
6
th
week Immunity and infection
7
th
week Hypersensitivity
8
th
week Mid- Semester examination
9
th
week
Pyogenic infection, tuberculosis, syphilis, actinomyces, leprosy,
fungal and viral diseases, hemorrhage and shock
10
th
week
Pathogenesis of infection degeneration, developmental defects,
teratogenic features, thrombosis and embolism, infarction,
edema, renal failure, hepatic failure, pigmentation, healing of
fractures and calculi
11
th
week Neoplasm
12
th
week Pathogenesis and radiological features
13
th
week Pathogenesis of specific oral and paraoral diseases
14
th
week
Treatment and management of oral and paraoral pathological
conditions
15
th
week
Treatment and management of oral and paraoral pathological
conditions
16
th
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
159
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE (PHA 201) PHARMACOLOGY
1. Course Title Pharmacology
2. Course Number PHA 201
6. Course Prerequisites
HPH 102
MIC 201
Focus on fundamentals of pharmacology for dentistry
Discuss the correlation between pharmacokinetics and dentistry
Choose the drugs according to their distribution to dental tissues
Enumerate the different routes of administration and their significance on drug
effectiveness
Enumerate the different groups of drugs (acting on CNS and peripheral nervous
system, anti-infective drugs, cardiovascular system, hemopoetic system,
endocrine system, gastrointestinal tract, respiratory system and immune system
and hormones) with examples
Clarify the mechanism of action of drugs especially those of dental value
Identify and apply drug-drug, drug pollutant, drug food and drug lab test
interactions for proper drug selection
Determine the indications, and contraindications for the use of drugs, the drug
dosage forms, and routes of administration of drugs
Choose local and therapeutic agents for the management of dental diseases
Demonstrate the most proper methods for prescription of drugs
Discuss the factors affecting patient's compliance to medication
Illustrate the role of dentist in improving patient's compliance to medication
Compare and determine the trends of use of complementary and alternative
medicine
160
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Pharmacology
Duration Topics
1
st
week
Definition of pharmacology, absorption, bioavailability,
distribution, elimination, pharmacodynamics,
2
nd
week
Definition of the biochemical, and physiological mechanisms
of drug actions
3
rd
week
Application of pharmacokinetics for selection of drugs in
dental diseases
4
th
week Routes of administration of different drugs, dosage
5
th
week
Effects of drugs: perturbation of normal physiological
processes, agonists and `antagonists
6
th
week
Mechanism of drug action: Cell surface receptors, single
transduction by cell surface receptors, signaling, desensitization and
hypersensitization, actions not mediated by receptors
7
th
week
Pharmacology of acting on CNS and peripheral nervous system,
anti-infective drugs, cardiovascular system, hemopoetic system,
endocrine system, gastrointestinal tract, respiratory system, immune
system and hormones
8
th
week Mid-semester examination
9
th
week
Association between drug concentration and effect and
augmentation of drug effect
10
th
week Augmentation and selectivity of drug action
11
th
week
Major pharmacological classes of drugs especially those of
dental interest
12
th
week
Analgesics, anti-inflammatory drugs, antibiotics, antifungal
and antiviral drugs in general dental practice
13
th
week
Various drug interactions, adverse drug reactions,
prescription and compliance to medication
14
th
&
15
th
week
Complementary and alternative medicine
16
th
161
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
10.3.6 COURSE OUTLINE (PCO 201) PRINCIPLES OF OCCLUSION
1. Course Title Principles of Occlusion
2. Course Number POC 201
6. Course Prerequisites DAN 102
Define dental Occlusion
Illustrate occlusal form and function as related to adjacent and opposing teeth
Discuss the normal anatomy and physiology of masticatory system
Discuss the masticatory muscles and the neuromuscular system as well as the
functions of mastication, respiration, swallowing and speech
Demonstrate mandibular movement and simulation by the use of articulator
Identify the patients who have occlusion and tempomandibular disorders
Design treatment plans for patients with occlusal and tempomandibular
disorders
Recommend a plan for monitoring the effectiveness of treatment
162
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Principles of Occlusion
Duration Topics
1
st
week Basics of dental occlusion
2
nd
week Dental terminology
3
rd
week Normal anatomy and physiology of masticatory system
4
th
5
th
6
th
week The periodontium
7
th
week The periodontium
8
th
week Mid Semester examination
9
th
week Temporomandibular joint anatomy,
10
th
week movements and disorders
11
th
week The masticatory muscles
12
th
week The neuromuscular system
13
th
week The neuromuscular system
14
th
week The functions of mastication, respiration, swallowing and speech
15
th
week The functions of mastication, respiration, swallowing and speech
16
th
week Semester Examination
Assessment

Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
163
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
th
SEMESTER
COURSE OUTLINE (DMA 201)DENTAL MATERIALS
1. Course Title Dental Materials
2. Course Number DMA 202
3. Course Type:- Required
6. Course Prerequisites PHY 102
Identify the different types of dental materials
Enumerate dental materials with their composition, manipulation, physical
and mechanical properties
Demonstrate the characters of the well known dental materials
Select the most appropriate dental material for certain case
Outline the concept of dental materials biocompatibilities
Formulate dental material with biocompatibilities
Prepare dental materials
Describe filling, welding, and soldering, annealing, picking, investing, and
casting procedures
Describe Mechanics of tooth cuttings, burs and points, abrasive and polishing
agents
Identify and know the different uses and applications of modern materials
used in dentistry

Weekly Time Table for Dental Materials
Duration Topics
1
st
week Fundamentals of dental materials
2
nd
week Structure of dental materials
3
rd
week Terminology of dental materials
164
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
4
th
week Composition of dental materials
5
th
week Manipulation of dental materials
6
th
week Physical and mechanical properties of dental materials
7
th
week Biocompatibility of dental materials, Dental uses of dental
8
th
9
th
week
Gypsum products and impression materials (alginate, agar, zinc
oxide and rubber base impression materials)
10
th
week Resins and waxes
11
th
week Restorative materials
12
th
week
Cements, cavity liners, varnishes, amalgam, casting metals and
alloys, Ceramics, and implant materials with practical applications
13
th
week
Mechanics of tooth cuttings, burs and points, abrasive and
polishing agents
14
th
week
Filling, welding, soldering, annealing, picking, investing, and
casting procedures
15
th
week Modern dental materials;
manipulation, uses and applications
16
th
Assessment
The grading system that applies to this course:

Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
165
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
6. Course Prerequisites MIC 201, GPA 201
List systemic diseases of dental importance
Demonstrate the epidemiology, etiology, pathogenesis, prognosis, diagnosis
and treatment of each disease mentioned
Discuss the implications of these diseases on oral, paraoral or any other dental
disease Develop an approach for cooperation with relevant health care
professionals
Discuss the role of dentist in monitoring the medically compromised patients
Weekly Time Table for General Medicine
Duration Topics
1
st
week
Diseases of the gastro intestinal system like stomatitis, glossitis,
gastritis, diarrhea
2
nd
week
Diseases of the gastro intestinal system like
amoebiasis, ascities and malabsorption syndrome
3
rd
week Liver diseases (jaundice, hepatitis and liver cirrhosis)
4
th
week
Cardiovascular system (congenital heart disease, rheumatic heart
disease, sub-acute bacterial endocarditis, congestive heart failure,
hypertension, coronary artery disease, pacemaker and heart
surgery)
5
th
week
Cardiovascular system (congenital heart disease, rheumatic heart
disease, sub-acute bacterial endocarditis, congestive heart failure,
hypertension, coronary artery disease, pacemaker and heart
surgery)
COURSE OUTLINE (GMD 202) GENERAL MEDICINE
1. Course Title General Medicine
2. Course Number GMD 202
166
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
6
th
week
Respiratory system (pneumonia, bronchitis, emphysema, lung
abscess, pulmonary tuberculosis and respiratory failure)
7
th
week
Respiratory system (pneumonia, bronchitis, emphysema, lung
abscess, pulmonary tuberculosis and respiratory failure)
8
th
9
th
week
Endocrinal Diseases (Diabetes Mellitus, Thyroid Dysfunctions,
Adrenal Dysfunctions, Pituitary Dysfunctions and Growth
Retardation
10
th
week
Endocrinal Diseases (Diabetes Mellitus, Thyroid Dysfunctions,
Adrenal Dysfunctions, Pituitary Dysfunctions and Growth
Retardation
11
th
week
Renal diseases (acute glomerular nephritis and nephrotic
syndrome
12
th
week
Renal diseases (acute glomerular nephritis and nephrotic
syndrome
13
th
week Hematology (anemia, bleeding disorders and leukemia)
14
th
week Oral manifestations of the previously mentioned diseases
15
th
week Oral manifestations of the previously mentioned diseases
16
th
Assessment

Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
167
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
2. Course Number GSR 202
6. Course Prerequisites ANA 102
Demonstrate the knowledge of prevalence and prevention of the common
surgical problems related to dentistry
Describe surgical diseases including emergencies, provide primary health care,
refer to appropriate center and provide follow-up to the patients
Provide first aid: resuscitation (ABC) of poly trauma, patient CPR
Collect samples of blood, urine, stool, sputum, pus swab etc.
Insert Naso -gastric tube, have observed chest intubation and do IV cannulation
Weekly Time Table for General Surgery & ENT
Duration Topics
1
st
week Physiological response to surgical trauma and homeostasis
2
nd
week Wound and its Repair
3
rd
week
Pathophysiology and management of shock including fluid and
electrolyte imbalance
4
th
week
Investigation and treatment of Infections and parasitic Infestations
of surgical Importance
5
th
week Hemorrhage, blood transfusion and their implications
6
th
week
Management of acutely injured and critically ill patients including
aspiration and Inhalation accidents
7
th
week
Principles in the management of common oral soft tissue problems
Ulcers
8
th
9
th
week Abscesses, sinus, fistulae, swellings
10
th
week Embedded foreign bodies and minor Injuries
COURSE OUTLINE (GSR 202) GENERAL SURGERY AND ENT
1. Course Title General Surgery and ENT
168
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
11
th
week Principles of anesthesia
12
th
week Nutrition of surgical patients
13
th
week Cardiac arrest
14
th
week Poly trauma with airway difficulty and circulatory instability
15
th
week
Uncontrolled external hemorrhage, sudden upper respiratory tract
obstruction, patient in hypovolaemic or septic shock,
unconscious patient due to head Injury and burns
16
th
Assessment

Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
COURSE OUTLINE (ORD 202) ORAL RADIOLOGY-I
1. Course Title Oral Radiology I
2. Course Number ORD 202
6. Course Prerequisites ANA 102, PHY 102
169
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Discuss the importance and the mechanism of radiology in dentistry
Illustrate radiology technique
Describe X ray machine
Describe chair operation and dark room procedure
Illustrate developing of the X- ray film
Select, take, and process the most appropriate radiology and assess the risks of
radiation and the benefits of radiographic procedures, Prescribe radiographic
procedure required for dental management of diseases
Differentiate between intra oral and extra oral radiography
Recognize the radiographic appearance of anatomical structure and oral
diseases
Weekly Time Table for Oral Radiology - I
Duration Topics
1
st
week Fundamentals of radiology
2
nd
week Physics and biology of radiology
3
rd
week Biological considerations
4
th
week Techniques of radiography,
5
th
week Techniques of radiography,
6
th
week Radiation hazards
7
th
week
Radiographic machine operation, Hygienic consideration with
radiology, Radiological machines
8
th
9
th
week Intraoral radiology
10
th
week Extraoral radiography
11
th
week Normal anatomical land marks of the jaws
12
th
week Developing X ray film
13
th
week Interpretation of results
14
th
15
th
16
th
170
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assessments
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
COURSE OUTLINE (OPA 202) ORAL PATHOLOGY I
1. Course Title Oral Pathology I
2. Course Number OPA 202
6. Course Prerequisites OHI 201, GPA 201
GCourse Learning Outcomes
Discuss the fundamentals of oral pathology
Discuss the developmental disturbances and pathogenesis of dental oral and para-oral
structures
Identify the hereditary disorders, lesions of oral and para-oral structures, dental caries,
pulpal and periapical pathosis
Explain the defense mechanism of oral tissues and healing following injuries,
infectious diseases of oral mucosa including HIV/AIDS related lesions
Determine the influence of pathophysiology of a systemic health disease on oral health
and management
171
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Oral Pathology I

Duration Topics
1
st
week Fundamentals of oral pathology
2
nd
week Developmental disturbances of dental oral and para-oral structures
3
rd
4
th
5
th
week Hereditary disorders
6
th
week Lesions of oral and para-oral structures
7
th
8
th
9
th
10
th
week Dental caries
11
th
week Pulpal pathosis
12
th
week Defense mechanism of oral tissues and healing following injuries
13
th
week
Infectious diseases of oral mucosa including HIV/AIDS related
lesions
14
th
week
Infectious diseases of oral mucosa including HIV/AIDS related
lesions
15
th
week periapical pathosis
16
th
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
172
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
1
st
week Review of Principles of ethics
2
nd
week Confidentiality
3
rd
week Relationship with colleagues and standards of behavior
4
th
week Relationship with patients
5
th
week Advertising
6
th
week Professional indemnity v- insurance
COURSE OUTLINE (ETH 202 ) ETHICAL AND MEDICO-LEGAL ASPECT
OF DENTISTRY
1. Course Title Ethical and Medico-legal Aspects of Dentistry
2. Course Number ETH 202
5. Number of Contact
Hours
2(2+0)
6. Course Prerequisite None
Determine the ethical and legal obligations of dental practitioners
Understand the structure and governance of the dental profession within UAE
Identify the legal and statutory requirements governing the delivery of dental
care including the National Health Service
Describe the basis of the law in relation to consent, negligence and
confidentiality
Understand the non dental legislation affecting dentists, including inquests
Weekly Time Table for Ethical and Medico-legal Aspects of Dentistry
Duration Topics
173
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
7
th
week Complaints
8
th
9
th
week Dispute resolution
10
th
week Records and computerized records
11
th
week Consent
12
th
week Competence, information and authority
13
th
week Negligence
14
th
week Standards of care
15
th
week
Causation and liability, expert report writing, legislation
affecting
16
th
Assessment
Attendance 5
Midterm 15
Course work* 45
Final Exam 35
Total 100
assignment.
th
SEMISTER
COURSE OUTLINE: ORAL PATHOLOGY II (OPA 301)
1. Course Title Oral Pathology II
2. Course Number OPA 301
6. Course Prerequisites OPA 202

174
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Continuous Assessment
Attendance 5
Presentation
10
Quizzes
10
Practical Exam
25
Midterm Examination
15
Final Assessment
35
Total 100
Describe the bone disorders affecting jaws, cysts and neoplasms of the oral
cavity
Enumerate the diseases of salivary glands and temporomandibular joints and
their implications on oral tissues
Identify the diseases of nerves, skin and blood and their implications on oral
tissues
Identify effects of radiation on oral and para-oral tissues
Weekly Time Table for Oral Pathology II
Duration Topics
1
st
4
th
Week Bone disorders affecting jaws, cysts and neoplasms of
the oral cavity
5
th
& 6
th
Week Diseases of salivary glands
7
th
Week Diseases of temporomandibular joints
8
th
9
th
Week Diseases affecting nerves and skin
10
th
12
th
Week Blood diseases and their implications on oral tissues
13
th
15
th
Week Effects of radiation on oral and para-oral tissues
16
th
Week End Semester Examination
Assessment
175
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: OPERATIVE DENTISTRY I (OPD 301)
1. Course Title Operative Dentistry I
2. Course Number OPD 301
6. Course Prerequisites DMA 202, DAN 102
Illustrate the importance of restorative dentistry
List the range of biomaterials currently in use in tooth restoration
Discuss biomechanical principles of cavity design and preparation as related to
tooth morphology
Select and prepare the appropriate restorative material to provide direct and
indirect restoration
Describe the preparation of cavity
Demonstrate eye to hand co-ordination, mirror vision and control of hand and
rotary instruments
Illustrate diagnosis for cases which need restorative dentistry
Illustrate the restoration of single tooth defects
Weekly Time Table for Operative Dentistry - I
Duration Topics
1
st
Week Scope and objectives of Operative Dentistry
2
nd
Week Tooth form and occlusion: review
3
rd
& 4
th
Week Carious and non carious lesions
5
th
& 6
th
Week Cavity classification and nomenclature
7
th
Week Instruments
8
th
9
th
& 10
th
Week General principles of cavity preparation
176
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
11
th
Week Biological principles of cavity preparation
12
th
Week Mechanical principles of cavity preparation
13
th
, 14
th
& 15
th
Week Restorative materials, cements, bases and liners
16
th

Assessment
Attendance
5
Presentation
10
Quizzes
10
First In-Course Practical Examination
15
Second In-Course Practical Examination
15
Midterm Examination
10
Final Assessment
Final Written Examination
35
Total 100
COURSE OUTLINE: REMOVABLE PROSTHODONTICS I (RPR 301)
1. Course Title Removable Prosthodontics I
2. Course Number RPR 301
6. Course Prerequisites DMA 202, DAN 102

177
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Describe the fundamentals of Removable Prosthodontics
Discuss the effect of loosing natural teeth on patients
Demonstrate steps required for the management of lost natural teeth
Make casts and other records that are required for use in the laboratory
fabrication of dental prostheses and appliances. Also, design dental
prostheses, write a laboratory work authorization, and evaluate laboratory
prostheses and appliances
Demonstrate steps used for taking care of patient who requires removable
prosthodontics treatment
Use appropriate dental materials in relation to Removable Prosthodontics
Weekly Time Table for Removable Prosthodontics - I
Duration Topics
1
st
Week Causes of natural teeth loss, Effect of teeth loss on restoration
of function, facial appearance and maintenance of oral health
2
nd
Week Introduction to restoration of lost teeth via complete dentures,
Anatomy and physiology in relation to complete denture
3
rd
Week Impression trays and techniques
4
th
Week Retention, stability and Relief
5
th
Week Occlusion blocks
6
th
Week TMJ and mandibular movements
7
th
Week Face bows, Centric relation registration
8
th
9
th
Week Selection of artificial teeth and their arrangement, waxing up
10
th
Week Balanced occlusion
11
th
Week Denture processing
12
th
Week Remounting, rebasing and relining
13
th
Week Repair and complaints
14
th
& 15
th

Week
Principles of design, lab prescription writing occlusion, treatment
planning, impression making, teeth selection and dental materials
selection with special emphasis on prevention of infection
16
th
178
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Attendance 5
Presentation 10
Quizzes 10
First In-Course Practical Examination 15
Second In-Course Practical Examination 15
Midterm Examination 10
Final Assessment Final Written Examination 35
Total 100
Assessment
179
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: ORTHODONTICS I (ORT 301)
1. Course Title Orthodontics I
2. Course Number ORT 301
5. Number of Contact Hours 4(1+3)
6. Course Prerequisites DAN 102, POC 201

Be familiar with the principles and fundamentals of orthodontics
Describe dental and skeletal malocclusion types
Illustrate the preventive and interceptive treatment, extraction in
orthodontics
Describe the diagnostic measures needed for the patient who needs
orthodontics
Enumerate the different types of orthodontic appliances
Select the most appropriate appliances for malocclusion
Perform fabrication of orthodontic appliances
Perform manipulation of orthodontic wire and acrylics
Weekly Time Table for Orthodontics I
Duration Topics
1
st
& 2
nd
Week Fundamentals of orthodontics: definition, scope of
orthodontics, genetics as applied to orthodontics, normal
occlusion and its characteristics
3
rd
5
th
Week Malocclusion; types, classification, etiology, diagnosis,
preventive and interceptive treatment, extraction in
orthodontics, materials in orthodontics
6
th
, 7
th
& 8
th
Week Growth and development Basic
knowledge for identifying existing and
developing problems associated with
dental and skeletal malocclusion
8
th
9
th
Week Orthodontic equipments
180
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
10
th
Week The most appropriate removable appliances for
different malocclusions
11
th
Week Indications for fabrication of orthodontic appliances
12
th
Week Procedures for fabrication of orthodontic appliances
13
th
& 14
th
Week Manipulation of orthodontic wire and acrylics
15
th
Week Characters of different wires and
acrylics
16
th
Assessment

COURSE OUTLINE: FIXED PROSTHODONTICS I (FPR 301)
1. Course Title Fixed Prosthodontics I
2. Course Number FPR 301
6. Course Prerequisites DAN 102, DMA 202
By the end of this course the student must be able to
Discuss principles of fixed Partial Denture
fabrication of fixed dental prostheses and appliances
Design fixed dental prostheses, write a laboratory work authorization, and
evaluate laboratory prostheses and appliances
Perform the fabrication for gold casting
Perform the fabrication by PFM
Classify fixed partial dentures, describe biomechanic principles and
indications and contra indications for crowns and bridges
Illustrate the preparation of posterior teeth for fixed Partial Denture
181
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Fixed Prosthodontics I
Duration Topics
1
st
Week Fundamentals of fixed partial dentures
2
nd
Week Terminology
3
rd
Week Classification of fixed partial dentures
4
th
Week Biomechanical principles
5
th
Week Indications and contra indications for crowns and bridges
6
th
Week Occlusal considerations
7
th
Week Full Crowns:
Indications, contraindications
Clinical assessment
Steps of preparation
8
th
9
th
Week Porcelain fused to metal crowns (PFM).
Indications, contraindications
Clinical assessment
Steps of preparation
10
th
Week Post and Core crowns
Impressions and Impression materials for crown and
bridges
Clinical procedures
11
th
Week working casts and dies
12
th
Week wax pattern
13
th
Week Different alloys used for casting
14
th
&
15
th
Week
Spruing, investing and casting
16
th

Week
182
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assessment
Attendance
5
Presentation
10
Quizzes
10
15
15
Midterm Examination
10
Final Assessment
35
Total 100
COURSE OUTLINE: ENDODONTICS - I (END 301)
1. Course Title Endodontics I
2. Course Number END 301
6. Course Prerequisites DAN 102, DMA 202
Describe the fundamentals of Endodontics
Identify the patients who need pulp therapy
Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and
interpret medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and
radiographic examination for patients requiring pulp therapy
Describe how to manage the patient with acute and chronic orofacial
pain dysfunction and/or infection
183
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Identify the radiographic procedures for patients requiring root canal
therapy
Carry on root canal therapy on extracted teeth
Describe the fundamentals of surgical endodontics
Weekly Time Table for Endodontics I
Duration Topics
1
st
Week Fundamentals of Endodontics
2
nd
& 3
rd
Week Basic biological and mechanical concepts of Endodontics
4
th
Week The biology of pulp
5
th
& 6
th
Week Etiology of pulp pathology with their signs and
symptoms
7
th
Week Radiographic interpretation of different pulp diseases
Radiographic interpretation of Periapical conditions
8
th
9
th
Week The fundamentals of root canal treatment
10
th
& 11
th
Week Fundamentals of surgical Endodontics
12
th
Week Preparation of the patient for extraction
13
th
15
th
Week Non-surgical Endodontic procedures of human teeth and
infection control to patients and staff
16
th
Assessment
Attendance
5
Presentation
10
Quizzes
10
15
15
Midterm Examination
10
Final Assessment
Final Written Examination
35
Total 100
184
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Duration Topics
1
st
& 2
nd
Week Basic knowledge of oral and maxillofacial surgery
3
rd
& 4
th
Week Instrumentation
5
th
& 6
th
Week Asepsis in full details
7
th
& 8
th
Week Principles and basics of extractions
8
th
9
th
& 10
th
Week Biopsy techniques
11
th
& 12
th
Week Complications induced by surgical processes
13
th
15
th
Week Pre-and post- op patient management and difficulties of
complicated extractions
16
th
th
SEMESTER
10.6.1 COURSE OUTLINE: ORAL SURGERY I (OSR 302)
1. Course Title Oral Surgery I
2. Course Number OSR 302
6. Course Prerequisites MIC 201, PHA 201
Illustrate the importance of maxillofacial surgery
Demonstrate the role of each instruments used for maxillofacial surgery
Illustrate the extraction process
Demonstrate the procedure of biopsy
Describe the management of preoperative patient
Portray the management of postoperative patient
Design a plan for the prevention and management of infection and the
management of complications after surgery
Choose the appropriate anesthetic measure and prevent, recognize, and
manage local anesthesia complications
Weekly Time Table for Oral Surgery I
185
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assessment
Continuous
Assessment
Attendance
5
Presentation
15
Quizzes
15
Midterm
15
Final Assessment
Final Exam
50
Total 100
COURSE OUTLINE: OPERATIVE DENTISTRY II (OPD 302)
1. Course Title Operative Dentistry II
2. Course Number OPD 302
6. Course Prerequisites OPD 301
Outline the principles of restorative dentistry
Illustrate the didactic and clinical requirements of restorations
Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude and how to
obtain and interpret medical, social and dental history and distinguish
between normal and pathological lesions affecting dental structures
Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced
treatment plan based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics
Evaluate and document the esthetic needs of patient through the use of
Smile Analysis and intra-oral photography
Compare between different restorative materials as all ceramic full-
coverage crowns, porcelain veneers, direct posterior composites,
custom characterization and glazing of porcelain restoration and vital
bleaching procedures
186
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Operative Dentistry - II
Duration Topics
1
st
& 2
nd
Week Amalgam restorations
3
rd
& 4
th
Week Cast gold restorations
5
th
, 6
th
& 7
th
Week Direct tooth coloured restorations
8
th
8
th
& 9
th
Week Indirect tooth coloured restorations
10
th
Week Control of saliva
11
th
Week Pain control
12
th
& 13
th
Esthetics restorative materials
14
th
& 15
th
Week Post operative care of restorations
16
th

Assessment

Average of Clinical Competency Examinations (CCE)
40
Performance of Acceptable Number of Patient Experiences(ANPE)
20
Written Final Exam
20
Oral Exam
20
Total
100
187
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: ENDODONTICS II (END 302)
1. Course Title Endodontics II
2. Course Number END 302
6. Course Prerequisites END 301
Describe the pulpally involved teeth
Suggest management of pulpal pathology of permanent tooth
Identify the patient who need endodontic treatment
Illustrate access cavity of pulpally involved teeth on extracted teeth
Locate, prepare and fill the root canals of human teeth
Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff
Describe treatment for complex forms of endodontics
Weekly Time Table for Endodontics - II
Duration Topics
1
st
Week Review for fundamentals of Endodontics
2
nd
& 3
rd
Week Advanced concepts of clinical Endodontics
4
th
& 5
th
Week Diagnosis of cases which need teeth Endodontic treatment
6
th
- 8
th
Week Courses of treatment for Endodontic diseases
8
th
9
th
Week Management of pulpal pathology of permanent teeth
10
th
12
th
Week Locating, preparing and filling the root canals of human
teeth
13
th
& 14
th
Week Treatment for complex forms of Endodontics
7
th
15
th
Week Patient's evaluation and monitoring
188
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Fixed Prosthodontics - II
Duration Topics
1
st
Week Review on principles of Fixed Prosthodontics
2
nd
3
rd
Week Continued practices of the previously taken subjects
4
th
5
th
Week Patient examination
6
th
7
th
Week Treatment planning
8
th
8
th
& 9
th
Week Diagnostic considerations and preliminary therapy
10
th
Week Restoration of compromised teeth
11
th
13
th
Week Replacement of missing teeth using crowns and bridges
14
th
15
th
Week Interaction between Fixed Prosthodontics and Operative
Dentistry, Endodontics, Periodontics and Removable
Prosthodontics
16
th
Assessment
Attendance 5
Presentation 10
Quizzes 10
Final Assessment End Semester Examination 35
Total 100
189
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: REMOVABLE PROSTHODONTICS II (RPR 302)
1. Course Title Removable Prosthodontics II
2. Course Number RPR 302
6. Course Prerequisites RPR 301
Enumerate the types and describe composition of partial dentures
Identify the patient who needs dentures
Enumerate clinical and laboratory steps for construction of removable
partial dentures
Demonstrate knowledge of Forces acting on partial denture and principles
of design
Know indications of Temporary P.D
fabrication of dental prostheses and appliances. Also, design dental
Weekly Time Table for Removable Prosthodontics - II
Duration Topics
1
st
Week Introduction
2
nd
Week Objectives of partial denture restoration
3
rd
Week Indications and contraindications of partial dentures
4
th
Week Classifications of partial dentures
5
th
Week Forces acting on partial denture
6
th
Week Surveying
7
th
& 8
th
Week Component parts of P.D
Denture base and teeth
190
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
14
th
& 15
th
Week Clinical and lab procedures for construction of P.D
16
th
Assessment
Attendance
5
Presentation
10
Quizzes
10
15
15
Midterm Examination
10
Final Assessment
35
Total 100
8
th
9
th
Week Occlusal rest and similar components
10
th
Week Direct and indirect retainers, connectors (major and
minor), clasps
11
th
Week Stress breakers
12
th
Week Principles of P.D design
13
th
Week Temporary P.D and repair of P.D
191
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: PERIODONTICS I (PRE 302)
1. Course Title Periodontics I
2. Course Number PRE 302
6. Course Prerequisites OHI 201

Describe the fundamentals of Periodontology
Discuss the epidemiology, classification, etiology of different gingival
diseases
Report on classification, etiology pathology, etiology, and periodontal
diseases
Compare between the pathology, etiology of gingival and periodontal
diseases
Design treatment plan for periodontal diseases
Discuss prevention, diagnosis and treatment planning, plaque control
Discuss the role of dentist in patient oral health maintenance

Weekly Time Table for Periodontics I
Duration Topics
1
st
Week Fundamentals of Periodontology
2
nd
& 3
rd
Week Diagnosis of acute periodontal conditions
4
th
Week Epidemiology of gingival diseases
5
th
Week Classification of gingival diseases
6
th
& 7
th
Week Etiology of gingival diseases
8
th
9
th
11
th
Week Epidemiology, classification, etiology and pathology of
periodontal diseases
12
th
& 13
th
Week Epidemiology, classification, etiology and pathology of
related diseases of the periodontium
14
th
& 15
th
Week Patient oral health maintenance
16
th
192
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
6. Course Prerequisites ORT 301
Identify the problem of retention and relapse after orthodontic treatment
Describe the different types of orthodontic appliances
Prepare orthodontic appliances
Prepare orthodontic wires and acrylics
Select the most appropriate appliance for a patient with malocclusion
Explain the biochemical principles of orthodontic procedures
Describe management of patients with malocclusion
Assessment
Attendance 5
Presentation 15
Quizzes 15
Midterm 15
Total 100
COURSE OUTLINE: ORTHODONTICS II (ORT 302)
1. Course Title Orthodontics II
2. Course Number ORT 302
193
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Orthodontics II
Duration Topics
1
st
Week Review of principles of orthodontics
2
nd
4
th
Week Biochemical principles of orthodontic procedures including
tissue reactions in orthodontics
5
th
Week Indications for usage of fixed appliances
6
th
8
th
Week Fixed appliances
8
th
9
th
10
th
Week Orthodontic wires
11
th
Week Retention and relapse
12
th
14
th
Week Management of patients with malocclusion
12
th
15
th
Week Management of adjunctive orthodontic procedures
16
th
Assessment
Continuous
Assessment
Attendance 5
Presentation 10
Quizzes 10
Total 100
194
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: COMMUNITY DENTISTRY (CDE 302)
1. Course Title Community Dentistry
2. Course Number CDE 302
Discuss the principles of community dentistry
Identify and describe the dental needs of the communities and community
health programs
Apply the psychological link between sociological knowledge to patient
care and the broader context of patients lives
Discuss the regulatory policies for community dentistry in UAE
Compare between UAE and WHO for prevention of dental diseases
Demonstrate the role of dentist preventing dental diseases and his/her
social responsibility to provide care for all segments of the population
with their experience in these rotations
Weekly Time Table for Community Dentistry
Duration Topics
1
st
Week Principles of community health
2
nd
& 3
rd

Week
Concepts of health, disease and illness and factors affecting these
states, activities carried out in the field of community dentistry
4
th
& 5
th

Week
Introduction to sociology and behavioral sciences, concepts in
sociology, organization and social classification, family in
health and disease, family health care and cultural factors in
health and disease
6
th
8
th
Week The social, cultural, political and economic factors which
influence the utilization and delivery of dental health services
within the health care system
Professional aspects of dental practice
8
th
9
th
Week Regulatory policy for dental practice in UAE
10
th
Week Business principles in dentistry
195
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
11
th
Week Public service mobile dental clinics
12
th
Week Epidemiology of diseases
13
th
Week Community dental health program
14
th
& 15
th

Week
Critical evaluation of the present dental health program
planning in UAE
16
th
Assessment

Attendance 5
Presentation 15
Quizzes 15
Total 100
COURSE OUTLINE: LOCAL ANAESTHESIA (LAN 302)
1. Course Title Local Anaesthesia
2. Course Number LAN 302
6. Course Prerequisites ANA 102, HPH 102
Enumerate the various anesthetic agents, their combinations, and the role
of each
Describe nerve conduction in the oral cavity
Select the appropriate anesthetic agent and techniques to achieve local
anesthesia for dental procedure
Illustrate the techniques for administrating local anesthetics
Identify the causes of differences between patient responses to local
anesthetics
Prevent, recognize and manage potential complications related to local
anesthesia Recognize the common signs, symptoms and etiologies,
management of patient's pain and /or anxiety
196
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Local Anaesthesia
Duration Topics
1
1st
Week Fundamentals of local anesthesia
2
nd
& 3
rd
Week Nerve conduction in the orofacial area
3
rd
& 4
th
Week Pharmacology of anesthetic agents
5
th
& 6
th
Week Combinations of anesthetic agents
7
th
Week Administration methods of anesthetic agents
8
th
9
th
& 10
th
Week Differences in individuals responses to anesthesia
11
th
& 12
th
Week Side effects of anesthetic agents
13
th
15
th
Week Management of drug side effects
16
th

Assessment
Attendance 5
Presentation 15
Quizzes 15
Total 100
197
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
th
SEMESTER

10.7.1:COURSE OUTLINE: OPERATIVE DENTISTRY III (ESD 401)


Outline the principles of restorative dentistry
Illustrate the didactic and clinical requirements of different restorations
Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret
medical, social anddental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination
Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced treatment
plan based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics
Compare between the different restorative materials
Apply Esthetic restoration and understand the esthetic demands of the patient
Demonstrate knowledge of Advanced restorative dentistry procedures

Weekly Time Table for Operative Dentistry - III

Duration Topics
1
st
Week
Diagnosis
2
nd
& 3
rd
4
th
, 5
th
& 6
th
Week
The selection, manipulation, accuracy andadjustment of
restorative materials
7
th
Week

All ceramic full-coverage crowns, porcelain veneers,
direct and indirect composites, Amalgam, Glass
ionomer
8
th
Course Title Operative Dentistry III
Course Number ESD 401
Course Type Required
Number of Credits 2 Credit Hours
Number of Contact Hours 4 (1+3)
Course Prerequisites ESD 302
12.7
198
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
9
th
& 10
th
Week

Characterization and glazing of porcelainrestoration
and vital bleaching procedures
11
th
Week

Esthetic restoration
12
th
Week The Esthetic demands of the patient
13
th
, 14
th
& 15
th
Week Advanced restorative dentistry
16
th

Assessment


Average of Clinical Competency Examinations (CCE) 40
Performance of Acceptable Number of Patient
Experiences(ANPE)
20
Written Final Exam 20
Oral Exam 20
Total 100

10.7.2:COURSE OUTLINE: ENDODONTICS III (END 401)

Course Title Endodontics III
Course Number END 401
Course Prerequisites END 302


Diagnose pulpally involved teeth
interpret medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic
examination for patients requiring endodontic treatment
199
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Carry out Endodontic patient management under the supervision of faculty
members
Treat vital and non-vital pulp under the supervision of faculty members
Carry out tests for sterility of the root canal under the supervision of faculty
members
Identify drugs used in root canal therapy
Carry out surgical endodontics under the supervision of faculty members

Weekly Time Table for Endodontics - III

Duration Topics
1
st
Week Fundamentals of Endodontics
2
nd
Week Diagnosis of pulpally involved teeth

3
rd
& 4
th
5
th
, Week Endodontic patient management
6
th
& 7
th

Week

Treatment of vital pulp
8
th
Week

9
th
Week Treatment non vital pulp
10
th
Week Tests for sterility of the root canal
11
th
Week Drugs used in root canal therapy
12
th
, 13
th&

14
th
& Week
Surgical Endodontics
15
th
Week Reimplantation and root Resection
16
th

Assessment


Average of 2 Clinical Competency Examinations (CCE) 40
Experiences(ANPE)
20
Oral Exam 20
Total 100
200
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
10.7.3:COURSE OUTLINE: FIXED PROSTHODONTICS III (FPR 401)

Course Title Fixed Prosthodontics III
Course Number FPR 401
Course Prerequisites FPR 302


By the end of this course the student must be able to
Perform diagnosis using radiography and "during the clinical management as
well"
Identify the patient who need tooth execution
examination for fabrication of fixed partial dentures
examination for fabrication of fixed partial dentures
Restore single tooth defects
Propose plan for monitoring and solving problems after tooth execution

Weekly Time Table for Fixed Prosthodontics - III

Duration Topics
1
st
& 2
nd
Week Review of outcomes of previous courses
3
rd
& 4
th
Week

Techniques of pain and anxiety control
5
th
, 6
th
& 7
th
Week Techniques of tooth execution
8
th
Week

9
th
& 10
th
Week

Results and management of improper tooth execution
11
th
15
th
Week

Follow up of patients who need Fixed Prostheses
16
th
Week


201
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assessment


Experiences(ANPE)
20
Oral Exam 20
Total 100

10.7.4:COURSE OUTLINE: REMOVABLE PROSTHODONTICS III (RPR 401)

Course Title Removable Prosthodontics III
Course Number RPR 401
Number of Credit 2 Credit Hours
Course Prerequisites RPR 302


Identify patient who needs partial or complete denture
medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination
required for removable partial and complete dentures
Perform all clinical procedures required for construction of partial and complete
dentures
Perform delivery of partial and complete denture services and Propose a plan for
monitoring patient using denture

Weekly Time Table for Removable Prosthodontics - III

Duration Topics
1
st
, 2
nd
& 3
rd
Week
Review of fundamentals of Prosthodontics, Nature, need for,
fabrication and use of partial and complete dentures
4
th
& 5
th
Week
Diagnosis
202
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
6
th
, 7
th
& 9
th
Week
Treatment Planning
8
th
Week
10
th
13
th
Week Impression taking, recording centric occlusion, try-ins, and
delivery
14
th
& 15
th
Week Partial and complete dentures complaints
16
th

Assessment


40
20
Written Final Exam
20
Oral Exam
20
Total
100

10.7.5:COURSE OUTLINE: PERIODONTICS II (PER 401)

Course Title Periodontics II
Course Number PER 401
Course Prerequisites PER 302


Describe the fundamentals of Periodontology
Discuss the epidemiology of different periodontal diseases
Report on pathology, etiology, assessment of etiological factors and preventive of
plaque and calculus
Illustrate color changes, probing, root surface instrument care for periodontal
diseases
203
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Design treatment plan for periodontal diseases
Illustrate the use of ultrasonic instrumentation and regeneration of periodontium
Perform removal of calculus, root planning and polishing of teeth on manikins

Weekly Time Table for Periodontics - II

Duration Topics
1
st
Week Fundamentals of Periodontology
2
nd
Week Diagnosis of periodontal conditions
3
rd
Week

Early onset periodontitis
4
th
& 5
th
Week

Diseases affecting the periodontium
6
th
, 7
th
& 8
th
Week

Ultrasonic instrumentation
8
th
Week

9
th
& 10
th
Week

Regeneration of periodontium
11
th
Week Removal of calculus
12
th
Week
Root planning
13
th
15
th
Week
Polishing of teeth on manikins, Color changes Probing, root
surface instrumentation, calculus removal, and probing
exercises
16
th

Assessment


Attendance 5
Presentation 10
Quizzes 10

Total

100

204
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
10.7.6:COURSE OUTLINE: ORAL SURGERY II (OSR 401)

Course Title Oral Surgery II
Course Number OSR 401
Course Prerequisites OSR 302


Assess and review hospital charts of patients
Practice interaction with medical college for patients and explain approaches for
consultations
Practice root removal, minor soft and other hard tissue surgery under
supervision of residents of staff Practice oral surgery under supervision of
residents and staff
Suggest a plan for follow up of these cases
Appreciate, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff

Weekly Time Table for Oral Surgery - II

Duration Topics
1
st
& 2
nd
Week

Review of patients' charts to determine routine surgical procedures
3
rd
Week
Infection control to patients and staff
4
th
Week

Clinical uses of anesthetic agents, antibiotics, nitrous oxide and
analgesics
5
th
7
th
Week

Surgical Extraction of teeth
8
th
Week

9
th
& 10
th

Week
Soft tissue surgical procedures
11
th
Week
Hard tissue surgical procedure
12
th
15
th
Week Removal of roots under supervision
16
th

205
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assessment


Performance of Acceptable Number of Patient Experiences (ANPE) 20
Oral Exam 20
Total 100

10.7.7:COURSE OUTLINE: ORAL DIAGNOSIS (CLINICAL) ODG 401

Course Title Oral Diagnosis
Course Number ODG 401
Course Prerequisites All pre-clinical courses


Describe the techniques used for oral physical examination
Discuss the techniques used for the collection of diagnostic data
Determine a diagnosis and develop a problem list of conditions and disorders
requiring management
medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic
examination, and distinguish between normal and pathological hard and soft
tissue abnormalities of the orofacial area
Design a protocol for oral physical examination
Design a technique for collection of diagnostic data
Prescribe, in consultation with other health care professionals, clinical, laboratory
or diagnostic procedures required for proper dental or medical management of
the patient
206
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assess the risks of radiation and the benefits of radiographic procedures, also
select, take and process the most appropriate radiography
Propose a plan for data analysis, correlation , and prognosis of dental diseases
Evaluate problems resulting from dental and orofacial diagnosis

Weekly Time Table for Oral Diagnosis

Duration Topics
1
st
& 2
nd
Week Fundamentals of diagnosis and treatment of orofacial diseases

3
rd
Week Patient history
4
th
Week

Complete regional extra- and intra- oral examination
5
th
& 6
th
Week

Appropriate diagnostic tests including radiographs
7
th
Week

Techniques of oral physical examination
8
th
Week

9
th
& 10
th
Week

Techniques for collection of diagnostic data
11
th
& 12
th
Week

Techniques for oral treatment and fundamental problems of
orofacial diseases
13
th
Week

Data analysis, correlation and prognosis
14
th
& 15
th
Week

Treatment planning
16
th
Week


Assessment


40
Experiences(ANPE)
20
Written Final Exam
20
Oral Exam
20
Total
100
207
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
10.7.8: COURSE OUTLINE: PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY (PDN 401)

Course Title Preventive Dentistry
Course Number PDN 401
Course Prerequisites All previous courses


Discuss the fundamentals of preventive dentistry
Describe the biology of oral cavity
Explain causes of oral cavity infection
Identify the methods used to prevent oral cavity infection
Discuss the role and use of fluorides in preventive dentistry
Discuss the role and use of sealants in preventive dentistry
Develop the dentist role in preventive dentistry
Illustrate the most advanced technologies in preventive dentistry

Weekly Time Table for Preventive Dentistry

Outcomes Assessment Tool
1
st
Week

Fundamentals of preventive dentistry
2
nd
Week

Principles and techniques of dental hygiene
3
rd
Week

Preventive dental care programs
4
th
& 5
th
Week Laboratory and preclinical experience in techniques of complete
oral prophylaxis services
6
th
Week

Principles and methods for teaching and motivating patients to
practice effective oral health care
7
th
Week

Role and use of fluorides in preventive dentistry
8
th
Week

208
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
9
th
Week Role of sealants in preventive dentistry
10
th
Week

Role of dentist in preventive dentistry
11
th
13
th
Week The most recent advances in preventive, hygienic dentistry
14
th
& 15
th
Week
Understanding, selection, usage and monitoring infection
control to patients and staff
16
th

Assessment


Attendance 5
Presentation 15
Quizzes
15
Midterm 15
Final Assessment Final Exam 50
Total 100

10.7.9:COURSE OUTLINE: ORTHODONTICS III (ORT 401)

Course Title Orthodontics III
Course Number ORT 401
Number of Contact Hours 4(1+3)
Course Prerequisites ORT 302


Perform diagnosis and management of malocclusion
Perform radiological and clinical examination, orthodontic study model
fabrication, photographs, cephalometrics and cast evaluation under supervision
Prepare, independently, the required materials
Evaluate patients for the effectiveness of treatment
Monitor treatment of orthodontic problems
209
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Orthodontics - III

Duration Topics
1
st
3
rd
Week
Diagnosis of mixed dentition and adult cases
4
th
Week

Prevention and early Intervention
5
th
Week

Documentation
Orthodontic chart
6
th
& 7
th
Week
Orthodontic study models
Radiological investigations
8
th
Week

9
th
Week
Photographs and cephalometric evaluations
10
th
Week
Preparation of treatment plan
11
th
Week Limited treatment of orthodontic problems
12
th
15
th
Week
Encountered in the general practice
Monitoring of patients
16th Week End Semester Examination

Assessment


Average of 2 Clinical Competency Examinations (CCE) 40
Performance of Acceptable Number of Patient Experiences(ANPE) 20
Oral Exam 20
Total 100

10.7.10:COURSE OUTLINE: ORAL RADIOLOGY II (ORD 401)

Course Title Oral Radiology II
Course Number ORD 401
Course Prerequisites ORD 202

210
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK

Be completely familiar with the equipments and procedures
Prepare the equipments for taking radiographs
Illustrate the protocols for using equipments with application of quality
assurance
Describe proper positioning
Perform periapical, bitewing, occlusal, and panoramic radiographs
Evaluate radiographs
Identify developmental anomalies and pathology by radiographs
Prescribe radiography for the proper dental management of the patient
Assess the risks and benefits of radiology

Weekly Time Table for Oral Radiology II

Outcomes Assessment Tool
1
st
Week Review the previous courses of Radiology
2
nd
Week Proper techniques for radiographic equipment
3
rd
Week Proper protocols for radiographic equipment
4
th
6
th
Week Intra-oral radiographic techniques with related positioning of the
patients
7
th
Week Using auxiliary devices for positioning, and evaluation of
radiographs under supervision of staff
8
th
9
th
& 10
th
Week Obtaining occlusal films and panoramic radiographs
11
th
& 12
th
Week TMJ imaging techniques
13
th
Week

Appropriate quality assurance methods for radiology
14
th
Week Identification of developmental anomalies by radiography
15
th
Week
Identification of pathological problems by radiography
16
th

Assessment


Oral Exam 20
Total 100
211
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
th
SEMESTER

10.8.1:COURSE OUTLINE: ENDODONTICS IV (END 402)

Course Title Endodontics IV
Course Number END 402
Course Prerequisites END 401


Manage independently pulpal pathology of permanent teeth
Identify the patient who needs root canal therapy
examination for patients requiring endodontic treatment
plan based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics for pulpally involved
teeth
Use independently hand root canal therapy
Describe automated nickel-titanium root canal instrumentation
Evaluate the cases treated by root canal or automated nickel-titanium root canal
therapy
Propose plans for follow up and management of problems arising from root
canal therapy

Weekly Time Table for Endodontics IV

Duration
Topics
1
st
& 2
nd
Week
Review of principles of Endodontics
3
rd
& 4
th
Week Diagnosis of complicated cases
5
th
& 6
th
Week

Treatment planning
212
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
7
th
Week

Hand root canal instrumentations
8
th
Week
9
th
Week

Hand root canal instrumentations
10
th
12
th
Week Various instrumentations for endodontics
13
th
Week
Evaluation of teeth with previous root canal therapy
14
th
& 15
th
Week

Surgical Endodontics
16
th
Week
End |Semester Examination

Assessment


Attendance 5
Presentation 15
Quizzes 15
Midterm 15
Total 100

10.8.2:COURSE OUTLINE: PERIODONTICS III (PER 402)

Course Title Periodontics III
Number Of Credits 2 Credit Hours
Number Of Contact Hours 4 (1+3)


Diagnose the patient the patients with periodontal conditions under faculty
supervision
Perform treatment of mild cases under supervision of staff
213
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Practice patient performed disease control measure
Illustrate early and moderate forms of periodontal diseases
Propose monitoring plan for the effectiveness of treatment
examination for patients with periodontal diseases
Assess a patient's dietary intake and oral hygiene status in order to promote oral
health

Weekly Time Table for Endodontics IV

Outcomes Topics
1
st
Week
Review of fundamentals of Periodontology
2
nd
& 3
rd
Week
Periodontal diseases
4
th
& 5
th
Week
Diagnosis of patients with periodontal condition
6
th
Week
Instructions to patients for plaque control
7
th
Week Control and treatment of an acceptable number ofpatients by
scaling
8
th
Week
9
th
& 10
th
Week Control and treatment of an acceptable number ofpatients by
scaling
11
th
Week
Root planning for gingivitis
12
th
15
th
Week Management of mild to moderate cases of periodontitis
16
th

Assessment


Experiences(ANPE)
20
Oral Exam 20
Total 100

214
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
10.8.3:COURSE OUTLINE: ORAL SURGERY III (OSR 402)

1. Course Title Oral Surgery III
2. Course Number OSR 402
6. Course Prerequisites OSR 401


Manage surgical procedure related to oral soft or hard tissues under supervision
Use radiology and appropriate diagnostic to identify problems in hard and soft
tissues
Practice non complicated surgery under supervision
Justify the selection of local intravenous anesthesia
Propose a plan for patient monitoring
Know the future and current advances and trends of oral surgical procedures

Weekly Time Table for Oral Surgery - III

Duration Topics
1
st
& 2
nd
Week

Review of outcomes of the courses of oral surgery
3
rd
& 4
th
Week

Diagnosis and treatment planning of teeth requiring extractions
5
th
Week Local, I.V. and inhalation anesthetics
6
th
& 7
th
Week Extraction of teeth
Assessment of patients after removal of teeth
8
th
Week

9
th
& 10
th
Week
Complex surgical problems
11
th
13
th
Week Control of pain, infection and anxiety
14
th
& 15
th
Week

Future of oral surgery
16
th

215
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assessment


40
20
Written Final Exam
20
Oral Exam
20
Total
100

10.8.4:COURSE OUTLINE: REMOVABLE PROSTHODONTICS IV (RPR 402)

Course Title Removable Prosthodontics IV
Course Number RPR 402
Course Prerequisites: RPR 401


Fabricate independently partial and complete dentures
fabrication of dental prostheses and appliances. Also, design dental prostheses,
write a laboratory work authorization, and evaluate laboratory prostheses and
appliances
examination for patients requiring complete or partial dentures
Perform follow up and propose plan for solving denture problems

216
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Removable Prosthodontics - IV

Duration Topics
1
st
& 2
nd
Week
Diagnosis, treatment planning for partial and complete denture
patients
3
rd
& 4
th
Week

Advanced laboratory procedures for complete and partial
denture patients (continued)
5
th
7
th
Week

Jaw relation registration, waxing up, mounting, setting of teeth
and processing of dentures for partial and complete denture
patients
8
th
Week
Mid Semester Break
9
th
& 10
th
Week

Complex cases involving severely resorbed alveolar ridges
11
th
15
th
Week

Delivery, Follow up and monitoring of complaints for complete
and partial dentures
16
th

Assessment


40
Experiences(ANPE)
20
Written Final Exam
20
Oral Exam
20
Total
100

10.8.5:COURSE OUTLINE: OPERATIVE DENTISTRY IV (OPD 402)

Course Title Operative Dentistry IV
Course Number OPD 402
Course Prerequisites ESD 401
217
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK

By the end of the course the student must be able to:
Describe the new materials and procedures of cosmetic dentistry and necessary
armamentarium
Demonstrate basic principles of various methods used for bleaching the teeth
Explain the causes of an unaesthetic and ugly smile and how to treat esthetic
problems, presenting treatment methods clearly and in step by step fashion,
different techniques, variations for unusual cases and other treatment
considerations
Describe the principles and techniques of making veneers
Describe the treatment of esthetic problems, different treatment methods,
technique variations for unusual cases and other treatment considerations
Discuss esthetic restorative dentistry and its basis in the principles of
biocompatibility of the materials used, minimizing tissue damage and
maximizing the longevity of restoration

Weekly Time Table for Operative Dentistry - IV

Duration Topics
1
st
Week Introduction to cosmetic dentistry
2
nd
Week Etiology of tooth surface loss, discolored teeth, diastema,
irregularities, and other problems
3
rd
& 4
th
Week Esthetic Biomaterials and principles of use
5
th
Week Concepts, types of different materials, clinical approach to
technique and manipulation
6
th
& 7
th
Week Treatment Planning
8
th
9
th
& 10
th
Week
Management of discolored teeth by bleaching techniques in
restorative dentistry
Home bleaching.
Professional bleaching.
Power bleaching
11
th
& 12
th
Week
Bonding
Chipped or slightly decayed teeth using bonded composite
resins and photocuring.
Spaces (diastema).
Change color and shape
13
th
15
th
Week
Veneers
Porcelain laminates veneers.
Composite veneers
16
th
218
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assessment


40
20
Written Final Exam
20
Oral Exam
20
Total
100

10.8.6:COURSE OUTLINE: FIXED PROSTHODONTICS IV (FPR 402)

Course Title Fixed Prosthodontics IV
Course Number FPR 402
Course Prerequisites FPR 401


Identify patients who need fixed partial denture
examination for fixed partial denture patients
Make casts and other records that are required for use in the clinical and
laboratory fabrication of dental prostheses and appliances. Also, design dental
Follow up patients
Suggest solutions for problems facing patients

219
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Fixed Prosthodontics - IV

Duration Topics
1
st
3
rd
Week Clinical application of knowledge and skills for diagnosis of
diseases
4
th
6
th
Week
Treatment planning and fabrication of more advanced cast
restorations
7
th
Week

Clinical treatment procedures
8
th
9
th
Week
Clinical treatment procedures
10
th
& 11
th
Week
Follow up
12
th
14
th
Week Fabrication of precision cast restoration
15
th
Week Complaints
16
th

Assessment


Oral Exam 20

Total

100

10.8.7:COURSE OUTLINE: ORTHODONTICS IV (ORT 402)

Course Title Orthodontic VI
Course Number ORT 402
Course Prerequisites ORT 401

220
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK

Perform independent and complete diagnosis and management of malocclusion
for simple cases
Perform independent radiological and clinical examination, orthodontic study
model fabrication, photographs and cephalometric and cast evaluation
Evaluate patients for the effectiveness of treatment
Describe surgical orthodontic procedures

Weekly Time Table for Orthodontics - IV

Duration Topics
1
st
& 2
nd
Week Review of the previous orthodontic courses
3
rd
- 5
th
Week Orthodontic problems in details
6
th
7
th
Week
Clinical Diagnosis and treatment planning for mixed dentition
cases, adolescents and adults (Contd)
8
th
Week
9
th
Week
Clinical Diagnosis and treatment planning for mixed dentition
cases, adolescents and adults
10
th
Week Introduction to surgical orthodontics
11
th
15
th
Week Review longitudinal results of treatment
16
th
Week

Assessment


Average of 2 Clinical Competency Examinations (CCE)
40
20
Written Final Exam
20
Oral Exam
20
Total
100

221
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
12
th
& 13
th

Week
Diseases of the tongue and salivary glands
14
th
& 15
th

Week
Granulomatous diseases
16
th

Assessment


Attendance
5
Presentation
15
Quizzes
15
Midterm
15
Final Assessment
Final Exam
50
Total

100

10.8.9:COURSE OUTLINE: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (RME 402)

Course Title Research Methodology
Course Number RME 402
Course Prerequisites BIS 201


Analyze a research problem to identify types of variables and hypothesize
relations among them
Evaluate the adequacy of a literature review of a research problem
Describe and explain the logic of research questions and hypotheses to study a
research problem

222
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Evaluate the research design, sampling procedures and outcomes, adequacy and
appropriateness of research methodologies to answer research questions or to
test hypotheses
Describe, explain, evaluate and design research methods to investigate a research
problem
Design, implement and evaluate the data analysis
Analyze and evaluate the results of a study
Compare/contrast and show links among results, discussion, and conclusions
Evaluate the practical implications of a research study
Develop a conceptual understanding of the range of research methods
Apply appropriate research methodology
Develop a conceptual understanding of the implications of research findings in
clinical practice
Carry out research course work of the institutions choice

Weekly Time Table for Research Methodology

Duration

Topics
1
st
Week

Foundations of Research
2
nd
Week

Research Objective, Problem, and Hypotheses
3
rd
Week

Variables & Measurements
4
th
Week

Sampling
5
th
Week

Research Design
6
th
Week

Qualitative Research: Coding, Analysis, Interpretation, and Writing
7
th
Week

Research Methods: Introduction to Qualitative and Quantitative Research
Methods
8
th
Week

9
th
Week

Probability Distribution
10
th
Week

Sampling Distribution and Estimation
11
th
Week

Hypotheses Testing
12
th
Week

Analysis of Variance (ANOVA)
1313
th
Week
Regression and Correlation
14
th
Week Chi-Square and Non-Parametric tests
223
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
15
th
Week
Advanced statistical analysis, Selecting Statistics and Interpreting Results,
Conclusion and Discussion, Inference of Results
16
th

Assessment


Attendance
5
Presentation
15
Quizzes
15
Midterm
15
Final Assessment
Final Exam
50
Total

100

224
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
12.9 STUDY PLAN FOR 9th SEMESTER
COURSE OUTLINE: PRINCIPLES OF DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS
(PDG 501)

Course Title Principles of Differential Diagnosis
Course Number PDG 501
Course Prerequisites All previous clinical courses
Discuss the objectives of differential diagnosis
Enumerate the various methods used for diagnosis of dental diseases
Describe the services needed to place subsequent didactic and clinical
information in the appropriate context
Prescribe clinical, lab and other diagnostics to differentiate between
diseases and insure proper dental management of the patient
Discuss the dentistry examination findings
Weekly Time Table for Principles of Differential Diagnosis
Duration Topics
Week 1 - 3 Fundamentals differential diagnosis
Week 4 - 6
Role of the dentist in developing appropriate
comprehensive prioritized, and sequenced treatment plan
based on evaluation of all relevant diagnostics
Week 7 - 10 Proper sequences used to differentiate between diseases
225
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Week 8 Mid Semester Examination
Week 11- 12
Review of various methods used for
diagnosis
Week 13 - 15 Demonstrations of cases
Week 16 End Semester Examination
Assessment
Attendance 5
Mid Semester Examination 15
Presentation 15
Quizzes
15
Total 100
226
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: CLINICAL OCCLUSION (COC 501)
Course Title Clinical Occlusion
Course Number COC 501
Course Prerequisites POC 201
Assess dental occlusion
Diagnose and manage occlusal and temporomandibular disorders
Discover patients who have occlusion and temporomandibular
disorders
Design treatment plan for patients with occlusion and temporomandibular
disorders
Recommend a plan for monitoring the effectiveness of treatment
Weekly Time Table for Clinical Occlusion
Duration Topic
Week 1 Review of dental occlusion
Week 2 - 4
Diagnostic considerations
Mandibular movement
Week 5 - 6 Temporomandibular disorders
Week 7 Occlusal assessment
Week 9 - 12 Treatment planning
Week 13 - 15 Patient's management
227
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assessment
Average of 2 Clinical Competency Examinations (CCE)
40
20
40
Total
100
228
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: PERIODONTICS IV (PER 501)
Course Title Periodontics - IV
Describe acute periodontal diseases
Illustrate early onset periodontitis or acute periodontal diseases
Clarify the correlation between HIV, diabetes and other diseases and
periodontal diseases
Demonstrate the treatment planning and monitoring of periodontal
disease
Illustrate the use of ultrasonic instrument for treatment of periodontal
diseases
Illustrate management of aggressive periodontitis
Discuss Teeth mobility and Splinting
Describe General principles of surgical periodontics including pre-
prosthetic and plastic surgery as well as occlusal therapy
Instruct the patients to follow preventive oral hygiene measures
Carry out independently diagnosis and treatment of periodontal
diseases
Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and
staff
229
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Periodontics - IV
Duration Topic
Week 1 Review of fundamentals of Periodontology
Week 2 - 3
Advanced topics including management of aggressive
periodontitis
Week 4 Teeth mobility
Week 5 Splinting
Week 6 - 7 General principles of surgical periodontics
Week 9 - 10 Preprosthetic and plastic surgery
Week 11 - 12 Occlusal therapy
Week 13 - 15 Treatment and follow up of the patients

Assessment

40
Experiences(ANPE)
20
40
Total
100

230
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: PEDIATRIC DENTISTRY I (PED 501)
Course Title Pediatric Dentistry I
Course Number PED 501
Course Prerequisites All previous courses
Illustrate the fundamentals of pediatric dentistry and the dentition of
children
Discuss the psychology, and behavior of children
Discuss the growth of children
Recognize and explain the problems of first teeth, dentition and caries
Identify and explain the problems of young permanent dentition,
nutrition and dental caries with pediatrics
Demonstrate pulp therapy and management of injuries for children
Appreciate current practices of preventive dentistry as the use of
fluoride, diet evaluation, instruction of child and parents in principles
of good oral hygiene
Understand the method of administration of local anesthetics
Understand the use of rubber dam during operative procedures
Recognize indications for caries removal
Recognize the indications for placement of unfilled or filled resin
Gather the information for child's diet survey
Carry out pulp therapy, and management of injuries for children under
supervision
Carry out restoration under supervision
Carry out cavity preparation under supervision and construction of
stainless steel crown
231
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Demonstrate knowledge of risk assessment in Pediatric Dentistry
including caries risk assessment, caries preventive strategies, radiation,
periodontal risk assessment for children, risk assessment for traumatic
injuries, anesthetic risk assessment and fluoride
Weekly Time Table for Pediatric Dentistry I
Duration Topic
Week 1 Fundamentals of pediatric dentistry
Week 2
An introduction to numerous aspects of pediatric dental
practice and treatment
Week 3 Childhood psychology
Week 4 Behavioral management of children
Week 5 Growth and development of children
Week 6 Clinical management of dental children diseases
Week 7 Restoration of primary teeth
Week 9
Young permanent dentition
Children nutrition and caries control
Week 10
Diagnosis of dental diseases of children including
radiology in details
Week 11 Pulp therapy for children
Week 12 Construction of stainless steel crowns
Week 13
Children and dentistry injuries and preventive
orthodontics for children
232
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Week 14 - 15
Risk assessment in Pediatric Dentistry: Caries risk
assessment, caries preventive strategies, radiation,
periodontal risk assessment for children, risk
assessment for traumatic injuries, anesthetic risk
assessment, fluoride (safety and toxicity), dietary
analysis and advice.
Assessment
Attendance
5
Presentation
10
Quizzes
10
First In-Course Practical
Examination
15
Second In-Course Practical
Examination
15
10
Final Assessment
35
Total 100
233
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: MEDICALLY COMPROMISED PATIENTS (MCP
501)
Course Title
Medically Compromised
Patients
Course Number MCP 501
Illustrate the types of medically complex patients
Describe the nature of medically complex patients
Describe the implications of medically complex patients on collection
of data, diagnosis and treatment planning
Modify treatment plan for medically mentally or physically compromised
or challenged patients
Propose a plan for monitoring medically compromised patients
Weekly Time Table for Medically Compromised Patients
Duration Topic
Week 1 Fundamentals of medically complex patients
Week 2 Types of medical complications
Week 3 - 4 Characters of patients of medically complex patients
Week 5 - 6 Oral health care of medically complex patients
Week 7 & 9 Diagnosis of medically complex patients
234
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Week 10 - 11 Oral health care of medically complex patients
Week 12 - 13 Role of dentist for medically complex patients
Week 14 - 15
Treatment planning for specific dental problems of
medically complex patients
Assessment
Attendance
5
Presentation
15
Quizzes
15
15
Final Assessment
50
Total 100
235
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: DENTAL PRACTICE MANAGEMENT
(DPM 501)

Course Title Dental Practice Management
Course Number DPM 501
Course Prerequisites None
Determine the ethical and legal obligations of dental practitioners
Understand the structure and governance of the dental profession
within UAE
Identify the legal and statutory requirements governing the delivery of
dental care including the National Health Service
Describe the basis of the law in relation to consent, negligence and
confidentiality
Understand the non-dental legislation affecting dentists, including
inquests
Weekly Time Table for Dental Practice Management
Duration Topic
Week 1 Review of Principles of ethics
Week 2
Management skills: keys for successful management; good
communication, delegate, teamwork, staff training, pay
Week 3 Hiring and firing staff
236
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Week 4
Health and safety at work: hazards, risk, and risk assessment
(mercury spillage, x-rays, cross infection control, latex
allergy, riddor, disposal of waste, Employer>s liability)
Week 5
Financial management: delegation, bookkeeping, banking,
budgeting, bad debts, taxes, insurance, consumer credit act
Week 6 Marketing and advertising
Week 7 Practice leaflets: design and layout, sponsorship
Week 9 Computers and dental practice
Week 10
Independent and private practice: researching the market,
business planning, fee setting, types of independent practice,
private dental schemes, complaints
Week 11
Vocational training: trainees, trainers, procedure, contract,
community vocational training, general professional training
Week 12 Audit and peer review
Week 13
Evidence based dentistry: clinical effectiveness, systematic
reviews, meta analysis, the Cochrane collaboration, clinical
guidelines and governance
Week 14
Prevention of cross infection: immunization, medical and
social history, gloves, surgery design and equipment,
cleaning and sterilization of instruments, treatment of work
surfaces, aerosols, disposal of sharps, laboratory items
Week 15
X-rays: the statutory regulations, processing, film faults and
non-dental legislation affecting dentists, including inquests
237
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Assessment


Attendance
5
15
Presentation
15
Quizzes
15
Final Assessment
50
Total 100
238
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: HOSPITAL DENTISTRY (HDT 501)

Course Title Hospital Dentistry
Course Number HDT 501
Course Pre-requisites
All previous clinical
courses
Practice communication with patients, staff and other health care
providers
Identify patient's chief compliant
Make general evaluation of patient appearance and attitude
Obtain and interpret medical history, social history, ROS, and dental
history
Select and process the most appropriate radiology, as well as, other
diagnostics
Discuss dentistry examination
Prescribe clinical, lab and other diagnostic procedures and tests
Design and modify treatment plan
Select appropriate anesthesia
Identify and solve common signs and symptoms of pain and anxiety
Practice infection control
Carry out various surgical dentistry procedures
Treat and monitor periodontal diseases
Restore single tooth /defects
Manage patients with partial or complete tooth loss
Manage pulpal pathology of primary and permanent tooth
Assess a patient's dietary intake and oral hygiene status in order to
promote oral health
Demonstrate cases through presentations for complete management
239
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Hospital Dentistry
Duration Topic
Week 1 - 3 Survey on different dental diseases
Week 4 - 5 Survey on diagnosis of dental diseases
Week 6 - 7 Survey on treatment planning of dental diseases
Week 9 Survey on facilities required for dentist
Week 10 - 15
Use presentations on cases collected from the
hospital

Assessment
Attendance
5
15
Presentation
35
Quizzes
10
Final Assessment
35
Total 100
240
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: COMMUNITY DENTISTRY II (CDE 501)
Course Title Community Dentistry - II
Course Number CDE 501
Number of Contact Hours 1 (1)
health programs
Duration Topics
1
st
2
nd
& 3
rd

Week
4
th
& 5
th

Week
health and disease
11
th
12
th
13
th
14
th
& 15
th

Week
planning in UAE
16
th
Assessment

Attendance 5
Presentation 15
Quizzes 15
Total 100
6
th
8
th
8
th
9
th
10
th
241
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
health programs
Duration Topics
1
st
2
nd
& 3
rd

Week
4
th
& 5
th

Week
health and disease
11
th
12
th
13
th
14
th
& 15
th

Week
planning in UAE
16
th
Assessment

Attendance 5
Presentation 15
Quizzes 15
Total 100
6
th
8
th
8
th
9
th
10
th
242
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
12.10 STUDY PLAN FOR 10th SEMESTER
COURSE OUTLINE: COMPREHENSIVE DENTAL CLINIC (CDC 502)
Course Title Comprehensive Dental Clinical
Course Number CDC 502
Illustrate the various diseases which have an implications on dentistry
Express the proper methods used to optimize communication with
patients to identify their chief compliant, appearance and attitude,
obtain and interpret medical, social and dental history, conduct
clinical and radiographic examination, and distinguish between normal
and pathological hard and soft tissue abnormalities of the orofacial
area
Illustrate the use of critical thinking and problem solving in the
comprehensive care of patients as applied in complicated cases
Illustrate the techniques used to show the professionalism as a guide for
optimizing the relation with patients
Illustrate the techniques used to show the professionalism as a guide for
prescribing in consultation with other health care professionals,
clinical, laboratory or diagnostic procedures required for proper dental
or medical management of the patient
Illustrate the role of interpersonal relation for assessing patients dietary
intake and oral hygiene status in order to promote oral health
Demonstrate the role of adequate interactions with patients to recognize
the common signs, symptoms and etiologies, management of patients
pain and /or anxiety
Recognize the application of management of oral health care for
patients within the scope of general dentistry
Apply contemporary information technology in the practice of
dentistry
243
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for
Duration Topic
Week 1 Fundamentals of comprehensive care program CCP
Week 2 The philosophy of CCP in training dental students
Week 3 Biomedical sciences as related to Dentistry
Week 4
The principles of ethical reasoning and professional
responsibilities as related to Dentistry
Week 5 Critical thinking and problem solving for Dental practice
Week 6
Application of contemporary information technology in
dentistry
Week 7 Clinic utilization for geriatric dentistry
Week 9 Quality of care appropriate for geriatric dentistry
Week 10 - 15
The integration of clinical disciplines in the provision of
comprehensive care is carried out to meet the patient>s
needs
Assessment
Specify the grading system that applies to this course is as follows:
Faculty Evaluation 30
Patient Management 20
Assignment 10
Portfolios 10
End Semester Examination 30
Total 100
244
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: PERIODONTICS V (PER 502)
Course Title Periodontics - V
Course Pre-requisites PER 501
Describe dental alveolar infection and justify the removal of roots
Enumerate dental alveolar diseases
Practice root removal and prepare mouth for denture
Select local anesthetics, nitrous oxide and antibiotics
Perform gingivectomy, pocket eradication, periodontal flaps
radiographic examination for patients with periodontal disease
staff
Weekly Time Table for Periodontics - V
Duration Topic
Week 1 Fundamentals of surgical periodontitis
Week 2 - 3
Basic surgical techniques available to manage selected
periodontal cases
Week 4 Review of Surgical periodontitis and gingivectomy
245
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Week 5 Pocket eradication
Week 6 - 7 Periodontal flaps
Week 9 - 10 Review of Surgical periodontitis and MWF
Week 11 Review of Surgical periodontitis and OFC
Week 12 Review of Surgical periodontitis and APF
Week 13 - 15 Review of Surgical periodontitis and other selected cases
Assessment


40
Experiences(ANPE)
20
40
Total
100
246
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: IMPLANTOLOGY (IMP 502)
Course Title Implantology
Course Number IMP 502
Course Pre-requisites All previous clinical courses
Discuss the basic concepts of implantology
Discuss the Biology of implantology
Describe the proper Techniques used in implant surgery
Enumerate and discuss the indications for implants as a treatment
modality and focus on practical applications
Clarify the Correlation of prosthodontics with of implantology
Explain the Peri-implant tissue maintenance
Enumerate the Various implant systems
Discuss the infection during surgery
Propose a plan for follow up patients
Describe surgical procedures related to oral soft or hard tissues
Discuss trauma due to dentofacial complex or complications associated
with oral surgicalprocedures
Discuss implant maintenance, implant prostheses fabrication and
modification
Describe implant prostheses fabrication with modification
Use proper techniques to illustrate bone and soft tissue grafting
staff
247
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Weekly Time Table for Implantology
Duration Topic
Week 1 Fundamentals of Implantology
Week 2 Basic concepts of Implantology
Week 3 Biology of Implantology
Week 4 Techniques in Implant surgery
Week 5 Indications for Implants as a treatment modality
Week 6 Correlation of Prosthodontics with of Implantology
Week 7
Peri-implant tissue maintenance
Various implant systems
Week 9
Concepts and techniques of bone grafting and soft
tissue grafting
Week 10 Growth of new bone
Week 11
Management of trauma due to Dentofacial
complications
Week 12 - 13 Implant maintenance
Week 14 - 15 Demonstrations for all of these cases

Assessment


248
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Attendance
5
Presentation
15
Quizzes
15
15
Final Assessment
50
Total 100
249
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: MEDICAL EMERGENCIES (MEM 502)
Course Title Medical Emergencies
Course Number MEM 502
Course Prerequisites All Previous clinical courses

Differentiate between healthy and non-healthy patients
Evaluate non healthy patient who needs medical emergencies
Perform medical emergency for certain cases e.g. ACLS
Evaluate patients after ACLS
Develop with health care professionals plans for medical emergencies
Develop plans for complications of medical emergencies
Recognize and manage systemic emergencies
Weekly Time Table for Medical Emergencies
Duration Topic
Week 1 Fundamentals of medical emergencies
Week 2 Classification of medical emergencies
Week 3 - 5
Signs , symptoms and investigation for medical
emergencies
Week 6 - 7
Differentiation between healthy and non-healthy
patients
250
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Week 9 - 10
Techniques employed for medical emergencies and
cooperation with health care providers
Week 11 - 13 Cardio pulmonary resuscitation ACLS
Week 14 - 15 Monitoring of medical emergencies
Assessment

Attendance
5
Presentation
15
Quizzes
15
15
Final Assessment
50
Total 100

251
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: GERIATRIC DENTISTRY (GER 502)
Course Title Geriatric Dentistry
Course Number GER 502
Course Pre-requisites All previous courses
Discuss the theories of aging
Describe the epidemiology of geriatrics
Illustrate root surface caries and sensory deficits of geriatrics
Discuss the psychological problems of geriatrics
Illustrate geriatric diseases as Alzheimer
Illustrate the effect of geriatric problems on dentistry
Discuss the problems of biologically compromised geriatric
Weekly Time Table for Geriatric Dentistry
Duration Topic
Week 1 Fundamentals of geriatric dentistry
Week 2 - 3 Aging process
Week 4 Demography and epidemiology of geriatrics
Week 5 - 6
Special considerations in diagnosis and treatment
planning for geriatric patients
Week 7
Root surface caries of geriatrics
Pharmacology of geriatrics
252
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Week 9 Sensory defects of geriatrics
Week 10 Functional declines of geriatrics
Week 11 Biologically compromised geriatric
Week 12 - 13 Oral aging problems
Week 14 - 15 Diseases of geriatrics of relation to dentistry

Assessment
Specify the grading system that applies to this course is as follows:

Attendance
5
15
Presentation
15
Quizzes
15
Final Assessment
50
Total 100
253
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
COURSE OUTLINE: ADVANCED DIAGNOSIS, ORAL MEDICINE,
PATHOLOGY AND RADIOLOGY (ADV 502)
Course Title
Advanced Diagnosis, Oral Medicine,
Pathology and Radiology.
Course Number ADV 502
Course Pre-requisites All previous courses
Perform diagnosis for different minor to complex dental diseases
Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain, and
radiographic examination, and distinguish between normal and
Pathological hard and soft tissue abnormalities of the orofacial area
Discuss the dentistry examination findings
Design treatment plans for different dental diseases
Provide and apply the most advanced technology in patient diagnosis
Practice communication with patients, staff, and health care providers
Weekly Time Table for Advanced Diagnosis, Oral Medicine, Pathology
and Radiology
Duration Topic
Week 1 - 2 Review of the more complex oral problems
Week 3 - 4
Review of various tests used to determine definite
diagnosis
254
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Week 5 - 6 Review of pathology
Week 7
Review of importance of radiology in diagnosis
Review of various methods of treatment of dental
diseases
Week 9 - 15
Seminars utilizing radiographs, slides and
photomicrographs to review normal anatomy,
developmental anomalies and pathology with discussions
using actual cases to correlate radiographic, clinical and
histopathological findings
Presentations on different dental diseases
Diagnosis of dental diseases and treatment planning
of dental diseases

Assessment

Attendance
5
15
Presentation
15
Quizzes
15
Final Assessment
50
Total 100

255
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
health programs
Duration Topics
1
st
2
nd
& 3
rd

Week
4
th
& 5
th

Week
health and disease
COURSE OUTLINE: COMMUNITY DENTISTRY III (CDE 502)
Course Title Community Dentistry - II
Course Number CDE 502
Number of Credits II Credit Hours
Number of Contact Hours 2 (2)
256
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
11
th
12
th
13
th
14
th
& 15
th

Week
planning in UAE
16
th
Assessment

Attendance 5
Presentation 15
Quizzes 15
Total 100
6
th
8
th
8
th
9
th
10
th
257
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
LIST OF TEXT & REFERENCE BOOKS
258
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
13.0 LIST OF TEXT & REFERENCE BOOKS
Semester 1
ENG 101 - English Language
James A. Reinking, Robert von der Osten. Strategies for Successful Writing: A
Rhetoric, Research Guide, Pearson; 9
th
edition (2010). ISBN-13: 978-
0205689446
Reference:
Leki, Ilona. Academic Writing: Exploring Processes and Strategies, 2
nd
Ed.
Cambridge University Press; 2009. ISBN 9780521657686.
ITE 101 Information Technology
Shelly, G. B., Vermaat, M. E., &Cashman,T. J. Microsoft Office 2003.
Introductory concepts and techniques.Thomson Brooks; 2007.ISBN
9781418859312.
Reference:
Shelly, Gary B; Vermaat,Misty E. Microsoft Office 2010 Introductory. Shelly
Cashman Series; 2011.ISBN 9781439078389.
Grauer, Robert T; Barber, Maryann.Microsoft Office 2003.2
nd
Ed. Pearson
Education Inc; 2007.ISBN 0132210703.
Shelly, Gary B; Cashman, Thomas J; Vermaat,Misty E. Discovering Computers
Fundamentals. Course Technology; 7
th
edition (2010).ISBN-13: 978-
1439079454.
ICU 101 Islamic Culture
Islamic culture, by Mohammed Abu Yahya and others.
Reference:
Abdel- Hady, Zakaryya M. Islamic Thought and Culture.Al-Falah Books; 2008.
Aseed, Mohammad Tohail; Shorab, Yousef Mohammad. Emirates Society:
Originality and contemporary. Al-Falah Books; 2011. ISBN9789957170981.
259
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Al-Hassan, A Y. The Different Aspects of Islamic Culture: Science and
Technology in Islam. UNESCO; 2001. ISBN9231038303.
Yusuf Al Hajj Ahmad. Islamic Medicine : The Key to a better Life. Darussalam
Publishers; 2010. ISBN9786035000611.
Yusuf Al Hajj Ahmad.The Islamic Guideline on Medicine.Darussalam
Publishers; 2010. ISBN9786035000468.
ANA 101 Anatomy - I
Agur, Anne M.R; Dalley, Arthur F. Grants Atlas of Anatomy.Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins; 13
th
edition (2012). ISBN-13: 978-1608317561.
Reference:
Moore, keith L; Agur, Anne M.R. Essential Clinical Anatomy. 4
th
Ed. Lippincott
William & Wilkins; 2010. ISBN 978-0781799157.
Johnson, D R; Moore, W J. Anatomy for Dental Students.3
rd
Ed. Oxford
University Press; 2008. ISBN9780192626738.
Singh, Inderbir. Anatomy for Dental Students.2
nd
Ed. Jaypee Brothers; 2008.
ISBN8180611019.
HIS 101 Histology
Nanci, Antonio. Ten Cates Oral Histology : Development, Structure and
Function. 8
th
Ed. Mosby. 2012. ISBN 978-0323078467.
Riviere, Holliston L. Lab Manual of Normal Oral Histology.Quintessence
Publishers; 2000.ISBN 0867153865.
Reference:
Gartner, Leslie P; Hiatt, James L. Color Atlas of Histology.4
th
Ed. Lippincott
William & Wilkins; 2006.ISBN 0781798280.
Kumar, GS. Orbans Oral Histology and Embryology.12
th
Ed. Elsevier Science.
2009. ISBN 9788131210574.
Maji Jose. Manual of Oral Histology and Oral Pathology.CBS Publishers &
Distributors. 2006. ISBN 8123912900.
260
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
CHM 101 Chemistry
Petrucci, Ralph H; Harwood, William S; Herring, F Geoffrey; Madura, Jeffry
D.
General Chemistry Principles and Modern Applications.10
th
Ed. Pearson
Education Inc; 2010. ISBN 978-0136121497.
Semester - 2
PHY 102 Physics
Serway, Raymond A; Faughn, Jerry S. College Physics.8
th
Ed. Thomson
Brooks; 2003.ISBN 9812656847.
Gordon, John R; Teague, Charles.Student Solutions Manual and Study Guide
for Serway and Vuilles Essentials of College Physics.Thomson Brooks; 2007.
ISBN 0495107816.
BSC 102 Behavioral Sciences
Morgan,Clifford T; King, Richard A; Weisz, John R; Schopler, John.
Introduction to Psychology.McGraw-Hill; 1986.
Reference:
Myers, David G. Psychology. 8
th
Ed. Worth Publishers; 2007.ISBN
9780716776932.
Indrani, T.K. Textbook of Sociology for Nurses. Jaypee Brothers; 1998.ISBN
8171795978.
ANA 102 Anatomy- II: Head &Neck
Agur, Anne M.R; Dalley, Arthur F. Grants Atlas of Anatomy.12
th
Ed.
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. 2009. ISBN 9780781770552.
rd
Ed. Oxford
Reference:
Moore, Keith L; Agur, Anne M.R. Essential Clinical Anatomy.3
rd
Ed.
Lippincott William & Wilkins; 2007.ISBN 9780781762748.
261
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
nd
ISBN 8180611019.
DAN 102 Dental Anatomy and Occlusion
Agur, Anne M.R; Dalley, Arthur F. Grants Atlas of Anatomy.Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins; 13
th
Edition (2012). ISBN-13: 978-1608317561.
Ash, Major M; Nelson,Stanley J. Wheelers Dental Anatomy Physiology and
Occlusion. 9
th
Ed. Saunders; 2009. ISBN 978-1416062097.
rd
Ed. Oxford
Sampath Kumar, P. Dental Anatomy and Tooth Morphology.Jaypee Brothers;
2007. ISBN-13: 978-8180612299.
Reference:
Moore, keith L; Agur, Anne M.R. Essential Clinical Anatomy. 4
th
Ed. Lippincott
William & Wilkins; 2010. ISBN 978-0781799157.
nd
ISBN8180611019.
HPH 102 Human Physiology
Widmaier, Eric P; Raff, Hershel; Strang, Kevin T. Vanders Human Physiology :
The Mechanisms of Body Function. 11
th
Ed. McGraw-Hill. 2008.
ISBN9780071283663.
Reference:
Guyton, Arthur C; Hall, John E. Textbook of Medical Physiology.11
th
Ed. WB
Saunders Company; 2000.ISBN 0721602401.
Kasper, Dennis L; Fauci, Anthony S; Longo, Dan L; Braunwald, Eugene;
Hauser, Stephen L; Jameson, Larry J. Harrisons Principles of Internal Medicine.
16
th
Ed. McGraw-Hill; 2008.ISBN 9780071476911.
BIO 102 Biochemistry
Murray, Robert K; Granner, Daryl K; Mayes, Peter A; Rodwell, Victor W.
Harpers Illustrated Biochemistry.29
th
Ed. McGraw-Hill Publishing Division;
2012. ISBN 978-0071765763.
262
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Reference:
Elliott, William H; Elliott, Daphne C. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology.
Oxford University Press, USA; 4th edition (2009).ISBN 978-0199226719
Nelson, David L; Cox, Michael M .Lehinger Principles of Biochemistry.5
th
Ed.
Worth Publishers; 2008.ASIN B002KJNJWU.
Semester - 3
MIC 201 Microbiology and Immunology
Baveja, C P. Textbook of Microbiology for Dental Students. Arya Publications;
2009.ISBN 8178553139.
Roitt, Ivan; Brostoff, Jonathan; Male, David.Immunology.12
th
Ed. Mosby; 2011.
ISBN 978-405196833.
Reference:
Murray, Patrick R. Medical Microbiology. 6
th
Ed. Mosby; 2008.ISBN-13: 978-
0323054706.
Brooks, Geo F; Butel, Janet S; Morse, Stephen A. Jawetz, Melnick, &Adelbergs
Medical Microbiology.25
th
Ed. McGraw Hill; 2010. ISBN 978-0071624961.
BIS 201 Biostatistics
Bulman, John. Statistics in Dentistry.IshiyakuEuroamerica; 1989. ISBN-13:
978-0904588224.
Reference:
Glaser, Anthony N. High Yield Biostatistics. 3
rd
Ed. Lippincott William &
Wilkins; 2005. ISBN078179644x.
Daniel, Wayne W. Biostatistics: A Foundation for Analysis in the Health. Wiley;
9
th
edition (2009). ISBN-13: 978-0470105818
Duncan, Robert C; Knapp, Rebecca G; Miller, M Clinton.Introductory
Biostatistics for the Health Sciences.2
nd
Ed. Delmar Publishers Inc.; 1983.
ISBN0827342306.
Petrie, Aviva; Sabin, Caroline.Medical Statistics at a Glance.3
rd
Ed. Blackwell
Publishing; 2009. ISBN 978-1405180511.
Campbell, Michael J; Machin, david; Walters, Stephen J. Medical Statistics: A
Textbook for the Health Science. 4
th
Ed. John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 2007.
ISBN9780470025192.
263
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK

OHI 201 Oral Histology
Nanci, Antonio. Ten Cates Oral Histology : Development, Structure and
Function. 8
th
Ed. Mosby. 2012. ISBN 978-0323078467.
Riviere, Holliston L. Lab Manual of Normal Oral Histology.Quintessence
Publishers; 2000.ISBN 0867153865.
Reference:
Avery, James K; Steele, Pauline F; Avery, Nancy.Oral Development and
Histology.3
rd
Ed. Thieme Medical Publishers; 2001. ISBN3131001933.
Kumar, G S. Orbans Oral Histology and Embryology.12
th
Ed. Elsevier Science;
2009. ISBN9788131210574.
Gartner, Leslie P; Hiatt, James L. Color Atlas of Histology.4
th
Ed. Lippincott
William & Wilkins; 2006. ISBN0781798280.
GPA 201 General Pathology
Cawson, R.A; Odell, E.W. Cawsons Essentials of Oral Pathology and Oral
Medicine. 8
th
Ed. Churchil Livingstone; (2008). ISBN 9780443103650.
Soames, J.V; Southam, J.C. Oral Pathology.4
th
Ed. Oxford University Press;
(2005).ISBN 9780198527947.
Reference:
Purkait, Swapan Kumar. Essentials of Oral Pathology.3
rd
Ed. Jaypee Brothers
Medical Pub; 2011. ISBN-13: 978-9350252147.
Kumar, Vinay; Cotran, Ramzi S; Robbins, Stanley L. Robbins Basic
Pathology.7
th
Ed. Saunders; 2003. ISBN 978-0808923480.
PHA 201 Pharmacology
Gangarosa, Louis P. Pharmacotherapeutics in Dentistry .Appleton-Century-
Crofts and Fleschner Publishing Company; (1983). ISBN-13: 978-0838578421.
Lacy, Charles F; Armstrong, Lora L; Goldman, Morton.Drug Information
Handbook International. 14
th
Ed. Lexi-Comp; (2006). ISBN 1591951305.
Seymour, Robin A; Meechan, John G; Yates, Michael S. Pharmacology and
Dental Therapeutics.3
rd
Ed. Oxford Medical Publications; (1999).ISBN
9780192629524.
264
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Reference:
American Pharmacists Association.Drug Information Handbook with
International Trade Names Index.Lexi-Comp; (2010).ISBN 9781591952558.
Udaykumar, Padmaja. Textbook of Pharmacology for Dental and Allied Health
Science.2
nd
Ed. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd.; (2009).
ISBN8184481497.
Naresh Kumar Khanna. Principles of Dental Pharmacology.CBS Publishers &
Distributors; (2001). ISBN8123906676.
Clark, Wesley G; Brater, D Craig; Johnson, Alice R. Goths Medical
Pharmacology. 12
th
Ed. Mosby; (1988). ISBN0801611679.
POC 201 Principles of Occlusion
Okeson, Jeffrey P. Management of Temporomandibular disorders and occlusion.
6
th
Ed. Mosby; (2008). ISBN9780323046145.
Nakazawa, Ide; Kamimura, K. Anatomical Atlas of the Temporomandibular
Joint. Quintessence Publishing Co., Ltd; (2001). ISBN4874173624C3047.
Reference:
Dawson, Peter E. Evaluation Diagnosis and Treatment of Occlusal Problems.
2
nd
Ed. Mosby; (1989). ISBN0801627885.
Ash, Major M; Nelson,Stanley J. Wheelers Dental Anatomy Physiology and
Occlusion. 8
th
Ed. Saunders; (2003). ISBN9780721693828.
Semester - 4
DMA 202 Dental Materials
McCabe, John F; Walls, Angus W. G. Applied Dental Materials.9
th
Ed.
Blackwell Publishing.(2008). ISBN9781405139618.
O Brien, William J (William Joseph).Dental Materials and Their Selection. 4
th

Ed. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.; (2008). ISBN9780867154375.
Reference:
Craig, Robert G; Powers, John M; Wataha, John C. Dental Materials : Properties
265
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
and Manipulation. Mosby; (2000).ISBN 0323005128.
Gladwin, Marcia; Bagby, Michael. Clinical Aspects of Dental Materials : theory
practice, and cases. 3
rd
Ed. Lippincott William & Wilkins; (2009).ISBN
9780781764896.
Crispian Scully CBE (Editor).Oxford Handbook of Applied Dental Sciences.
Oxford University Press; (2003). ISBN-13: 978-0198510963.
GMD 202 General Medicine
Scully, Crispian.ABC of Oral Health.BMJ Publishing; (2001).
ISBN0727915517.
Reference:
Gawkrodger, David J Ed. Human Diseases for Dentists.Blackwell Publishing;
(2004). ISBN0632064536.
Graber, George. Color Atlas of Dental Medicine: Removable Partial Dentures.
Georg ThiemeVerlag; (1988). ISBN3137110017.
GSR 202 General Surgery and ENT
Russell,R.C.G; Williams, Norman s; Bulstrode,Christopher J K. Bailey and
Loves Short Practice of Surgery. 24th Ed. Arnold; (2004). ISBN 0340808209.
Reference:
Stephen R. Porter; Crispian Scully; Philip D Welsby; Michael Gleeson.
Medicine and Surgery for Dentistry: Colour Guide. 2nd Ed. Churchill
Livingstone; (1999). ISBN-13: 978-0443061691.
Peter Michael Ford (Author), Derek Maclean (Author). Lecture Notes on
Clinical Medicine and Surgery for Dental Students. 2nd Ed. Blackwell Science
Ltd; (1981). ISBN-13: 978-0632004669.
Arthur Colville Kennedy (Author), Leslie H. Blumgart (Editor). Essentials of
Medicine and Surgery for Dental Students. 3rd Ed. Churchill Livingstone;
(1977). ISBN-13: 978-0443016431.
ORD 202 Oral Radiology - I
Lannucci, Joen M; Howerton, Laura Jansen. Dental Radiography : Principles
and Techniques. 3rd Ed. Saunders; (2006). ISBN9780721615752.
Goaz and White Oral Radiology.
266
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Reference:
Kunihiko, Miyashita; Dixon, Andrew D. Contemporary Cephalometric
Radiography. Quinie book; (1996). ISBN 487417517.
and Techniques. 3rd Ed. Saunders; (2006). ISBN 9780721615752.
Whaites Eric. Essentials of Dental Radiography and Radiology. 2nd Ed.
Churchill Livingstone; (1998). ISBN 0443053499.
Kasle, Myron J. An Atlas of Dental Radiographic Anatomy. 4th Ed. W B
Saunders company; (1994). ISBN 0721648584.
Langlias R. Exercises in Radiological Interpretation.Saunders
Seshadri . The Handbook of Dental Diseases and Remedies. Jaypee; (2006).
Edwards, C., Radiation Protection for Dental radiographers, Mosby; (1984)
OPA 202 Oral Pathology - I
th
(2005). ISBN9780198527947.
Medicine. 8
th
Ed. Churchil Livingstone; (2008). ISBN9780443103650.
Regezi, Joseph A; Sciubba, James J; Jordan, Richard C K . Oral Pathology:
Clinical Pathologic Correlations. 5
th
Ed. Saunders; (2008).
ISBN9780808924074.
Reference:
Vijay Kumar Biradar. Oral Pathology Examinations Review : A complete
Coverage of solved papers and Keynotes. Jaypee Brothers; (2008).
ISBN9788184482539.
Rajendran,R; Sivapathasundharam, B. Shafers Textbook of Oral Pathology. 6
th

Ed. Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann; (2009). ISBN9788131215708.
Pathology.7
th
Ed. Saunders; 2003. ISBN 978-0808923480.
Parfait.Essentials of Oral Pathology.
ETH 202 Ethical and Medico LegalAspects of Dentistry
Rule, James T; Veatch, Robert M. Ethical Questions in Dentistry.2
nd
Ed.
Quintessence Publishing; (2004). ISBN0867154438.
267
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
English, Veronica; Romano-Critchley, Gillian; Sommerville, Ann; Sheather,
Julian; Soommerville, Ann Comp. Medical Ethics Today. 2
nd
Ed. BMJ
Publishing Group; (2004). ISBN9780727917447.
Reference
Pollack Burton R. Law and Risk Management in Dental Practice.Quintessence
Publishing; (2002).ISBN 0867154160.
Mitchell, David A; Mitchell, Laura.Oxford Handbook of Clinical Dentistry.4
th

Ed. Oxford University Press; (2005).ISBN 9780198529200.
Matthews JBR. Risk management in dentistry. Wright 1995
Dyer C (Ed). Doctors, patients and the law. Blackwell Scientific Publications
1992 Chapters 1-4, and 8-10.
Dickson RH. Medical and Dental Negligence. Edinburgh, T&T Clark 1997.
Semester - 5
OPA 301 Oral Pathology - II
th
(2005). ISBN9780198527947.
Medicine. 8
th
Ed. Churchil Livingstone; (2008). ISBN9780443103650.
Regezi, Joseph A; Sciubba, James J; Jordan, Richard C K . Oral Pathology:
Clinical Pathologic Correlations. 5
th
Ed. Saunders; (2008).
ISBN9780808924074.
Reference:
Pathology.7
th
Ed. Saunders; 2003. ISBN 978-0808923480.
Vijay Kumar Biradar. Oral Pathology Examinations Review : A complete
Coverage of solved papers and Keynotes. Jaypee Brothers; (2008).
ISBN9788184482539.
Rajendran,R; Sivapathasundharam, B. Shafers Textbook of Oral Pathology. 6
th

Ed. Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann; (2009). ISBN9788131215708.
Parfait.Essentials of Oral Pathology.
OPD 301 Operative Dentistry - I
Albers, Harry F. Tooth-Colored Restoratives: Principles and Techniques. BC
268
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Decker Inc.; 9th edition (2001). ISBN-13: 978-1550091557.
Drago, Carl. Implant Restorations : A step by Step Guide. 2
nd
Ed. Blackwell;
(2007). ISBN9780813828831.
Reference:
Parameswaran, A; Karthikeyan, K S. Materials in Restorative Dentistry.CBS
Publishers & Distributors; (2000).ISBN8123907060.
Shillinburg, Herbert T; Jacobi, Richard; Brackett, Susan E. Fundamentals of
Tooth Preparations for Cast Metal and Porcelain Restorations. Quintessence
Publishing Co.; (1991). ISBN0867151579.
Kidd, Edwina A M; Smith, Bernard G.N.; Watson, Timothy F; Pickard, H M.
Pickards Manual of Operative Dentistry.8
th
(2003). ISBN9780198509288.
Roberson, Theodore M. Sturdevants Art and Science of Operative Dentistry.
5
th
Ed. Mosby; (2006). ISBN 9780323030090.
RPR 301 Removable Prosthodontics - I
Carr, Alan B; McGivney, Glen P; Brown, David T. McCrackens Removable
Partial Prosthodontics.11
th
Ed. Mosby.(2005). ISBN 9780323026284. 11
th
ed.
Nallaswamy, Deepak. Textbook of Prosthodontics.Jaypee Brothers Medical
Publishers (P) Ltd.; (2003).ISBN 818061199.
Graber, George. Color Atlas of Dental Medicine: Removable Partial Dentures.
Georg ThiemeVerlag; (1988). ISBN3137110017.
Johnson and Statton Fundamentals of Removable Prosthodontics,Quintessence.
1980.
Gavin, P. Renner, Bouchers treatment of partially edentulous patients, CBS.
1982.
Reference:
Grasso, Joseph E., et al, Removable Partial Prosthodontics, Churchill
Livingstone. 1991.
Carr, Alan B; McGivney, Glen P; Brown, David T. McCrackens Removable
Partial Prosthodontics. 11
th
Ed. Mosby; (2005). ISBN9780323026284.
Osborne , John., Designing Removable partial dentures, CBS. 1968.
Zarb, George A; Bolender, Charles L. Prosthodontic Treatment for Edentulous
Patients : Complete Dentures and Implant Supported Prostheses. 12
th
Ed.
Mosby. ISBN9780323022965.
Rahn, Arthur O; Ivanhoe, John R; Plummer, Kevin D.Textbook of complete
Dentures.Peoples Medical Publishing House; 6
th
ed. (2009).
ISBN9781607950257.
269
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
ORT 301 Orthodontics - I
Graber, Thomas M; Vanarsdall, Robert L; Vig, Katherine W L. Orthodontics
:Current Principles & Techniques. 4
th
Ed. Elsevier; (2005). ISBN0323026214.
Proffit, William R; Fields, Henry W; Sarver, David M. Contemporary
Orthodontics. 4
th
Ed. Mosby; (2007). ISBN9780323040464.
McDonald, F; Ireland, A J. Diagnosis of the Orthodontic Patient. Oxford
University Press; (1998). ISBN9780192628893.
Reference
Cobourne, Martyn T; DiBiase, Andrew T. Handbook of Orthodontics.Mosby;
(2010). ISBN9780723434504.
FPR 301 Fixed Prosthodontics - I
Publishers (P) Ltd.; (2003).ISBN 818061199x.
McCord, J Fraser; Grant, Alan A; Youngson, Callum C; Watson, Roger M;
Davis, David M. Missing Teeth : A Guide to Treatment Options. Churchill
Livingstone; (2003). ISBN 0443071535.
Smith, Bernard GN; Howe, Leslie C. Planning and Making Crowns and Bridges.
4
th
Ed. Informa Healthcare; (2007). ISBN9780415398503.
Reference:
Sullivan, Michael O; Wilson, Nairn H F. Fixed Prosthodontics in Dental Practice
:Quintessentials of Dental Practice -22 Prosthodontics-4. Quintessence
Publishing Co., Ltd; (2005). ISBN1850970955.
Fradeani, Mauro . Esthetic Rehabilitation in Fixed Prosthodontics : Esthetics
Analysis A systematic approach to Prosthetic treatment Vol 1 & 2. Quintessence
Publishing Co, Inc.; (2004). ISBN1850971080.
Shillingburg, Herbert T; Lobo, Sumiya; Whitsett, Lowell D; Jacobi, Richard;
Brackett, Susan E. Fundamentals of Fixed Prosthodontics. 3
rd
Ed. Quintessence
Rosenstiel, Stephen F; Land, Martin F; Fujimoto, Junhei.Contemporary Fixed
Prosthodontics.Mosby; (2001). ISBN9780815155591.
Smales Roger J ,Chu Frederick CS ,Kam Anthony CK , Chan Samuel KH ,Luk
Henry WK. Porcelain Laminate Veneers for Dentists and Technicians. Jaypee;
(1999). ISBN:9788171796854.
270
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Malone, et al, Tillmans Principles of Crown and Bridge, Mosby.
END 301 Endodontics- I
Bergenholtz, Gunnar; Bindslev, PrebenHorsted;Reit, Claes. Textbook of
Endodontology. 2
nd
Ed. Wiley-Blackwell; (2010). ISBN9781405170956.
Cohen, Stephen; Hargreaves, Kenneth M. Pathways of the Pulp. 9
th
Ed. Mosby;
(2006). ISBN9780323030670.
Walton, Richard E.; Torabinejad, Mahmoud.Endodontics: Principles and
Practice. 4
th
Ed. Saunders; ( 2008). ISBN-13: 978-1416038511.
Reference:
Ingle, John I; Bakland, Leif K; Baumgartner, J Craig.Ingles Endodontics.
Peoples Medical Publishing House; (2008). ISBN9781550093339.
Orstavik, Dag; Ford,Thomas Pitt. Essential Endodontology: Prevention and
Treatment of Apical Periodontitis. Blackwell; 2
nd
ed. (2008).ISBN
9781405149761.
Semester 6
OSR 302 Oral Surgery - I
Peterson, Larry J. Contemporary Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. 4
th
Ed.
Mosby; (2003). ISBN0323018874.
Pedlar, Jonathan; Frame, John W. Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery: An Objective
based textbook. 2
nd
Ed. ChurchilLivingstone. ISBN9780443100734.
U. J. Moore, U.J. Principles of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.Wiley-
Blackwell; 6
th
Ed (2011). ISBN-13: 978-1405199988.
Reference:
Malik, Neelima Anil. Textbook of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.2
nd
Ed.
(2008). ISBN8184481578.
Kaban, Leonard B; Troulis, Maria J. Pediatric Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.
WB Saunders Company; (2004). ISBN0721696910.
Wray, David; Stenhouse , David; Lee, David. Textbook of General and Oral
Surgery. Churchill Livingstone; (2009). ISBN9780443070839.
Dimitroulis, George. Handbook of Third Molar Surgery.Butterworth-
Heinemann; (2001). ISBN-13: 978-0723610847.
271
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Koerner, Karl R. Manual of Minor Oral Surgery for the General Dentist. Wiley-
Blackwell; (2006). ISBN-13: 978-0813805597.
OPD 302 Operative Dentistry - II
Albers, Harry F. Tooth-Colored Restoratives: Principles and Techniques. BC
Decker Inc.; 9th edition (2001). ISBN-13: 978-1550091557.
nd
Ed. Blackwell;
(2007). ISBN9780813828831.
Reference:
Parameswaran, A; Karthikeyan, K S. Materials in Restorative Dentistry.CBS
Publishers & Distributors; (2000).ISBN 8123907060.
Shillinburg, Herbert T; Jacobi, Richard; Brackett, Susan E. Fundamentals of
Tooth Preparations for Cast Metal and Porcelain Restorations. Quintessence
Publishing Co.; (1991). ISBN0867151579.
th
(2003). ISBN9780198509288.
5
th
Ed. Mosby; (2006). ISBN 9780323030090.
Brunton, Paul A.Decision-Making in Operative Dentistry. Quintessence Pub
Co; (2002). ISBN-13: 978-1850970576.
Walmsley, A. Damien. Restorative Dentistry, 2
nd
Ed. Churchill Livingstone;
(2007).ISBN-13: 978-0443102462.
END 302 Endodontics- II
Bergenholtz, Gunnar; Bindslev, PrebenHorsted; Reit, Claes. Textbook of
Endodontology. 2
nd
Ed. Wiley-Blackwell; (2010). ISBN9781405170956.
Reference:
nd
Ed. (2008).
ISBN9781405149761.

272
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
FPR 302 Fixed Prosthodontics II
Reference:
Sullivan, Michael O; Wilson, Nairn H F. Fixed Prosthodontics in Dental
Practice: Quintessentials of Dental Practice -22 Prosthodontics-4. Quintessence
Publishing Co., Ltd; (2005).
Fradeani, Mauro. Esthetic Rehabilitation in Fixed Prosthodontics : Esthetics
Analysis A systematic approach to Prosthetic treatment Vol. 1& 2. Quintessence
Publishing Co, Inc; (2004). ISBN1850971080.
rd
Ed. Quintessence
RPR 302 Removable Prosthodontics - II
Publishers (P) Ltd.; (2003). ISBN818061199x.
Patients: Complete Dentures and Implant Supported Prostheses. 12
th
Ed. Mosby.
ISBN 9780323022965.
Reference:
Soratur. Viva in Prosthodontics. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (2008).
ISBN-13: 978-8180613791.
Basker, R.M; Davenport, J.C. Prosthetic Treatment of the Edentulous Patient.
Wiley-Blackwell; 4
th
Ed. (2002). ISBN13: 978-0632059980.
PRE 302 Periodontics - I
Newman, Michael G.; Takei, Henry, Klokkevold, Perry R.; Carranza, Fermin
A. Carranzas Clinical Periodontology.Saunders; 11
th
Ed (2011). ISBN-13:
978-1437704167.
John R. Textbook of Periodontology , 1988.
273
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
FPR 302 Fixed Prosthodontics II
Reference:
Sullivan, Michael O; Wilson, Nairn H F. Fixed Prosthodontics in Dental
Practice: Quintessentials of Dental Practice -22 Prosthodontics-4. Quintessence
Publishing Co., Ltd; (2005).
Fradeani, Mauro. Esthetic Rehabilitation in Fixed Prosthodontics : Esthetics
Analysis A systematic approach to Prosthetic treatment Vol. 1& 2. Quintessence
Publishing Co, Inc; (2004). ISBN1850971080.
rd
Ed. Quintessence
RPR 302 Removable Prosthodontics - II
Publishers (P) Ltd.; (2003). ISBN818061199x.
Patients: Complete Dentures and Implant Supported Prostheses. 12
th
Ed. Mosby.
ISBN 9780323022965.
Reference:
Soratur. Viva in Prosthodontics. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (2008).
ISBN-13: 978-8180613791.
Basker, R.M; Davenport, J.C. Prosthetic Treatment of the Edentulous Patient.
Wiley-Blackwell; 4
th
Ed. (2002). ISBN13: 978-0632059980.
PRE 302 Periodontics - I
Newman, Michael G.; Takei, Henry, Klokkevold, Perry R.; Carranza, Fermin
A. Carranzas Clinical Periodontology.Saunders; 11
th
Ed (2011). ISBN-13:
978-1437704167.
Reference:
nd
ed. (2008).ISBN
9781405149761.
Lindhe, Jan; Lang, Niklaus P., Karring, Thorkild. Clinical Periodontology and
Implant Dentistry, 2 Volumes.Wiley-Blackwell; 5
th
Ed. (2008). ISBN-13: 978-
1405160995.
Telakraj . T. Essentials of Periodontology
Watts, Trevor LP. Periodontics in Practice : Science with Humanity. Martin
Dunitz; (2000). ISBN1853178306.
ORT 302 Orthodontics -II
10
nd
Ed. (2008).
ISBN9781405149761.
OSR 401 Oral Surgery - II
th
Ed.
Mosby; (2003). ISBN0323018874.
U. J. Moore, U.J. Principles of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.Wiley-Blackwell;
6
th
Ed. (2011). ISBN-13: 978-1405199988.
Reference:
Wray, David; Stenhouse, David; Lee, David.Textbook of General and Oral
Heinemann; (2001). ISBN-13: 978-0723610847.
Blackwell; (2006). ISBN-13: 978-0813805597.
McGowan, David A. An Atlas of Minor Oral Surgery.Martin Dunitz; 2
nd
Ed.
(1999). ISBN1853177660.
nd
Ed.
(2008). ISBN8184481578.
274
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Pedlar, Jonathan; Frame, John W. Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery : An Objective
based textbook. 2
nd
Ed. Churchil Livingstone. ISBN9780443100734.
ODG 401 Oral Diagnosis
Hackshaw, Allan; Paul, Elizabeth; Davenport, Elizabeth. Evidence-Based
Dentistry: An Introduction. Wiley-Blackwell; 1
st
Ed. (2006). ISBN-13: 978-
1405124966.
Birnbaum, Warren; Dunne, Stephen M. Oral Diagnosis: The Clinicians Guide.
Butterworth-Heinemann (2000); ISBN-13: 978-0723610403.
Scuibba, James J; Regezi, Joseph A; Rogers, Roy S. PDQ Oral Disease
Diagnosis and Treatment.Pmph USA; 1
st
Ed. (2002). ISBN-13: 978-
1550092189.
Reference:
Scully, Crispian.ABC of Oral Health.BMJ Publishing; (2001).
ISBN0727915517.
Scully, Crispian. Oral Facial Disease: A Guide for the Dental Clinical Team.
Churchill Livingstone; 1
st
Ed. (2003). ISBN-13: 978-0443071843.
PDN 401 Preventive Dentistry
Murray, John J. (Editor), Nunn, June H. (Editor), Steele, James G. (Editor).
Prevention of Oral Disease.Oxford University Press, USA; 4
th
Ed. (2003).
ISBN-13: 978-0192632791.
Weinstein P. etal.Strategies for Preventive Dentistry, University Of Washington
Seattle - USA. 1985.
Ireland, Robert. Clinical Textbook of Dental Hygiene and Therapy.Wiley-
Blackwell; 1
st
Ed. (2006).ISBN-13: 978-1405135405.
Reference:
Harris J.J. The Prevention of Oral Diseases, Oxford University, UK.
Primary Preventive Dentistry.Harris, Norman O. Pearson Education USA; 8
th

Ed. (2012). ISBN-13: 978-0132845700.
ORT 401 Orthodontics -III
Graber, Thomas M; Vanarsdall, Robert L; Vig, Katherine W L. Orthodontics:
Current Principles & Techniques. 4
th
Ed. Elsevier; (2005). ISBN0323026214.
275
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Orthodontics. 4
th
Ed. Mosby; (2007). ISBN9780323040464.
Reference:
(2010).ISBN 9780723434504.
Moyers Handbook of Orthodontics, Year Book Medical Publishers, 1988.
ORD 401 Oral Radiology - II
Goaz and White Oral Radiology.Mosby Joen I. Haring.
Alternative Title:
Stuart C. White. Oral Radiology: Principles and Interpretation. 6
th
ed.; (2008).
Mosby .ISBN 978-0323049832
and Techniques. 3rd Ed. Saunders; (2006). ISBN 9780721615752.
Whaites Eric. Essentials of Dental Radiography and Radiology. 2nd Ed.
Churchill Livingstone; (1998). ISBN 0443053499.
References:
Kunihiko, Miyashita; Dixon, Andrew D. Contemporary Cephalometric
Radiography. Quinie book; (1996). ISBN 487417517.
Robert P. Langlais. Exercises in Oral Radiology and Interpretation. Saunders;
4th ed. (2003). ISBN 978-0721600253
Mayron J. Kasle. Atlas of Radiographic Anatomy Saunders Co, USA.
Alternative Title:
LotharWicke. Atlas of Radiologic Anatomy (Netter Basic Science).Saunders;
7
th
ed. (2004).ISBN 978-1929007462.
Seshadri.The Handbook Of Dental Diseases And Remedies. Jaypee; (2003).
Semester - 8
END 402 Endodontics- IV
Bergenholtz, Gunnar; Bindslev, PrebenHorsted; Reit, Claes. Textbook of
Endodontology. 2
nd
Ed. Wiley-Blackwell; (2010). ISBN 9781405170956.
Reference:
276
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
nd
Ed. (2008).
ISBN9781405149761.
PER 402 Periodontics - III
Newman, Michael G.; Takei, Henry ,Klokkevold, Perry R.; Carranza, Fermin
A. Carranzas Clinical Periodontology. Saunders; 11
th
Ed (2011). ISBN-13:
978-1437704167.
Reference:
Lindhe, Jan; Lang, Niklaus P., Karring, Thorkild. Clinical Periodontology and
Implant Dentistry, 2 Volumes.Wiley-Blackwell; 5
th
Ed. (2008). ISBN-13: 978-
1405160995.
Telakraj . T. Essentials of Periodontology.
Watts, Trevor LP. Periodontics in Practice: Science with Humanity. Martin
Dunitz; (2000). ISBN1853178306.
nd
Ed. (2008).
ISBN9781405149761.
OSE 402 Oral Surgery -III
th
Ed.
Mosby; (2003). ISBN0323018874.
U. J. Moore, U.J. Principles of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.Wiley-
Blackwell; 6
th
Ed.(2011). ISBN-13: 978-1405199988.
Reference:
Wray, David; Stenhouse, David; Lee, David.Textbook of General and Oral
Heinemann; (2001). ISBN-13: 978-0723610847.
Blackwell; (2006). ISBN-13: 978-0813805597.
277
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
McGowan, David A. An Atlas of Minor Oral Surgery.Martin Dunitz; 2
nd
ed.
(1999). ISBN1853177660.
Wray, David; Stenhouse , David; Lee, David. Textbook of General and Oral
nd
Ed.
(2008).ISBN 8184481578.
Pedlar, Jonathan; Frame, John W. Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery : An Objective
based textbook. 2
nd
Ed. Churchil Livingstone. ISBN9780443100734.
RPR 402 Removable Prosthodontics - IV
Rahn, Arthur O; Ivanhoe, John R; Plummer, Kevin D.Textbook of Complete
Dentures.Peoples Medical Publishing House; 6
th
Ed. (2009).ISBN
9781607950257.
OPD 402 Operative Dentistry -IV
Albers, Harry F. Tooth-Colored Restoratives: Principles and Techniques.
BCDecker Inc.; 9
th
Ed.(2001). ISBN-13: 978-1550091557
nd
Ed. Blackwell;
(2007). ISBN 9780813828831.
Reference:
th
(2003).ISBN 9780198509288.
Robert Theodore. Operative Dentistry, UCLA Biomed Library, California
University, USA.
5
th
Ed. Mosby; (2006). ISBN 9780323030090.
FPR 402 Fixed Prosthodontics -IV
Publishers (P) Ltd.; (2003).ISBN818061199x.
Sullivan, Michael O; Wilson, Nairn H F. Fixed Prosthodontics in Dental Practice
:Quintessentials of Dental Practice -22 Prosthodontics-4. Quintessence
Publishing Co., Ltd; (2005). ISBN1850970955.
278
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Fradeani, Mauro . Esthetic Rehabilitation in Fixed Prosthodontics : Esthetics
Analysis A systematic approach to Prosthetic treatment Vol 1 & 2. Quintessence
Publishing Co, Inc.; (2004). ISBN 1850971080.
rd
Ed. Quintessence
Shillinburg, Herbert T; Fundamentals of Tooth Preparations for Cast Metal
andPorcelain Restorations. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc,; (1991).
ISBN0867151579.
Rufenacht, Claude R. Fundamentals of Esthetics. Quintessence Publishing Co,
Inc.; (1992). ISBN0867152303.
Romano, Rafi. The Art of Treatment Planning : Dental and Medical Approaches
to the Face and Smile. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc; (2010). ISBN
9781850971979.
Reference:
Chiche, Gerard; Pinault, Alain.Esthetics of Anterior Fixed Prosthodontics.
Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.; (2000). ISBN9780867152586.
ORT 402 Orthodontics - IV
Graber, Thomas M; Vanarsdall, Robert L; Vig, Katherine W L. Orthodontics:
Current Principles & Techniques. 4
th
Ed. Elsevier; (2005). ISBN0323026214.
Orthodontics. 4
th
Ed. Mosby; (2007). ISBN9780323040464.
Reference:
(2010).ISBN 9780723434504.
Moyers Handbook of Orthodontics, Year Book Medical Publishers, 1988.
OME 402 Oral Medicine
Dias. Maxillo-Facial Diseases.
Murray, John J. (Editor), Nunn, June H. (Editor), Steele, James G. (Editor).
Prevention of Oral Disease.Oxford University Press, USA; 4
th
Ed. (2003).
ISBN-13: 978-0192632791.
279
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Reference:
Medicine.Churchil Livingstone; 8
th
Ed. (2008). ISBN9780443103650.
RME 402 Research Methodology
Collins, K. 1999. Participatory Research: A Primer.
Dixon, B. et. al. 1987.A Handbook of Social Science Research..
Everitt, A., Hardiker, P., Littlewood, J. & Mullender, A. 1997. AppliedResearch
For Better Practice.
Hart, C. 1999. Doing a Literature Review.Releasing the Social Science Research
Imagination.
Kvale, Steinar. 1996. Interviews: An Introduction to Qualitative Research
Interviewing.
Mouton, J. & Muller, J. (Eds). 1997. Knowledge, Methods and the PublicGood.
Mouton, J., Muller, J., Franks, P. &Sono, T. (Eds.) 1998. Theory and Methods
in South African Human Science Research: Advances and Innovations.
W. Lawrence Neuman. Social Research Methods: Qualitative and Quantitative
Approaches. Allyn& Bacon;7
th
edition (2009). ISBN 978-0205615964
Robinson, GM. 1998. Methods and Techniques in Human Geography.
Scheurich, James. J. Research Method in the Postmodern.Routledge; (1997)
ISBN 978-0750706452.
Terre Blanche M.&Durrheim, K. (Eds). Research in Practice: Applied Methods
for the Social Sciences.UTC Press; 2
nd
ed. (2009).ISBN 978-1919713694
De Vos, A.S. (ed.), 1999. Research at Grass Roots.A Primer for the Caring
Professions.
Hulley, Stephen B; Cummings, Steven R; Browner, Warren S; Grady, Deborah
G; Newman, Thomas B. Designing Clinical Research. Lippincott William &
Wilkins; 3
rd
ed. (2007).ISBN 9780781782104.
World Health Organization.A Practical Guide for Health Researchers.WHO;
(2005).ISBN 9789290214779.
Semester 9
PDG 501 Principles of Differential Diagnosis
Joen I. Haring. Dental Radiology: Principles of Techniques, Saunders Co, USA
Reference:
Kinihiko Miyashita. Contemporary Cephalometric Radiography, Quintessence
280
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Pub Co, Amazon, USA.
Mayron J. Kasle. Atlas of Radiographic Anatomy, Saunders Co, USA
Seshadri. The Handbook of Dental Diseases and Remedies
COC 501 Clinical Occlusion
Okeson J. Management of Temporomandibular Disorders and Occlusion.
Mosby.
Y. Ide. Anatomical Atlas of the Temporomandibular Joint, Quintessence Co.
Reference:
Peter Dawson. Evaluation, Diagnosis and Treatment of Occlusal Problems.
Mosby.
PER 501 Periodontics IV
Carranzas Clinical Periodontology: Newman, Saunders o, USA
John R. Textbook of Periodontology.
Reference:
Lindhe J. Clinical Periodontology and Implant System Blackwell
Telakraj . T. Essentials of Periodontology
PED 501 Pediatric Dentistry I
Ralph McDonald. Dentistry for Child and Adolescent, Mosby; 9
th
Ed.(2010).
ISBN-13: 978-0323057240
Richard R. Welbury. Pediatric Dentistry, Oxford University Press, USA; 3
rd

Edition (2005). ISBN-13: 978-0198565833
Reference:
Braham and Morris. Pediatric Dentistry ,Williams and Wilkins. 1985.
Richard J Mathewson. Fundamentals of Pediatric Dentistry, Quintessence,
Oxford University Press.
MCP 501 Medically Compromised Patients
Scully,Crispian.Medical Problems in Dentistry, Churchill Livingstone; 6
th
Ed
(2010).ISBN 978-0702030574.
Little, James W ;Falace, Donald. Dental Management of the Medically
Compromised Patient.Mosby; 8
th
Ed. (2012). ISBN-13: 978-0323080286
281
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Reference:
John Thornton. Special and Medically Compromised Patients in Dentistry,
Paperback Year Book.1989.
Stanley F. Malamed.Medical Emergencies in the Dental Office, Mosby; 6
th

edition (2007).ISBN-13: 978-0323042352
Little, James W ;Falace, Donald. Dental Management of the Medically
Compromised Patient. Mosby; 8
th
edition (2012). ISBN-13: 978-0323080286
ETH 501 Ethical and Medico-legal Aspects of Dentistry
Rule JT & Veatch RM. Ethical questions in dentistry. Quintessance Publishing
Co.2004.
Matthews JBR. Risk Management in Dentistry. Wright
Dyer C (Ed). Doctors, patients and the law. Blackwell Scientific Publications
1992 Chapters 1-4, and 8-10.
Sommerville A. Medical ethics today: its practice and philosophy.2
nd
Ed.British
medical association. 2004 Chapters 1-3, 10.
Mitchell L. Oxford handbook of clinical dentistry.5
th
edition. Oxford University
Press 2009 - Sections 15- 16.
Dickson RH. Medical and dental negligence. Edinburgh, T&T Clark 1997.
HDT Hospital Dentistry
All Textbooks of all courses Mentioned Before
CDE 501 Community Dentistry II
Scully, Crispian.ABC of Oral Health.BMJ Publishing.(2001).
ISBN0727915517.
Burt, Brian A; Eklund, Stephen A .Dentistry, Dental Practice and the
Community.6
th
Ed. Elsevier Science; (2005).ISBN072160515x.
Blanaid Daly, Richard G. Watt, Paul Batchelor, Elizabeth T. Treasure. Essential
Dental Public Health. Oxford University Press, USA; (2002).ISBN-13: 978-
0192629746.
Lwang, S. K. Teaching Health Statistics. World Health Organization; (1987).
ISBN-13: 978-9241560900.
Semester 10
CDC 502 Comprehensive Dental Clinic
G. Chestnutt. Churchills Pocketbook of Clinical Dentistry, Churchill. Churchill
Livingstone; 3
rd
Ed. (2007). ISBN-13: 978-0443102110
282
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Robert I. Pocketbook of Clinical Dentistry. Churchill.
Reference:
Hackshaw A .Evidence Based Dentistry. Blackwell.
Scully. Oxford Handbook of Clinical Dentistry, Oxford University, UK
PER 502 Periodontics V
Louis F. Periodontics: Medicine, Surgery and Implants, Amazon Prime.
Telakraj T. Essentials of Periodontics
Reference:
Robert J. Contemporary Periodontics.1990.
Waite, I.M. & J.D. Strahan, Colour Atlas of Clinical and Surgical
Periodontology,Saunders.
PED 502 Pediatric Dentistry II
Ralph McDonald. Dentistry for Child and Adolescent, Mosby; 9
th
ed.(2010).
ISBN-13: 978-0323057240
Welbury D. Pediatric Dentistry. Oxford University Press, United Kingdom.
Reference:
Braham and Morris. Pediatric Dentistry ,Williams and Wilkins. 1985.
Richard Mathewson. Fundamentals of Pediatric Dentistry, Quintessence.
IMP 502 Implantology
Norman et al. Atlas of Oral Implantology. Mosby; 3
rd
edition (2009).ISBN-13:
978-0323045100
Basics of Dental Implantology: indications, Therapy, and Recall, Quintessence
Publishing Co., USA. 1994
El Askary A. Reconstructive Aesthetic Implant Surgery.Wiley-Blackwell
(2003).
Reference:
Karl-Erik Kahnberg. Bone Grafting for Maxillary Implants. Wiley-Blackwell;
1
st
edition (2005).
283
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
MEM 502 Medical Emergencies
Scully C.ABC of Oral Health. Blackwell
Reference:
Head ,Neck and Dental Emergencies, Edited byMike Perry. Oxford University
Press
GER 502 Geriatric Dentistry
Ian Barnes, Angus Walls, Gerodontology.Wright. 1994. out of print
Pedersen P. Textbook of Geriatric Dentistry Blackwell
Reference:
Mark E Maruish, Essentials of Treatment Planning, Wiley
ADV 502 Advanced Diagnosis, Oral Medicine, Pathology & Radiology
Goaz and White Oral Radiology.Mosby Joen I. Haring.
Dental Radiography: Principles and Techniques, Saunders Co, USA
Reference:
Kinihiko Miyashita. Contemporary Cephalometric Radiography, Quintessence
Pub Co, Amazon, USA.1996
Langlias R. Exercises in Oral Radiology and Interpretation.Saunders
Myron J. Kasle. Atlas of Dental Radiographic Anatomy.Saunders Co, USA.
1994.
Seshadri.The Handbook of Dental Diseases and Remedies.Pooja Books-Delhi.
2003
CDE 502 Community Dentistry III
Scully, Crispian.ABC of Oral Health.BMJ Publishing.(2001).
ISBN0727915517.
Burt, Brian A; Eklund, Stephen A .Dentistry, Dental Practice and the
Community.6
th
Ed. Elsevier Science; (2005). ISBN072160515x.
Blanaid Daly, Richard G. Watt , Paul Batchelor, Elizabeth T. Treasure. Essential
Dental Public Health. Oxford University Press, USA; (2002).ISBN-13: 978-
0192629746.
Lwang, S. K. Teaching Health Statistics. World Health Organization; (1987).
ISBN-13: 978-9241560900.
284
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
GRADING, ASSESSMENT
AND PROGRESSION POLICIES
285
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
GRADING, ASSESSMENT
AND PROGRESSION POLICIES
14.0 GRADING, ASSESSMENT AND
PROGRESSION POLICIES
14.1 Grading Policy
Grading Policy for the 2008 to 2010 Batches

Classification Marks scored in Percentage Grade Grade Value
Pass
90 - 100 A 4
85 - 89 B+ 3.5
80 - 84 B 3
75 - 79 C+ 2.5
70-74 C 2
Probation 60-69 D 1
Fail < 60 F 0
Grading Policy from the 2011 Batch onwards
Classification
Marks scored in
Percentage
Grade Grade Value
Pass
90 - 100 A 4
85 - 89 B+ 3.5
80 - 84 B 3
75 - 79 C+ 2.5
70 - 74 C 2
Fail < 70 F 0
14.2 Assessment Policy
Assessment shall be both formative and summative
14.2.1 Formative Assessment:
This is a continuous process carried throughout the period of study and
consists of weekly or end of unit quizzes, tutorials, interactive computer-
based tests, and feedback during small group discussions.
286
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
14.2.2 Summative Assessments:
Theory examination will be in the form of essays, SAQs & MCQs The
practical examination will be in the form of experiments / laboratory
exercises/ OSPEs and OSCEs. Viva Voce will form a part of the practical
examination.
14.3 Progression Policy
Normal duration of the program shall be 5 years (10 semester)
Maximum Permissible duration of the DMD course is 10 years.
The program is credit-based. 6-10 courses are offered in different semesters. Each
course carries a specified number of credits. A student must earn a GPA of 2.0 or
above in each of the courses offered in a semester and a CGPA of 2.0 to
successfully complete that semester.
A maximum of 2 retakes is available to complete the course in the semester where
academic probation is indicated. Non-completion of the course in any semester
within the specified retake limit shall result in dismissal of the student from the
program.
At any time the credit load in any semester should not exceed 23 credits.
Only those students who have passed all the courses shall become eligible to
commence their internship training.
A student who discontinues the academic programme for any reason and rejoins
the programme at a later date, shall be governed by the rules, regulations, courses
of study and syllabi in force at the time of his/her rejoining the programme.
14.4 Attendance Policy
It is mandatory for all students to fulfill the credit hours as specified for each
course in the program of study. Absence from classes can be permitted only with
prior approval from the College Dean and with approved leave, the attendance
requirement can be relaxed up to 80%. If a student fails to get 80% attendance in
any course, it shall be considered as F grade (fail) and the student shall be asked to
register again for the course.
287
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
14.5 Continuous Assessment
The students will be evaluated for their participation and performance in class,
quizzes, tutorial, assignments, lab work, practical assessments, class tests and
midterm examinations, which shall contribute to both continuous and summative
assessments.
288
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
WEEKLY TEACHING SCHEDULE
289
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
WEEKLY TEACHING SCHEDULE
1
2
.
0

W
E
E
K
L
Y

T
I
M
E

T
A
B
L
E

1
2
.
1

W
E
E
K
L
Y

T
I
M
E

T
A
B
L
E

F
O
R

S
E
M
E
S
T
E
R

-

1

D
a
y
s

8
.
3
0
-
9
.
3
0
a
m

9
.
3
0
-
1
0
.
3
0
a
m

1
0
.
3
0
-
1
1
a
m

1
1
a
m
-
1
2
p
m

1
2
p
m
-
1
p
m

1
-
1
.
3
0
p
m

1
.
3
0
-
2
.
3
0
p
m

2
.
3
0
-
3
.
3
0
p
m

S
u
n
d
a
y

C
l
a
s
s

T
e
s
t

H
i
s
t
o
l
o
g
y

(
L
)

B
r
e
a
k

I
s
l
a
m
i
c

C
u
l
t
u
r
e
(
L
)

C
h
e
m
i
s
t
r
y

I

(
L
)

B
r
e
a
k

I
T

p
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

M
o
n
d
a
y

A
n
a
t
o
m
y

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

E
n
g
l
i
s
h
(
L
)

C
h
e
m
i
s
t
r
y

1
I

(
L
)

S
S

S
e
m
i
n
a
r

T
u
e
s
d
a
y

H
i
s
t
o
l
o
g
y

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

S
S

I
T

(
L
)

S
S

A
n
a
t
o
m
y
-
I

*

(
L
)

W
e
d
n
e
s
d
a
y

I
s
l
a
m
i
c

C
u
l
t
u
r
e
(
L
)

I
s
l
a
m
i
c

C
u
l
t
u
r
e
(
L
)

S
S

E
n
g
l
i
s
h
(
L
)

S
S

I
.
T
(
L
)

T
h
u
r
s
d
a
y

A
n
a
t
o
m
y
(
L
)

C
h
e
m
i
s
t
r
y
-
I
I
I

(
L
)

H
i
s
t
o
l
o
g
y

(
L
)

E
n
g
l
i
s
h

(
L
)

C
h
e
m
i
s
t
r
y

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

P
=
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

w
i
l
l

b
e

c
o
n
d
u
c
t
e
d

i
n

L
a
b
o
r
a
t
o
r
y

d
e
s
i
g
n
a
t
e
d
.

S
S

=

S
e
l
f

S
t
u
d
y

C
l
a
s
s
e
s

i
n

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

H
a
l
l

N
o

1

C
o
l
l
e
g
e

o
f

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

1

W
e
e
k
l
y

T
i
m
e
t
a
b
l
e

f
o
r

F
a
l
l

2
0
1
2
D
a
y
s
8
.
3
0

a
m

t
o

9
.
3
0

a
m
9
.
3
0

a
m

t
o

1
0
.
3
0

a
m
1
0
.
3
0

a
m

t
o

1
1
.
0
0

a
m
1
1
a
m

t
o

1
2

p
m
1
2
p
m

t
o

1
p
m
1
p
m

t
o

1
.
3
0
p
m
1
.
3
0

p
m

t
o

2
.
3
0

p
m
2
.
3
0
p
m

t
o

3
.
3
0
p
m
S
u
n
d
a
y
C
l
a
s
s

t
e
s
t
S
S
(
1
0
.
3
0
-
1
1
.
3
0
)
H
i
s
t
o
l
o
g
y
(
L
1
)
(
1
1
.
3
0
-
1
2
.
3
0
)
I
s
l
a
m
i
c

c
u
l
t
u
r
e
(
L
1
)
(
1
2
.
3
0
-
1
.
3
0
)
I
s
l
a
m
i
c

C
u
l
t
u
r
e
(
L
2
)
I
T

(
P
)
M
o
n
d
a
y
s
s
A
n
a
t
o
m
y

(
L
1
)
B
r
e
a
k
A
n
a
t
o
m
y

(
P
)
1
.
0
0
-
1
.
3
0
P
M
E
N
G
L
I
S
H

L
1
1
.
0
0
-
C
O
N
T
C
h
e
m
i
s
t
r
y

(
L
1
)
E
n
g

(
L
1
)
T
u
e
s
d
a
y
H
i
s
t
o
l
o
g
y

(
P
)
H
i
s
t
o
l
o
g
y

(
L
2
)
S
S
E
n
g
(
L
2
)

&

(
L
3
)
W
e
d
n
e
s
d
a
y
s
e
m
i
n
a
r
S
S
(
1
0
.
3
0
-
1
1
.
3
0
)
A
n
a
t
o
m
y
L
2

(
1
1
.
3
0
-
1
2
.
3
0
)
C
l
a
s
s

t
e
s
t
(
1
2
.
3
0
-
1
.
3
0
)

S
S
I
T
C
L
A
S
S

T
E
S
T
T
h
u
r
s
d
a
y
I
s
l
a
m
i
c

c
u
l
t
u
r
e
(
L
3
C
h
e
m

(
L
2
)
1
0
.
3
0

a
m
-
1
2
.
3
0
p
m
C
h
e
m
i
s
t
r
y

(
P
)
1
2
.
3
0
-
1
.
3
0
C
h
e
m

(
L
3
)
I
.
T
S
E
M
I
N
A
R
P
=
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

w
i
l
l

b
e

c
o
n
d
u
c
t
e
d

i
n

L
a
b
o
r
a
t
o
r
y

d
e
s
i
g
n
a
t
e
d
.
S
S

=

S
e
l
f

S
t
u
d
y

1
5
.
0
S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

-

1
290
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
W
E
E
K
L
Y

T
E
A
C
H
I
N
G

S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E

-

2
n
d

S
E
M
E
S
T
E
R

D
a
y
s

8
.
3
0
-
9
.
3
0
a
m

9
.
3
0
-
1
0
.
3
0
a
m

1
0
.
3
0
-
1
1
a
m

1
1
a
m
-
1
2
p
m

1
2
p
m
-
1
p
m

1
-
1
.
3
0
p
m

1
.
3
0
-
2
.
3
0
p
m

2
.
3
0
-
3
.
3
0
p
m

S
u
n
d
a
y

D
e
n
t
a
l

A
n
a
t
o
m
y

(
L
)

B
i
o
c
h
e
m
i
s
t
r
y

(
L
)

B
r
e
a
k

P
h
y
s
i
c
s

(
L
)

B
e
h
a
v
i
o
r
a
l

S
c
i
e
n
c
e

(
L
)

B
r
e
a
k

D
e
n
t
a
l

A
n
a
t
o
m
y

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

M
o
n
d
a
y

A
n
a
t
o
m
y

(
L
)

B
i
o
c
h
e
m
i
s
t
r
y

(
L
)

P
h
y
s
i
o
l
o
g
y

(
L
)

B
e
h
a
v
i
o
r
a
l

S
c
i
e
n
c
e

(
L
)

S
S

C
l
a
s
s

T
e
s
t

T
u
e
s
d
a
y

D
e
n
t
a
l

A
n
a
t
o
m
y

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

A
n
a
t
o
m
y

I
I

(
L
)

P
h
y
s
i
o
l
o
g
y

(
L
)

A
n
a
t
o
m
y

I
I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

W
e
d
n
e
s
d
a
y

P
h
y
s
i
o
l
o
g
y

(
L
)

A
n
a
t
o
m
y
-
I
I

(
L
)

B
i
o
c
h
e
m
i
s
t
r
y

(
L
)

P
h
y
s
i
c
s

(
L
)

B
e
h
a
v
i
o
r
a
l

S
c
i
e
n
c
e

(
L
)

C
l
a
s
s

T
e
s
t

T
h
u
r
s
d
a
y

D
e
n
t
a
l

A
n
a
t
o
m
y

(
L
)

P
h
y
s
i
c
s

(
L
)

P
h
y
s
i
o
l
o
g
y

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

B
i
o
c
h
e
m
i
s
t
r
y

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

P
=
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

w
i
l
l

b
e

c
o
n
d
u
c
t
e
d

i
n

L
a
b
o
r
a
t
o
r
y

d
e
s
i
g
n
a
t
e
d
.

S
D
L
=
S
e
l
f

D
i
r
e
c
t
e
d

L
e
a
r
n
i
n
g

i
n

L
e
a
r
n
i
n
g

c
e
n
t
r
e
.

S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

-

2
291
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
C
o
l
l
e
g
e

o
f

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

3

W
e
e
k
l
y

T
i
m
e

t
a
b
l
e

f
o
r

F
a
l
l

2
0
1
2
D
a
y
s
8
.
3
0

a
m

t
o

9
.
3
0

a
m
9
.
3
0

a
m

t
o

1
0
.
3
0

a
m
1
0
.
3
0

a
m

t
o

1
1
.
0
0

a
m
1
1
a
m

t
o

1
2

p
m
1
2
p
m

t
o

1
p
m
1
p
m

t
o

1
.
3
0
p
m
1
.
3
0

p
m

t
o

2
.
3
0

p
m
2
.
3
0
p
m

t
o

3
.
3
0
p
m
S
u
n
d
a
y
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

P
a
t
h
o
l
o
g
y

L
1
M
i
c
r
o
b
i
o
l
o
g
y

L
1
B
r
e
a
k
1
1
.
3
0
-
1
2
.
3
0
B
i
o
s
t
a
t
i
s
t
i
c
s
L
1
1
2
.
3
0
-
1
.
3
0
P
h
a
r
m
a
c
o
l
o
g
y

L
1
M
i
c
r
o
b
i
o
l
o
g
y

P
M
o
n
d
a
y
M
i
c
r
o
b
i
o
l
o
g
y

L
2
P
r
i
n
c
i
p
l
e
s

o
f

o
c
c
l
u
s
i
o
n

P
P
r
i
n
c
i
p
l
e
s

o
f

o
c
c
l
u
s
i
o
n

L
1

&

L
2
B
r
e
a
k
S
e
m
i
n
a
r
P
h
a
r
m
a
c
o
l
o
g
y

L
2
T
u
e
s
d
a
y
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

P
a
t
h
o
l
o
g
y

P
B
i
o
s
t
a
t
i
s
t
i
c
s

(
L
2
)
P
h
a
r
m
a
c
o
l
o
g
y

L
3
O
r
a
l

H
i
s
t
o
l
o
g
y

L
1
C
l
a
s
s

T
e
s
t
W
e
d
n
e
s
d
a
y
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

p
a
t
h
o
l
o
g
y

L
2
M
i
c
r
o
b
i
o
l
o
g
y

L
3
O
r
a
l

H
i
s
t
o
l
o
g
y

P
P
h
a
r
m
a
c
o
l
o
g
y

P
T
h
u
r
s
d
a
y
O
r
a
l
H
i
s
t
o
l
o
g
y

L
2
S
S
S
S
C
l
a
s
s

t
e
s
t
B
i
o
s
t
a
t
i
s
t
i
c
s

P
P
=
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

w
i
l
l

b
e

c
o
n
d
u
c
t
e
d

i
n

L
a
b
o
r
a
t
o
r
y

d
e
s
i
g
n
a
t
e
d
.
S
S

=

S
e
l
f

S
t
u
d
y
C
l
a
s
s
e
s

i
n

F
o
r
e
n
s
i
c

M
u
s
e
u
m
S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

-

3
292
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
W
E
E
K
L
Y

T
E
A
C
H
I
N
G

S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E

-

4
t
h

S
E
M
E
S
T
E
R
D
a
y
s
8
.
3
0
-
9
.
3
0
a
m
9
.
3
0
-
1
1
.
3
0
a
m
1
1
.
3
0

1
2
.
0
0
1
2
p
m
-
1
p
m
1
-
1
.
3
0
p
m
1
.
3
0
-
2
.
3
0
p
m
2
.
3
0
-
3
.
3
0
p
m
S
u
n
d
a
y
R
a
d
i
o
l
o
g
y

(
L
)
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l

P
o
s
t
i
n
g
s
B
r
e
a
k
S
e
m
i
n
a
r

/

C
l
a
s
s

t
e
s
t
B
r
e
a
k
S
e
m
i
n
a
r
O
r
a
l

P
a
t
h
o
l
o
g
y

I

(
L
)

M
o
n
d
a
y
M
e
d
i
c
i
n
e

(
L
)
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l

P
o
s
t
i
n
g
s
S
S
O
r
a
l

p
a
t
h
o
l
o
g
y

I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
T
u
e
s
d
a
y
M
e
d
i
c
i
n
e

(
L
)
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l

P
o
s
t
i
n
g
s
D
e
n
t
a
l

M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l
s

(
L
)
D
e
n
t
a
l

M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l
s

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
W
e
d
n
e
s
d
a
y
S
u
r
g
e
r
y

(
L
)
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l

P
o
s
t
i
n
g
s
O
r
a
l

P
a
t
h
o
l
o
g
y

I

S
S

/

S
e
m
i
n
a
r
E
t
h
i
c
s

i
n

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

(
L
)
T
h
u
r
s
d
a
y
S
u
r
g
e
r
y

(
L
)
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l

P
o
s
t
i
n
g
s
D
e
n
t
a
l

M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l
s

(
L
)
E
t
h
i
c
s

i
n

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

(
L
)
C
l
a
s
s

T
e
s
t
L
e
c
t
u
r
e
s

&

t
h
e

C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l

f
o
r

G
e
n
e
r
a
l

S
u
r
g
e
r
y
,

G
e
n
e
r
a
l

M
e
d
i
c
i
n
e

a
n
d

O
r
a
l

R
a
d
i
o
l
o
g
y

w
i
l
l

b
e

c
o
n
d
u
c
t
e
d

i
n

G
M
C

H
o
s
p
i
t
a
l
,

A
j
m
a
n
D
e
n
t
a
l

S
u
b
j
e
c
t
s

w
i
l
l

b
e

c
o
n
d
u
c
t
e
d

i
n

t
h
e

D
e
n
t
a
l

C
o
l
l
e
g
e
,

G
M
U
S
S
=
S
e
l
f

S
t
u
d
y

i
n

L
e
a
r
n
i
n
g

c
e
n
t
r
e
.
A
l
l

I
V

S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

D
M
D

s
t
u
d
e
n
t
s

a
r
e

r
e
q
u
e
s
t
e
d

t
o

r
e
p
o
r
t

t
o

G
M
C

H
o
s
p
i
t
a
l

S
e
m
i
n
a
r

r
o
o
m

N
o
:
1

a
t

8
.
3
0

a
m
S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

-

4
293
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
C
o
l
l
e
g
e

o
f

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

5

W
e
e
k
l
y

T
i
m
e
t
a
b
l
e

f
o
r

F
a
l
l

2
0
1
2
D
a
y
s
8
.
3
0

a
m

t
o

9
.
3
0

a
m
9
.
3
0

a
m

t
o

1
0
.
3
0

a
m
1
0
.
3
0

a
m

t
o

1
1
.
0
0

a
m
1
1
a
m

t
o

1
2

p
m
1
2
p
m

t
o

1
p
m
1
p
m

t
o

1
.
3
0
p
m
1
.
3
0
p
m

t
o

2
.
3
0
2
.
3
0

p
m

t
o

3
.
3
0

p
m
3
.
3
0
p
m
-
4
.
3
0
p
m
S
u
n
d
a
y
O
r
a
l

p
a
t
h
o
l
o
g
y

L
1
S
e
m
i
n
a
r
B
r
e
a
k
F
i
x
e
d

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

L
1

&

L
2
B
r
e
a
k
R
e
m
o
v
a
b
l
e

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

&
F
i
x
e
d

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

P
M
o
n
d
a
y
C
l
a
s
s

t
e
s
t
S
S
O
r
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

&

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

P
R
e
m
o
v
a
b
l
e

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s
(
L
1
)

&
(

L
2
)
O
r
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

L
1
T
u
e
s
d
a
y
O
r
a
l

P
a
t
h
o
l
o
g
y

L
2
S
e
m
i
n
a
r
B
r
e
a
k
S
S
C
l
a
s
s

t
e
s
t
B
r
e
a
k
R
e
m
o
v
a
b
l
e

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

&

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

P
W
e
d
n
e
s
d
a
y
O
r
a
l

P
a
t
h
o
l
o
g
y

P
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

L
1

&

L
2
O
r
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

&

F
i
x
e
d

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

P
T
h
u
r
s
d
a
y
E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

L
1
E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

L
2
E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

P
S
S
S
e
m
i
n
a
r
C
l
a
s
s
e
s

i
n

D
e
n
t
a
l

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

H
a
l
l
.
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

w
i
l
l

b
e

c
o
n
d
u
c
t
e
d

i
n

L
a
b
o
r
a
t
o
r
y

d
e
s
i
g
n
a
t
e
d
.
Q
u
i
z
z
e
s

a
n
d

c
l
a
s
s

t
e
s
t

w
i
l
l

b
e

c
o
n
d
u
c
t
e
d

d
u
r
i
n
g

t
h
e

r
e
g
u
l
a
r

c
l
a
s
s

t
i
m
i
n
g
s
.

S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

-

5
294
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
W
E
E
K
L
Y

T
E
A
C
H
I
N
G

S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E

F
O
R

6
t
h

S
E
M
E
S
T
E
R

D
a
y
s
8
.
3
0
-
9
.
3
0
a
m
9
.
3
0
-
1
0
.
3
0
a
m
1
0
.
3
0
-
1
1
a
m
1
1
a
m
-
1
2
p
m
1
2
p
m
-

1
p
m
1
p
m
-
1
.
3
0
p
m
1
.
3
0
p
m
-
4
.
3
0
p
m
S
u
n
d
a
y
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

I
I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
B
r
e
a
k
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

I
I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
R
e
m
o
v
a
b
l
e
P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I
B
r
e
a
k
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

I
I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
\
(

2
p
m

-

4
p
m
)
M
o
n
d
a
y
R
e
m
o
v
a
b
l
e

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
R
e
m
o
v
a
b
l
e

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
O
r
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I
O
r
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

/

F
i
x
e
d

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
T
u
e
s
d
a
y

R
e
m
o
v
a
b
l
e

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y
E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I
E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
t
y

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

L
o
c
a
l
A
n
e
s
t
h
e
s
i
a
F
i
x
e
d
P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I
W
e
d
n
e
s
d
a
y
E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
F
i
x
e
d

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I
F
i
x
e
d

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I
/

O
r
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
T
h
u
r
s
d
a
y
O
r
a
l

s
u
r
g
e
r
y

I
O
r
a
l

s
u
r
g
e
r
y

I
O
r
a
l

S
u
r
g
e
r
y

I

/

P
e
r
i
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
P
e
r
i
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
P
e
r
i
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I

/

O
r
a
l

S
u
r
g
e
r
y

I

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
L
e
c
t
u
r
e
s
,

C
l
a
s
s

t
e
s
t

a
n
d

s
e
m
i
n
a
r
s

w
i
l
l

b
e

c
o
n
d
u
c
t
e
d

i
n

D
e
n
t
a
l

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

H
a
l
l

P
=
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

w
i
l
l

b
e

c
o
n
d
u
c
t
e
d

i
n

L
a
b
o
r
a
t
o
r
y

d
e
s
i
g
n
a
t
e
d
.
.

S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

-

6
295
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
W
e
e
k
l
y

T
i
m
e

T
a
b
l
e

7
t
h

S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r
D
A
Y
C
l
i
n
i
c
s
B
r
e
a
k
C
l
i
n
i
c
s
B
r
e
a
k
T
h
e
o
r
y

c
l
a
s
s
8
:
0
0

-

1
1
:
0
0

a
m
1
1
:
0
0

-

1
1
:
3
0

1
1
:
3
0

a
m

-

2
:
3
0

p
m
2
:
3
0

-

3
:
0
0

p
m
3
:
0
0

-

4
:
0
0

p
m
4
:
0
0

-

5
:
0
0

p
m
S
U
N
O
r
a
l

S
u
r
g
e
r
y

I
I

-

C
L

3
B
r
e
a
k
R
e
m
.

P
r
o
s

-

C
L

4
B
r
e
a
k
O
R
A
L

S
U
R
G
E
R
Y

I
I

-

L

(
P
r
o
f
:
M
o
h
d

S
a
i
d
)
P
r
o
s
t
h
o

R

L

(
D
r
.

S
h
a
j
u
)
R
e
m
.

P
r
o
s

-

C
L

4
O
r
a
l

S
u
r
g
e
r
y

I
I

-

C
L

3
M
O
N
O
r
a
l

(
D
i
a
/
R
a
d
i
o
)

C
L
3
B
r
e
a
k
O
p
.

D
e
n
t
.

-

C
L

4
B
r
e
a
k
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

L

(
D
r
.

A
r
u
n
)
O
r
a
l

R
a
d
i
o
l
o
g
y

-

L
O
p
.

D
e
n
t
.

-

C
L

4
O
r
a
l

(
D
i
a
/
R
a
d
i
o
)

C
L

3
T
U
E
P
r
o
s
t
h
o

F
I
X
E
D
-

C
L
3
B
r
e
a
k
E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

C
L
3
B
r
e
a
k
O
r
a
l

D
i
a
g
n
o
s
i
s

L

(
D
r
.

S
a
n
t
a
n
a
)
P
r
o
s
t
h
o

F
I
X
E
D
-
L

(
D
r
.

Z
u
h
d
i
)
E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

C
L
3

P
r
o
s
t
h
o

F
I
X
E
D

-

C
L
3
W
E
D
E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

C
L
4

B
r
e
a
k
O
r
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

-

C
L

3
B
r
e
a
k
E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

L

(
D
r
.

M
a
r
w
a

/

D
r
.

P
r
a
v
e
e
n
)
O
R
T
H
O

-

L

(
D
r
.

S
a
m
e
e
r
)
O
r
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

-

C
L

3
E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

C
L
4

T
H
U
O
r
a
l

D
i
a
g
n
o
s
i
s

L
7

(
D
r
.

S
u
r
a
)

8
:
3
0

-

9
:
3
0

a
m
P
e
r
i
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

-

L
4

(
G
M
U
)

9
:
3
0

-

1
0
:
3
0

a
m
P
e
r
i
o

L
a
b

G
M
U

(
1
1
:
0
0

-

1
:
0
0

p
m
)
P
r
e
v
e
n
t
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

(
G
M
U
)

1
:
3
0

-

4
:
3
0

p
m

S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

-

7
296
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
1
2
.
8

W
E
E
K
L
Y

T
I
M
E

T
A
B
L
E

F
O
R

S
E
M
E
S
T
E
R

8

D
a
y

8
.
3
0

9
.
3
0

9
.
3
0

1
0
.
3
0

1
0
.
3
0

1
1
.
0
0

1
1
.
0
0

1
2
.
0
0

1
2
.
0
0

1
.
0
0

1
.
0
0

1
.
3
0

1
.
3
0

2
.
3
0

2
.
3
0

3
.
3
0

S
u
n

C
l
a
s
s

T
e
s
t

/

P
r
e
s
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n

O
r
a
l

M
e
d
i
c
i
n
e

B
r
e
a
k

R
e
s
e
a
r
c
h

M
e
t
h
o
d
o
l
o
g
y

O
r
a
l

M
e
d
i
c
i
n
e

B
r
e
a
k

R
e
s
e
a
r
c
h

M
e
t
h
o
d
o
l
o
g
y

R
e
s
e
a
r
c
h

M
e
t
h
o
d
o
l
o
g
y

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

D
a
y

8
.
3
0

9
.
3
0

9
.
3
0

1
0
.
3
0

1
0
.
3
0

1
1
.
3
0

1
1
.
3
0

1
2
.
0
0

1
2
.
0
0

1
.
0
0

1
.
0
0

1
.
3
0

1
.
3
0

2
.
3
0

2
.
3
0

5
.
3
0

M
o
n

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

I
V

B
r
e
a
k

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

I
V

B
r
e
a
k

F
i
x
e
d

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

F
i
x
e
d

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

T
u
e

E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

O
r
a
l

S
u
r
g
e
r
y

I
I
I

O
r
a
l

S
u
r
g
e
r
y

I
I
I

W
e
d

R
e
m
o
v
a
b
l
e

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

R
e
m
o
v
a
b
l
e

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

P
e
r
i
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I
I

P
e
r
i
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I
I

T
h
u

O
r
a
l

M
e
d
i
c
i
n
e

S
e
m
i
n
a
r

/

C
l
a
s
s

T
e
s
t

O
r
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

O
r
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

-

8
1
2
.
8

W
E
E
K
L
Y

T
I
M
E

T
A
B
L
E

F
O
R

S
E
M
E
S
T
E
R

8

D
a
y

8
.
3
0

9
.
3
0

9
.
3
0

1
0
.
3
0

1
0
.
3
0

1
1
.
0
0

1
1
.
0
0

1
2
.
0
0

1
2
.
0
0

1
.
0
0

1
.
0
0

1
.
3
0

1
.
3
0

2
.
3
0

2
.
3
0

3
.
3
0

S
u
n

C
l
a
s
s

T
e
s
t

/

P
r
e
s
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n

O
r
a
l

M
e
d
i
c
i
n
e

B
r
e
a
k

R
e
s
e
a
r
c
h

M
e
t
h
o
d
o
l
o
g
y

O
r
a
l

M
e
d
i
c
i
n
e

B
r
e
a
k

R
e
s
e
a
r
c
h

M
e
t
h
o
d
o
l
o
g
y

R
e
s
e
a
r
c
h

M
e
t
h
o
d
o
l
o
g
y

P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l

D
a
y

8
.
3
0

9
.
3
0

9
.
3
0

1
0
.
3
0

1
0
.
3
0

1
1
.
3
0

1
1
.
3
0

1
2
.
0
0

1
2
.
0
0

1
.
0
0

1
.
0
0

1
.
3
0

1
.
3
0

2
.
3
0

2
.
3
0

5
.
3
0

M
o
n

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

I
V

B
r
e
a
k

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

I
V

B
r
e
a
k

F
i
x
e
d

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

F
i
x
e
d

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

T
u
e

E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

E
n
d
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

O
r
a
l

S
u
r
g
e
r
y

I
I
I

O
r
a
l

S
u
r
g
e
r
y

I
I
I

W
e
d

R
e
m
o
v
a
b
l
e

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

R
e
m
o
v
a
b
l
e

P
r
o
s
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

P
e
r
i
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I
I

P
e
r
i
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
I
I

T
h
u

O
r
a
l

M
e
d
i
c
i
n
e

S
e
m
i
n
a
r

/

C
l
a
s
s

T
e
s
t

O
r
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

O
r
t
h
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

I
V

297
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
W
e
e
k
l
y

T
i
m
e

T
a
b
l
e

9
t
h

S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r
D
A
T
E
8
:
3
0

-

9
:
3
0

a
m
9
:
3
0

-

1
0
:
3
0

a
m
1
0
:
3
0

-

1
1
:
3
0

a
m
1
1
:
3
0

-

1
2
:
3
0

p
m
1
2
:
3
0

-

1
:
3
0

p
m
1
:
3
0

-

2
:
3
0

p
m
2
:
3
0

-

3
:
3
0

p
m
3
:
3
0

-

4
:
3
0

p
m
T
h
e
o
r
y

C
l
i
n
i
c
s
B
r
e
a
k
S
D
L
T
h
e
o
r
y
S
u
n
d
a
y

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

-

P
e
d
i
a
t
r
i
c

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y
P
e
d
i
a
t
r
i
c

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

(
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l
)
B
r
e
a
k
S
D
L
L
e
c
t
u
r
e

-
P
r
i
n
c
i
p
l
e
s

o
f

D
i
f
f
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

D
i
a
g
n
o
s
i
s

(
D
r
.

S
u
r
a
)
M
o
n
d
a
y

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

C
O

(
P
r
o
f
.

S
a
e
e
d
)
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l

O
c
c
l
u
s
i
o
n

(
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l
)
B
r
e
a
k
S
D
L
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l
-
P
r
i
n
c
i
p
l
e
s

o
f

D
i
f
f
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

D
i
a
g
n
o
s
i
s
T
u
e
s
d
a
y

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

P
e
r
i
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

P
e
r
i
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

(
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l
)
B
r
e
a
k
S
D
L
L
e
c
t
u
r
e

-

E
t
h
i
c
s

(
D
r
.

J
o
s
h
u
a
)
W
e
d
n
e
s
d
a
y

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

P
e
d
i
a

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y
L
e
c
t
u
r
e

M
e
d
i
c
a
l
l
y

C
o
m
p
r
o
m
i
s
e
d

p
t
s
.
B
r
e
a
k
L
e
c
t
u
r
e

C
o
m
m
u
n
i
t
y

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y
C
a
s
e

p
r
e
s
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
s
B
r
e
a
k
S
D
L
C
a
s
e

p
r
e
s
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n

T
h
u
r
s
d
a
y
L
e
c
t
u
r
e

-
H
o
s
p
i
t
a
l

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y
H
o
s
p
i
t
a
l

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l

R
o
t
a
t
i
o
n
B
r
e
a
k
L
e
c
u
t
r
e

E
t
h
i
c
s
L
e
c
t
u
r
e

E
t
h
i
c
s
S
D
L
S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

-

9
298
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
T
i
m
e

T
a
b
l
e

-

1
0
t
h

S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

D
A
Y

8
:
3
0

-

9
:
3
0

a
m

9
:
3
0

-

1
0
:
3
0

a
m

1
0
:
3
0

-

1
1
:
3
0

a
m

1
1
:
3
0

-

1
2
:
3
0

p
m

1
2
:
3
0

-

1
:
3
0

p
m

1
:
3
0

-

2
:
3
0

p
m

2
:
3
0

-

3
:
3
0

p
m

3
:
3
0

-

4
:
3
0

p
m

T
h
e
o
r
y

C
l
i
n
i
c
s

B
r
e
a
k

S
D
L
/
T
H
E
O
R
Y

S
U
N

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

1
-
C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
a
l

C
l
i
n
i
c
s

C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
a
l

C
l
i
n
i
c
s

(
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l
)

A
l
l

F
a
c
u
l
t
y

B
r
e
a
k

S
D
L

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

2
-
C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e

D
e
n
t
a
l

C
l
i
n
i
c
s

M
O
N

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

1
-
P
e
r
i
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

V

P
e
r
i
o
d
o
n
t
i
c
s

V

(
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l
)

D
r
.

S
e
s
h
a

B
r
e
a
k

B
r
e
a
k

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

1
-
M
e
d
i
c
a
l

E
m
r
g
e
n
c
i
e
s

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

1
-
P
e
d
i
a
t
r
i
c

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

D
r
.

S
h
a
n
t
i

T
U
E

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

2

-

P
e
d
i
a
t
r
i
c

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

P
e
d
i
a
t
r
i
c

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

(
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l
)

I
m
p
l
a
n
t
o
l
o
g
y

C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l

B
r
e
a
k

S
D
L

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

1

-

I
m
p
l
a
n
t
o
l
o
g
y

P
r
o
f
.

M
o
h
a
m
e
d

S
a
i
d

W
E
D

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

1
-
G
e
r
i
a
t
r
i
c

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

D
r
.

S
u
r
a

M
e
d
i
c
a
l

E
m
e
r
g
e
n
c
i
e
s

C
l
i
n
i
c
s

(
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l
)

A
l
l

F
a
c
u
l
t
y

B
r
e
a
k

B
r
e
a
k

S
D
L

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

1
-
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
t
y

D
e
n
t
i
s
t
r
y

D
r
.

S
h
a
n
t
i

T
H
U

L
e
c
t
u
r
e

1

-

A
d
v
a
n
c
e
d

D
i
a
g
n
o
s
i
s

D
r
.

S
u
r
a

A
l
i

A
d
v
a
n
c
e
d

D
i
a
g
n
o
s
i
s

(
C
l
i
n
i
c
a
l
)

B
r
e
a
k

B
r
e
a
k

S
e
m
i
n
a
r
s

S
e
m
e
s
t
e
r

-

1
0
S
D
L
/
T
H
E
O
R
Y
C
l
i
n
i
c
s
T
h
e
o
r
y
299
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
300
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
300
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
DEAN'S LIST OF TOPPERS
301
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
16.0 DEAN'S LIST OF TOPPERS
TOPPERS IN THE I YEAR DMD PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION
July 2012 (2011 Batch)
Reg. No Name CGPA
2011D003 Ms. SyedaSheemaHussaini 3.88
2011D006 Ms. SimranKaur 3.85
2011D019 Ms. UzmaRahber 3.70
2011D022 Mr. Fareshta Jan Abdul Karim 3.70
TOPPERS IN THE II YEAR DMD PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION
Reg. No Name
CGPA
2010D010 Ms. Zahra Abdul Khaliq 3.90
2010D012 Ms. Shadan Fatima 3.82
2010D014 Mr. Ardeshir Amir Hosseini 3.78
302
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
TOPPERS IN THE III YEAR DMDPROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION
Reg. No Name
CGPA
2009D032 Ms. MarwaAbdulwahid Al Awani 3.43
2009D033 Ms. Bara Abdulwahid Al Awani 3.13
2009D019 Ms. Sara Dakhili 2.99
2009D027 Ms. Maryam Giahi 2.99
TOPPERS IN THE IV YEAR DMD PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION
Reg. No Name
CGPA
2008D026 Ms. NimraImtiaz 3.38
2008D025 Ms. AaliaJoosub 3.37
2008D001 Ms. Manal Jabir HussainBhutta 3.36
303
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
ADMINISTRATORS AND FACULTY
304
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
17.0 ADMINISTRATORS & FACULTY
17.1 Administrators
Mr. Thumbay Moideen Founder President
Prof. Gita Ashok Raj Provost
Dr. P.K. Menon Director, Administration
Prof. Mohammed Arifulla Dean, Admissions & Registers
Prof. R. Chandramouli Dean, Assessment & Evaluation
Prof. Manda Venkatramana Dean, College of Medicine
Prof. Mohamed Mohamed Said Hamed Dean, College of Dentistry
Prof. Arun Shirwaikar Dean, College of Pharmacy
Dr. Ramesh Ranganathan Associate Dean, Graduate Studies
Mr. Praveen Kumar K Associate Dean, College of Allied Health Sciences
Dr. Joshua Ashok Associate Dean Student Affairs
Dr. K. G. Gomathi Associate Dean, Admissions & Registers
Dr. Rizwana Burhanuddin Shaikh Associate Dean, Assessment & Evaluation
Dr. Ghaith Jassim Jaber Al Eyd Associate Dean, College of Medicine
Dr. Dr. Sura Ali Ahmed Foud Al-Bayati Associate Dean, College of Dentistry
Dr. Kishore Gnana Sam Sundararaj Associate Dean, College of Pharmacy
17.2 List of Faculty Members
Faculty of Dental Science
Name Qualifications Conferring University Designation
Prof. Mohamed Mohamed
Said Hamed
BDS 1977
MSc 1982
Ph.D - 1986
Cairo University, Egypt
Alexandria University,
Egypt
Tanta University, Egypt
Dean &
Professor of
Oral and
Maxillofacial
Surgery
Dr. Sura Ali Ahmed Foud
Al-Bayati
M.Sc 1995
DDS - 2004
Ph.D 2005
Baghdad University, Iraq
Ajman University, UAE
Associate Dean
& Assistant
Professor of
Oral Medicine
Dr. VenkannaGudda
Sreenivas Prasad
MDS 2000
DNB 2003
Ph.D - 2007
Rajiv Gandhi University
of Health Sciences, India
National Board of
Examinations, India
Clinical
Associate
Professor of
Oral &
Maxillofacial
Surgery
305
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Dr. Marwa El Sayed
Mohammad MasrySharaan
M.Sc (endodontics)
- 2003
DDSc
(endodontics) -
2009
Suez Canal University,
Egypt
Suez Canal University,
Egypt
Clinical
Assistant
Professor in
Endodontics
Dr. Nabeel Safwat
Mohammed Al Nahaas
BDS 1997
MDSc 2005
Fellowship in
Implant Dntistry -
2006
Associate
Fellowship in
Implant Dentistry -
2006
University of Baghdad,
Iraq
Jordan University of
Science & Technology,
Jordan
Jordan University of
Science & Technology,
Jordan
American academy of
Implant Dentistry
Clinical
Assistant
Professor of
Prosthodontics
Dr. Zuhdi Munzer Zuhdi
Azzam
DDS 2004
Certificate of
Implant Specialist
- 2008
MSc 2010
Ajman University, UAE
University of Sevill, Spain
Egypt
Senior Clinical
Lecturer in
Conservative
Dentistry
Dr. Shaju Philip
BDS 1990
MDS - 1995
Mangalore University,
India
Manipal Academy of
Higher Education, India
Clinical
Lecturer in
Prosthodontics
(Fixed &
Removable)
Dr. Prathibha Prasad
BDS - 2001
MDS - 2008
Lecturer in
Oral Pathology
Dr. Shakeel Santerbennur
Khazi
BDS 1992
MDS - 1999
Mysore University, India
Rajiv Gandhi University,
India
Lecturer in
Prosthodontics
Dr. Santana Natarajan
BDS 1996
MDS - 1999
India
India
Clinical
Lecturer in
Oral Medicine
Dr. Praveen Kumar Shetty
BDS 1999
MDS 2002
Manipal Academy of
India
Clinical
Lecturer in
Endodontics
Dr. Sameer Kumar
BDS 1997
MDS - 2001
M R Ambedkar Dental
College, Inda
A B Shetty Memorial
Institute of Dental Science,
India
Clinical
Lecturer in
Orthodontics
306
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Dr. Arun Sekharan
Devarajan
BDS 2001
MDS - 2005
Manipal Academy of
India
Clinical
Lecturer in
Conservative
Dentistry
Dr. Yohan George Verghese
BDS 2001
MDS 2007
Ph.D - 2009
Dr. MGR Medical
University, India
The Open International
University for
Complementary
Medicines, Australia
Clinical
Lecturer in
Orthodontics
Dr. Sesha Reddy Manchala
BDS 2002
MDS - 2006
India
India
Clinical
Lecturer in
Periodontics
Dr. Sweta Suhas Prabhu
BDS 2004
MDS - 2008
Clinical Tutor
in Periodontics
Dr. Serag Mohd Ismail BDS - 1995
Egypt
Clinical Tutor
Dr. Danavanthi Sadashiv
Bangera
BDS 2000 Mumbai University, India Clinical Tutor
Dr. Lena A. Abdulrahim BDS 1996 Baghdad University, Iraq
Dental Lab
Instructor
Dr. Sughu Malayil Koshy
M.Sc 2006
DDPH RCS
(Diploma in Dental
Public Health) -
2009
University of London
UK
The Royal College of
Surgeons of England, UK
Adjunct
Clinical
Faculty in
Community
Dentistry
Dr. PayamKalbasi
BDS 1998
M.Sc
(Orthodontics) -
2006
Bangalore University,
India
Marmara University,
Turkey
Adjunct
Clinical
Faculty in
Orthodontics
Dr. Nesrine Aly Mokhtar
Hassan El Sahn
BDS 2002
Master Degree in
Dental Science -
2009
Adjunct
Clinical
Faculty in
Dental Material
307
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Faculty of Biomedical Sciences
Prof. Gita Ashok Raj
MBBS 1970
MD - 1979
MNAMS 1981
(Morbid Anatomy)
Shivaji University, India
All India Institute of
Medical Sciences, India
National Board of
Examinations, India
Professor &
Head of the
Department of
Pathology
Prof. Mohammed Arifulla
M.Sc. 1973
Ph.D - 1984
University of Mysore,
India
University of Madras,
India
Professor &
Head of the
Department of
Pharmacology
Prof. R. Chandramouli
M.Sc 1972
Ph.D - 1981
India
India
Professor &
Head of the
Department of
Physiology
Prof. Ishtiyaq Ahmed
Shaafie
MBBS 1977
MD 1983
Kashmir University, India
Chandigarh University,
India
Professor &
Head of the
Department of
Biochemistry
Prof. Shatha Saeed
Hamed Al Sharbathi
M.B.Ch.B 1976
DCM 1985
M.Sc 1989
Ph.D - 1998
Professor &
Head of the
Department of
Community
Medicine
Prof. Elsheba Mathew*
MBBS - 1977
MD - 1986
M Phil - 1993
India
M.G. University, India
University of Madras
Professor,
Department of
Community
Medicine
Prof. Joyce Jose
MBBS 1984
MD - 1990
Kerala University
M.G. University
Professor,
Department of
Pathology
Prof. Bushra Hasan
Elshafei Elzawahry
M.B.B.Ch 1983
M.Sc 1993
MD (Ph.D) - 1997
Al-Azhar University,
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Professor,
Department of
Physiology
308
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Prof. Mandar Vilas
Ambike
MBBS 1989
MS - 1996
Pune University, India
Professor &
Head of the
Department of
Anatomy
Dr. Ramesh Ranganathan
MBBS 1994
MD - 2001
NTR University of Health
Sciences, India
NTR University of Health
Sciences, India
Associate
Professor &
Head of the
Department of
Microbiology
Dr. Joshua Ashok
MBBS - 1983
MD - 1992
India
M.G.R. University, India
Associate
Professor &
Head of the
Department of
Forensic
Medicine
Dr. K. G. Gomathi
M.Sc. 1985
Ph.D - 1993
Associate
Professor,
Department of
Biochemistry
Dr. Rizwana
Burhanuddin Shaikh
MBBS - 1992
MD - 1999
India
Kevempu University, India
Associate
Professor,
Department of
Community
Medicine
Dr. Nelofar Sami Khan M.Sc. 1994
Ph.D - 1998
Aligarh Muslim
University, India
Aligarh Muslim
University, India
Associate
Professor,
Department of
Biochemistry
Dr. Ghaith Jassim Jaber
Al Eyd
MBChB - 1995
M.Sc. - 1999
Ph.D - 2005
Al-Nahrain University,
Iraq
Iraq
Iraq
Assistant
Professor,
Department of
Pathology
309
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Dr. Syed Shehnaz Ilyas MBBS - 1994
MD - 2002
Dr. M.G.R. Medical
University, India
Dr. M.G.R. Medical
University, India
Assistant
Professor,
Department of
Pharmacology
Dr. May Khalil Ismail M.Sc. 1986
Ph.D - 2006
Colarado State University,
USA
University of Mosul, Iraq
Assistant
Professor,
Department of
Biochemistry
Dr. Nisha Shantha
Kumari
MBBS 1999
MD 2005
DNB - 2005
University of Kerala, India
National Board of
Education, India
Assistant
Professor,
Department of
Physiology
Dr. Sajit Khan Ahmed
Khan
MBBS 1995
MD - 2006
India
Annamalai University,
India
Assistant
Professor,
Department of
Microbiology
Dr. Rasha Ali Abdel
Razek Eldeeb
MBBS 1995
M.Sc 2005
MD - 2010
University of Cairo, Egypt
Assistant
Professor,
Department of
Physiology
Dr. Faheem Ahmed
Khanzada
MBBS 1989
MPH - 2006
University of Karachi,
Pakistan
University of Malaya,
Malaysia
Senior
Lecturer,
Department of
Community
Medicine
Dr. Mohammad
Mesbahuzzaman
MBBS 1998
MD - 2011
University of Dhaka,
Bangladesh
University of Dhaka,
Bangladesh
Lecturer,
Department of
Pathology
Ms. Soofia Ahmed M.Sc 1986
M.Phil - 1989
Pakistan
Pakistan
Lecturer,
Department of
Physiology
Ms. Devapriya Finney
Shadroch
B.Sc 1985
M.Sc - 1988
India
India
Lecturer,
Department of
Microbiology
Dr. Shiny Prabha Mohan MBBS 2003
MD - 2008
University of Kerala
University of Kerala
Lecturer,
Department of
Pathology
310
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Ms. Suni Ebby B.Sc 1996
M.Sc - 1999
Kerala University, India
Mahatma Gandhi
University, India
Lecturer in
Anatomy
Dr. Mehzabin Ahmed MBBS 1996
DCP - 2000
India
Rajiv Ghandhi University
Demonstrator,
Department of
Pathology &
Clinical Skills
Lab Instructor
Dr. Nada A. Kadhum* MBChB - 2000 Al Mustanseria University,
Iraq
Demonstrator,
Department of
Anatomy
Dr. Liju Susan Mathew MBBS 2006
MS - 2010
Gulf Medical University,
UAE
Baba Farid University of
Health Sciences, India
Demonstrator,
Department of
Anatomy
Dr. Priya Sajith MBBS 1995
Diploma in Clinical
Pathology
Dr. MGR Medical
University, India
Tutor,
Department of
Microbiology
Dr. Erum Khan

MBBS - 2001 University of Punjab,
Pakistan
Simulation
Instructor
*-on sabbatical leave
Faculty of Clinical Science
Internal Medicine
Dr. Shaik Altaf Basha MBBS - 1974
MD - 1978
India
India
Clinical
Professor &
Head of the
Department
Dr. Salwa Abd El Zaher
Mabrouk
M.B.B.Ch 1976
M.S - 1982
M.D - 1992
Ain Shams University,
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Clinical
Professor
Dr. Mahir Khalil Ibrahim
Jallo
M.B.B.Ch - 1981
Certificate of Arab
Board of Internal
Medicine - 1992
University of Mosul, Iraq
Arab Board of Medical
Specialization
Clinical
Associate
Professor
311
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Dr. Mohammed Khalid MBBS 2002
MD 2007
MRCP - 2011
of Medical Science, India
Manipal University, India
Physicians, UK
Clinical
Lecturer
Cardiology
Dr. Ehab Moheyeldin
Farag Esheiba
M.B.B.Ch 1995
Diploma in Internal
Medicine 1999
M.Sc - 2004
MRCP - 2009
Egypt
Zagazigu University,
Egypt
Physicians, UK
Clinical
Assistant
Professor &
Head of the
Department
Dr. Mohamed Ahmed
Mohamed Fathi Ahmed
MBBS 1995
M.Sc 2003
Diploma in TQM in
Healthcare - 2003
Egypt
Egypt
American University in
Cairo, Egypt
Clinical
Lecturer
Neurology
Dr. Mohamed Hamdy
Ibrahim Abdalla
M.B.B.Ch 1999
M.Sc 2005
MD - 2008
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Clinical
Assistant
Professor
Dermatology
Dr. Irene Nirmala Thomas MBBS 1986
MD 1997
Diploma in
Dermatology
2004
India
Dr. MGR University, India
Royal College of
Physicians & Surgeons of
Glasgow, UK
Clinical
Professor and
Head of the
Department
Dr. Wesam J Khadum M.B.B.Ch - 1992
FICMS - 2005
Al-Mustanseriah
University, Iraq
Iraqi Commission for
Medical Specialization
Clinical
Assistant
Professor
312
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Psychiatry
Dr. Mohanad Abdulrahman
Abdul Wahid
M.B.B.Ch - 1984
FICMS - 1999
(Psychiatry)
Al Mustansiriya,
University, Iraq
Al Mustansiriya
University, Iraq

Clinical
Lecturer
Family Medicine
Dr. Younes Younes Abou
El Enien
M.B.B.Ch - 1980
DTM & H - 1988
PGCOD in Family
Practice and
Women Health -
2000
Egypt
Egypt
University of Exeter, U.K
Clinical
Lecturer
General Surgery
Dr. Yasien Malallah Taher M.B.Ch.B - 1974
FRCS - 1984
Royal College of Surgeons,
U.K
Clinical
Professor &
Head of the
Department
Dr. Manda Venkatramana MBBS - 1987
MS - 1990
FRCS - 2001
Saurashtra University,
India
Saurashtra University,
India
Royal College of Surgeons,
Edinburg, U.K
Dean &
Clinical
Professor
Dr. Pradeep Kumar Sharma MBBS 1984
MS 1997
MRCS - 2010
Andhra University, India
University of Mumbai
Royal College of Surgeons
in Ireland
Clinical
Associate
Professor
Dr. Mohanad Mohamad
Sultan
M.B.Ch.B - 1996
FICMS 2004
CABS 2004
MRCS - 2008
Al Mustansiriya
University, Iraq
Iraqi Commission for
Medical Specialization,
Iraq
Arab Commission of
Medical Specialization,
Syria
Royal College of
Physicians & Surgeons of
Glasgow, UK
Clinical
Lecturer
313
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Dr. Mohamed Sobhy Badr
Sobei
MBBCh 2001
MSc 2005
Al Azhar University, Egypt
Clinical
Lecturer
Orthopedics
Dr. Kisan Rajaramji
Patond
MBBS - 1978
MS (ortho) - 1983
Nagpur University, India
Clinical
Professor and
Head of the
Department
Dr. Sujaad Al Badran M.B.Ch.B - 1972
FRCS 1984
Mosul University, Iraq
Royal College of
Surgeons, Edinburg UK
Clinical
Associate
Professor
Dr. Amit Chaturvedi MBBS - 1993
MS - 1998
DNB - 1999
MNAMS - 2004
University of Calcutta,
India
National Board of
Examinations, India
National Academy of
Clinical
Associate
Professor
Neuro Surgery
Dr. Hashim Jawad Jaafar
M.B.Ch.B 1996
FIBNS - 2004
Nahrain University, Iraq
Clinical Tutor
Radiology
Dr. Tarek Fawzy Abdou
Abd El Ghaffar
M.B.B.Ch - 1988
M.Sc - 1993
Clinical
Lecturer &
Head of the
Department
Anesthesiology
Dr. Raji Sharma MBBS 1989
MD - 1998
University of Mumbai,
India
Clinical
Associate
Professor &
Head of the
Department
314
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Dr. Sona Chaturvedi MBBS - 1994
MD - 2001
Clinical
Assistant
Professor
Dr. Arun Kumar Muthu
Subramanian
MBBS 1994
MD - 1999
Barkathulla University,
India
Clinical
Lecturer
Urology
Dr. Ihsan Ullah Khan
MBBS 1985
MS - 1996
Punjab University, Pakistan
Punjab University, Pakistan
Clinical
Assistant
Professor
Dr. Mohammad
Abdelhafeez
Aly Frig
MBBCh 1996
MSc 2001
MD - 2007
Clinical
Assistant
Professor
Otorhinolaryngology
Dr. Tambi Abraham
Cherian
M.B.B.S 1984
DLO - 1989
MS 1992
Dip NB - 1992
Madras University, India
National Board of
Examinations, India
Clinical
Professor and
Head of the
Department
Dr. Meenu Khurana
Cherian
MBBS 1987
DLO 1991
MS - 1994
Madras University, India
Clinical
Professor
Dr. Effat Radwan Isaa
Radwan
M.B.B.Ch.B - 1969
MS - 1983
Egypt
Clinical
Lecturer
315
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Ophthalmology
Dr. Salwa Abd El-Razak
El Sayed Attia
MBBCh 1975
MS 1981
Fellowship in
Cornea and
Refractive Surgery
1991
MD - 2000
Egypt
Egypt
Atlanta University, USA
Egypt
Clinical
Professor &
Head of the
Department
Dr. Pankaj Lamba MBBS 1997
Diploma in
Ophthalmology
2001
DNB 2004
FRCS - 2004
Aligarh Muslim University,
India
National Board of
Examinations, India
Royal College of
Physicians & Surgeons,
UK
Clinical
Lecturer
Obstetrics & Gynecology
Dr. Mawahib Abd
Salman Al Biate
M.B.Ch.B - 1980
Arab Board for
Medical
Specialization
DGO - 1988
Basrah Medical College,
Iraq
Arab Board, Syria
College of Mustanseriya,
Iraq
Clinical
Professor &
Head of the
Department
Dr. Kasturi Anil
Mummigatti
MBBS - 1981
MD - 1986
Bangalore University, India
Bangalore University, India Clinical
Associate
Professor
Dr. Shanti Fernandes MBBS 1998
MD - 2002
MAHE University, India
MAHE University, India
Clinical
Assistant
Professor
Dr. Prashanth Hegde MBBS 1992
MD 2003
DNB - 2004
National Board of
Examinations, India
Chief of
Medical Staff
& Clinical
Assistant
Professor
316
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Dr. Manjula Reddy
Honnura Reddy
MBBS 1992
MD 1996
DNB 1996
MRCOG - 2005
Karnataka University, India
National Board of
Examinations, India
Royal College of
Obstetrics & Gynecology,
UK
Clinical
Assistant
Professor
Dr. Malini Vijayan MBBS 1990
DGO 2003
DNB - 2005
MG University, India
MG University, India
National Board of
Examinations , India
Clinical
Lecturer
Dr. Dipti Navanitlal Shah MBBS 1994
Diploma in OBG -
1997
The Maharaja Sayajirao
University of Baroda, India
The Maharaja Sayajirao
University of Baroda, India
Clinical Tutor
Dr. Wajiha Ajmal MBBS - 1997 University of Peshawar,
Pakistan
Clinical Tutor
Pediatrics
Dr. Mahmoud Elsayed
Attia Shamseldeen
M.B.B.Ch - 1976
M.Sc - 1981
MD - 1985
Al Azhar University,
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Clinical
Professor &
Head of the
Department
Dr. Ignatius Edwin
DSouza
MBBS 1990
MD - 1996
MRCPCH - 2007
India
Post Graduate Institute of
Medical Education &
Research, India
Royal College of
Pediatrics & Child Health,
U.K
Clinical
Professor
317
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Dr. Jenny Cheriathu MBBS 2001
DCH
DNB - 2009
University of Mumbai,
India
National Board of
Examinations, India
Clinical
Lecturer
Research Faculty
Prof. Jayadevan
Sreedharan
M.Sc (Statistics)
1990
Ph.D 2000
Diploma in Cancer
Prevention - 2002
India
National Cancer Institute,
USA
Assistant
Director
Research
Division and
Professor of
Biostatistics
Prof. Anoop Kumar
Agarwal
Master of
Veterinary Science
1985
Ph.D 1988
Haryana Agriculture
University, India
Postgraduate Institute of
Medical Education &
Research, India
Research
Scientist and
Professor of
Pharmacology
Dr. Hemant Kumar Garg MBBS 1984
MD - 1992
Aligarh Muslim
University, India
Aligarh Muslim
University, India
Research
Scientist and
Professor of
Pharmacology
Dr. Jayakumary
Muttappallymyalil
MBBS 1992
MD - 1998
India
India
Research
Associate and
Associate
Professor of
Community
Medicine
Dr. Rajendran Kuppusamy
M. Pharm 1997
Ph.D - 2006
The Tamilnadu MGR
University, India
Manipal Academy of
Research
Associate and
Associate
Professor of
Pharmaceutical
Analysis
318
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Dr. Anu Vinod Ranade
M.Sc 1996
Ph.D - 2007
MAHE, Manipal India
MAHE, Manipal India
Research
Associate &
Assistant
Professor in
Anatomy
Dr. Victor Raj Mohan
Chandrasekaran
M.Sc 2001
Ph.D - 2006
Bharathiar University,
India
India
Research
Associate and
Assistant
Professor of
Toxicology
Dr. Biswadip Hazarika
MBBS 1990
MD 2004
Dibrugarh University,
India
Dibrugarh University,
India
Research
Associate &
Assistant
Professor of
Pathology
Dr. Anuj Mathur
MBBS 1996
MD - 2004
University of Rajasthan,
India
University of Rajasthan,
India
Research
Associate &
Assistant
Professor of
Microbiology
Dr. Shery Jacob
B.Pharm 1992
M.Pharm- 1997
Ph.D - 2006
India
Birla Institute of
Technology, India
Manipal Academy of
Research
Associate and
Assistant
Professor of
Pharmacutics
Dr. Kishore Gnana Sam
Sundararaj
M.Pharm 1999
MBA 2008
Ph.D - 2009
Kasturba Medical
College, India
Sikkim Manipal
University, India
Manipal University
Research
Associate &
Assistant
Professor of
Pharmacy
Practice
Dr. Lisha Jenny John
MBBS 2003
MD - 2008
Research
Assistant &
Lecturer of
Pharmacology
Dr. Mukesh Kumar
B. Pharm 2006
Pharm D - 2011
Babasaheb Ambedkar
Marathwada University,
India
Manipal University, India
Research
Assistant &
Adjunct
Faculty
319
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Dr. Mohammed Saji
Salahudeen
B. Pharm 2008
Pharm D - 2011
The Tamilnadu Dr. M.G.R
University, India
JSS University, India
Research
Assistant &
Adjunct
Faculty in
Pharmacy
Practice
Dr. Preetha Jayasheela
Shetty
M.Sc (Bioscience)
2000
B.Ed 2006
Ph.D - 2011
India
Bharatiya Shiksha
Parishad, India
Osmaniya University,
India
Research
Associate and
Lecturer in
Cytogenetics &
Molecular
Biology
General Education Faculty
English Language
Mr. Clint Freeman
BA 1991
MA - 2009
IOWA State University,
USA
IOWA State University,
USA
Adjunct
Instructor
Information Technology
Mr. Suraj Kochuthoppil
Sebastian
M.Sc (Software
Engineering) -
2010
Sathyabama University,
India
Adjunct
Instructor
Physics
Dr. Meena Varma V.K
B.Sc 1988
M.Sc 1990
Ph.D - 1997
Mahatma Gandhi
University, India
Adjunct
Lecturer
320
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
Mathematics
Ms. Rejitha Biju
B.Sc 2001
M.Sc 2003
B. Ed - 2004
Mahatma Gandhi
University, India
Mahatma Gandhi
University, India
Mahatma Gandhi
University, India
Adjunct
Instructor
Behavioral Science
Dr. Radhika Taroor
M.Phil 2006
Ph.D - 2011
Bharathiar University,
India Mother Teresa
Womens University, India
Adjunct
Lecturer
Human Behavior & Socialization
Ms. Avula Kameswari
B A 1996
M A 1998
B.Ed - 2007
Nagarjuna University,
India
Nagarjuna University,
India
India
Adjunct
Instructor
Islamic Studies
Dr. Ahmed Sebihi
Bachelor in
Theology 1992
M.A 2008
Ph.D - 2011
Amir Abd Al-Qadir
University,
Algeria
University Sains
Malaysia, Malaysia
University Sains
Malaysia, Malaysia
Adjunct
Instructor
321
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
322
DMD PROGRAM
GMU
2012 - 2013
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
www.gmu.ac.ae
Learn from the world

DMD

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DMD

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY

DMD-DOCTOR OF DENTAL MEDICINE

You might also like